Sagittarius Users' Reference

This document is a manual for Sagittarius, an R6RS/R7RS Scheme implementation. This is for version 0.5.7.

1Introduction

This is a users' guide and reference manual of Sagittarius Scheme system. Here I tried to describe the points which are not conformed to R6RS.

The target readers are those who already know Scheme and want to write useful programs in Sagittarius.

1.1Overview of Sagittarius

Sagittarius is a Scheme script engine; it reads Scheme programs, compiles it on-the-fly and executes it on a virtual machine. Sagittarius Mostly conforms the language standard "Revised^6 Report on the Algorithmic Language Scheme" (R6RS), and supports various common libraries defined in "Scheme Requests for Implementation" (SRFI)s.

There are a lot of Scheme implementations and it has different strong and weak point. Sagittarius focuses on "Flexibility" and "Easy to Use". R6RS specifies strict requirements, but sometimes you may think this is too much. For that purpose, Sagittarius has less strictness but it makes not to conform the requirements.

To avoid to lose portability or write miss-working code, you may want to know what are the non conformed points.

Reader
Basically reader has 2 modes. One is R6RS mode and other one is compatible mode. Although, user can modify reader with reader macro. For more details, see Predefined reader macros.
Macro expansion
On R6RS requires explicit macro expansion phase, however Sagittarius does not have it. A macro is expanded when programs are compiled.
Unbound symbol
If you write unbound symbol in your code, however Sagittarius won't raise error until it really called. R6RS does not allow this behaviour. And also exported symbol. If you do not define exported symbol, Sagittarius, then, won't raise error until it will be called. I'm not sure if this is convenient or not. So this behaviour may be changed.
Toplevel
Sagittarius does not require toplevel expression which is specified in R6RS.
Miscellaneous
Redefinition of exported values are allowed. The value which imported at the last will be used.

1.2Notations

In this manual, each entry is represented like this.

Category foo arg1 arg2
[spec] Description foo ...

Category denotes category of the entry foo. The following category will appear in this manual.

Program
A command line program
Function
A Scheme function
Syntax
A syntax
Auxiliary Syntax
A auxiliary syntax
Macro
A macro
Auxiliary Macro
A auxiliary macro
Library
A library
Condition Type
A condition type
Reader Macro
A reader macro
Class
A CLOS class
Generic
A generic function
Method
A method

For functions, syntaxes, or macros, the the entry may be followed by one or more arguments. In the arguments list, following notations may appear.

arg ...
Indicates zero or more arguments
:optional x y z
:optional (x x-default) (y y-default) (z z-default)
Indicates is may take up to three optional arguments. The second form specifies default values for x and y. This is either builtin functions or closures which defined with define-optional macro.

The description of the entry follows the entry line. If the specification of the entry comes from some standard or implementation, its origin is noted in the bracket at the beginning of the description. The following origins are noted:

[R6RS]
[R6RS+]
The entry works as specified in "Revised^6 Report on the Algorithmic Language Scheme.". If it is marked as "[R6RS+]", the entry has additional functionality.
[R7RS]
The entry works as specified in "Revised^7 Report on the Algorithmic Language Scheme."(draft 5).
[SRFI-n]
[SRFI-n+]
The entry works as specified in SRFI-n. If it is marked as "[SRFI-n+]", the entry has additional functionality.

2Programming in Sagittarius

2.1Invoking Sagittarius

Sagittarius can be used either as an independent Schame interpreter or an embedded Scheme library. The interpreter which comes with Sagittarius distribution is a program named sagittarius on Unix like environment and sash on Windows environment.

Program sagittarius [options] scheme-file arg ...
Invoking sagittarius. If scheme-file is not given, it runs with interactive mode.

Detail options are given with option "-h".

For backward compatibility, symbolic link sash is also provided on Unix like environment. However this may not exist if Sagittarius is built with disabling symbolic link option.

2.2Writing Scheme scripts

When a Scheme file is given to sash, it bounds an internal variable to list of the remaining command-line arguments which you can get with the command-line procedure, then loads the Scheme program. If the first line of scheme-file begins with "#!", then sash ignores the entire line. This is useful to write a Scheme program that works as an executable script in unix-like systems.

Typical Sagittarius script has the first line like this:

#!/usr/local/bin/sagittarius

or

#!/bin/env sagittarius

The second form uses "shell trampoline" technique so that the script works as far as sash is in the PATH.

After the script file is successfully loaded, then sash will process all toplevel expression the same as Perl.

Now I show a simple example below. This script works like cat(1), without any command-line option processing and error handling.

#!/usr/local/bin/sagittarius
(import (rnrs))
(let ((args (command-line)))
  (unless (null? (cdr args))
    (for-each (lambda (file)
		(call-with-input-file file
		  (lambda (in)
		    (display (get-string-all in)))))
	      (cdr args)))
  0)

2.3Working on REPL

If sagittarius does not get any script file to process, then it will go in to REPL (read-eval-print-loop). For developers' convenience, REPL imports some libraries by default such as (rnrs).

If .sashrc file is located in the directory indicated HOME or USERPROFILE environment variable, then REPL reads it before evaluating user input. So developer can pre-load some more libraries, instead of typing each time.

NOTE: .sashrc is only for REPL, it is developers duty to load all libraries on script file.

2.4Writing a library

Sagittarius provides 2 styles to write a library, one is R6RS style and other one is R7RS style. Both styles are processed the same and users can use it without losing code portability.

Following example is written in R6RS style, for the detail of library syntax please see the R6RS document described in bellow sections.

(library (foo)
  (export bar)
  (import (rnrs))

(define bar 'bar) )

The library named (foo) must be saved the file named foo.scm, foo.ss or foo.sls (I use .scm for all examples) and located on the loading path, the value is returned by calling add-load-path with 0 length string.

If you want to write portable code, then you can write implementation specific code separately using .sagittarius.scm, .sagittarius.ss or .sagittarius.sls extensions.

If you don't want to share a library but only used in specific one, you can write both in one file and name the file you want to show. For example;

(library (not showing)
  ;; exports all internal use procedures
  (export ...)
  (import (rnrs))
;; write procedures
...
)

(library (shared) (export shared-procedure ...) (import (rnrs) (not showing)) ;; write shared procedures here )

Above script must be saved the file named shared.scm. The order of libraries are important. Top most dependency must be the first and next is second most, so on.

Note: This style can hide some private procedures however if you want to write portable code, some implementations do not allow you to write this style.

2.5Compiled cache

For better starting time, Sagittarius caches compiled libraries. The cache files are stored in one of the following environment variables;

For Unix like (POSIX) environment:

  • SAGITTARIUS_CACHE_DIR
  • HOME

For Windows environment:

  • SAGITTARIUS_CACHE_DIR
  • TEMP
  • TMP

Sagittarius will use the variables respectively, so if the SAGITTARIUS_CACHE_DIR is found then it will be used.

The caching compiled file is carefully designed however the cache file might be stored in broken state. In that case use -c option with sagittarius, then it will wipe all cache files. If you don't want to use it, pass -d option then Sagittarius won't use it.

2.5.1Precompiling cache file

Users can provide own library with precompile script. The script looks like this;

(import (the-library-1) (the-library-2))

When this script is run, then the libraries will be cached in the cache directory.

Note: The cache files are stored with the names converted from original library files' absolute path. So it is important that users' libraries are already installed before precompiling, otherwise Sagittarius won't use the precompiled cache files.

3R6RS Libraries

Sagittarius works with library even toplevel expressions are belong to a library named "user". Here I list up all R6RS libraries. Some libraries contain the same procedure ie. assoc which is in (rnrs (6)) and (srfi :1 lists). In this case I will put a pointer to other library's section.

If library specifies its version, Sagittarius, however, ignores it. This behaviour may change in future.

3.1Library form

Syntax library name export-clause import-clause body
Declare a library named name.

name uniquely identifies a library and is globally visible in the import clauses of all other libraries. It must have the following form:

(identifier1 identifier2 ... version)

where version is empty or has the following form: (sub-version ...)

An export-clause names a set of imported and locally defined bindings to be exported. It must have following form:

(export export-spec ...)

export-spec must have one of the following forms:

  • identifier
  • (rename (identifier1 identifier2) ...)
In an export-spec, an identifier names a single binding defined within or imported into the library, where the external name for the export is the same as the name of the binding within the library. A rename spec exports the binding named by identifier1 in each (identifier1 identifier2) pairing, using identifier2 as the external name.

import-clause specifies a set of bindings to be imported into the library. It must have the following form:

(import import-spec ...)

Each import-spec specifies a set of bindings to be imported into the library. An import-spec must be one of the following:

  • import-set
  • (for import-set import-level ...)

An import-level is one of the following:

  • run
  • expand
  • (meta level)
where level represents an exact integer object.

Note: The levels will be ignored on Sagittarius. The macro expansion phase will be automatically resolved. For portable code, it is better to specify the proper level.

An import-set names a set of bindings from another library and possibly specifies local names for the imported bindings. It must be one of the following:

  • reference
  • (library reference)
  • (only import-set identifier ...)
  • (except import-set identifier ...)
  • (prefix import-set identifier)
  • (rename import-set (identifier1 identifier2) ...)
A reference identifies a library by its name and optionally by its version. It must have one of the following forms:
  • (identifier1 identifier2 ...)
  • (identifier1 identifier2 ... version)
Note: Sagittarius ignores version.

A reference whose first identifier is for, library, only, except, prefix or rename is permitted only within a library import-set. The import-set (library reference) is otherwise equivalent to reference.

By default, all of an imported library's exported bindings are made visible within an importing library using the names given to the bindings by the imported library. The precise set of bindings to be imported and the names of those bindings can be adjusted with the only, except, prefix and rename forms described below.

  • An only form produces a subset of the bindings from another import-set, including only the listed identifiers. The included identifiers should be in the original import-set.
  • An except form produces a subset of the bindings from another import-set, including all but the listed identifiers. All of the excluded identifiers should be in the original import-set.
  • A prefix form adds the identifier prefix to each name from another import-set.
  • A rename form (rename identifier1 identifier2 ...), removes the bindings for identifier1 ... to form an intermediate import-set, then adds the bindings back for the corresponding identifier2 ... to form the final import-set. Each identifier1 should be the original import-set, each identifier2 should not be int the intermediate import-set, and the identifier2's must be distinct.
Note: Sagittarius does not check importing or exporting non-existing or duplicated bindings. So the following code is actually valid.
(library (foo)
  (export bar)
  (import (rename (rnrs) (define def) (not-exist define) (define def)))
 (def bar)
)

3.2Top library

Library (rnrs (6))
[R6RS] The library (rnrs (6)) is required by R6RS. It just export all symbols from the libraries which are listed below.

Most of these libraries documentations are from R6RS specification.

3.3Base Library

[R6RS] This library exports many of the procedure and syntax bindings that are traditionally associated with Scheme.

3.3.1Variable definitions

Syntax define variable expression
Syntax define variable
Syntax define (variable formals) body ...
Syntax define (variable . formal) body ...
[R6RS] The define form is a definition used to create variable bindings and may appear anywhere other definitions may appear.

The first from of define binds variable to a new location before assigning the value of expression to it.

(define add3 (lambda (x) (+ x 3)))
(add3 3)=>6
(define first car)
(first '(1 2))=>1

The second form of define is equivalent to

(define variable unspecified)

where unspecified is a side-effect-free expression returning an unspecified value.

In the third form of define, formals must be either a sequence of zero or more variables, or a sequence of one or more variables followed by a dot . and another variable. This form is equivalent to

(define variable (lambda (formals) body ...))

In the fourth form of define, formal must be a single variable. This form is equivalent to

(define variable (lambda formal body ...))

3.3.2Syntax definitions

Syntax define-syntax keyword expression
[R6RS] The define-syntax form is a definition used to create keyword bindings and may appear anywhere other definitions may appear.

Binds keyword to the value of expression, which must evaluate, at macro-expansion time, to a transformer.

3.3.3Quotation

Syntax quote datum
[R6RS] quote evaluates to the datum value represented by datum.

(quote a)=>a
(quote #(a b c))=>#(a b c)
(quote (+ 1 2))=>(+ 1 2)

3.3.4Procedures

Syntax lambda formals body ...
[R6RS+]A lambda expression evaluates to a procedure. The environment in effect when the lambda expression is evaluated is remembered as part of the procedure. When the procedure is later called with some arguments, the environment in which the lambda expression was evaluated is extended by binding the variables in the parameter list to fresh locations, and the resulting argument values are stored in those locations. Then, the expressions in the body of the lambda expression are evaluated sequentially in the extended environment. The results of the last expression in the body are returned as the results of the procedure call.

(lambda (x) (+ x x))=>a procedure
((lambda (x) (+ x x)) 4)=>8
((lambda (x)
   (define (p y) (+ y 1))
   (+ (p x) x)) 5)
=>11

(define reverse-subtract (lambda (x y) (- y x)))
(reverse-subtract 7 10)=>3

(define add4 (let ((x 4)) (lambda (y) (+ x y))))
(add4 6)=>10

Formals must have one of the following forms:

  • (<variable1> ...)

    The procedure takes a fixed number of arguments; when the procedure is called, the arguments are stored in the bindings of the corresponding variables.

  • <variable>

    The procedure takes any number of arguments; when the procedure is called, the sequence of arguments is converted into a newly allocated list, and the list is stored in the binding of the <variable>.

  • (<variable1> ... <variablen> . <variablen+1>)

    If a period . precedes the last variable, then the procedure takes n or more arguments, where n is the number of parameters before the period (there must be at least one). The value stored in the binding of the last variable is a newly allocated list of the arguments left over after all the other arguments have been matched up against the other parameters.

    ((lambda x x) 3 4 5 6)=>(3 4 5 6)
    ((lambda (x y . z) z)  3 4 5 6)=>(5 6)

    Any variable must not appear more than once in formals.

  • (<variable> ... <extended-spec> ...) Extended argument specification. Zero or more variables that specifies required formal argument, followed by an <extended-spec>, a list begginning with a keyword :optional, :key or :rest.

    The <extended-spec> part consists of the optional argument spec, the keyword argument spec and the rest argument spec. They can appear in any combinations.

    :optional optspec ...
    Specifies optional arguments. Each optspec can be either one of the following forms:

    variable
    (variable init-expr)

    The variable names the formal argument, which is bound to the value of the actual argument if given, or the value of the expression init-expr otherwise. If optspec is just a variable, and the actual argument is not given, then it will be unspecified value.

    The expression init-expr is only evaluated if the actual argument is not given. The scope in which init-expr is evaluated includes the preceding formal arguments.

    ((lambda (a b :optional (c (+ a b))) (list a b c)) 1 2)
          =>(1 2 3)
    ((lambda (a b :optional (c (+ a b))) (list a b c)) 1 2 -1)
          =>(1 2 -1)
    ((lambda (a b :optional c) (list a b c)) 1 2)
          =>(1 2 #<unspecified>)
    ((lambda (:optional (a 0) (b (+ a 1))) (list a b)))
          =>(1 2)

    The procedure raises an &serious if more actual arguments than the number of required and optional arguments are given, unless it also has :key or :rest arguments spec.

    ((lambda (:optional a b) (list a b)) 1 2 3)
          =>&serious
    ((lambda (:optional a b :rest r) (list a b r)) 1 2 3)
          =>(1 2 (3))
    :key keyspec ... [:allow-other-keys [variable]]
    Specifies keyword arguments. Each keyspec can be one of the following forms.

    variable
    (variable init-expr)
    ((keyword variable) init-expr)
    (variable keyword init-expr)

    The variable names the formal argument, which is bound to the actual argument given with the keyword of the same name as variable. When the actual is not given, init-expr is evaluated and the result is bound to variable in the second, third and fourth form, or unspecified value is bound in the first form.

    (define f (lambda (a :key (b (+ a 1)) (c (+ b 1)))
                (list a b c)))
          
    (f 10)=>(10 11 12)
    (f 10 :b 4)=>(10 4 5)
    (f 10 :c 8)=>(10 11 8)
    (f 10 :c 1 :b 3)=>(10 3 1)

    With the third and fourth form you can name the formal argument differently from the keyword to specify the argument.

    ((lambda (:key ((:aa a) -1)) a) ::aa 2)=>2
    ((lambda (:key (a :aa -1)) a) ::aa 2)=>2

    By default, the procedure with keyword argument spec raises &serious if a keyword argument with an unrecognized keyword is given. Giving :allow-other-keys in the formals suppresses this behaviour. If you give variable after :allow-other-keys, the list of unrecognized keywords and their arguments are bound to it.

    ((lambda (:key a) a) :a 1 :b 2)=>&serious
    ((lambda (:key a :allow-other-keys) a) :a 1 :b 2)=>1
    ((lambda (:key a :allow-other-keys z) (list a z)) :a 1 :b 2)
          =>(1 (b 2))

    When used with :optional argument spec, the keyword arguments are searched after all the optional arguments are bound.

    ((lambda (:optional a b :key c) (list a b c)) 1 2 :c 3)
          =>(1 2 3)
    ((lambda (:optional a b :key c) (list a b c)) :c 3)
          =>(c 3 #<unspecified>)
    ((lambda (:optional a b :key c) (list a b c)) 1 :c 3)
          =>&serious
    :rest variable
    Specifies the rest argument. If specified without :optional argument spec, a list of remaining arguments after required arguments are taken is bound to variable. If specified with :optional argument spec, the actual arguments are first bound to required and all optional arguments, and the remaining arguments are bound to variable.

    ((lambda (a b :rest z) (list a b z)) 1 2 3 4 5)
          =>(1 2 (3 4 5))
    ((lambda (a b :optional c d :rest z) (list a b z)) 1 2 3 4 5)
          =>(1 2 3 4 (5))
          ((lambda (a b :optional c d :rest z) (list a b z)) 1 2 3)
          =>(1 2 3 #<unspecified> ())

    When the rest argument spec is used with the keyword argument spec, both accesses the same list of actual argument -- the remaining arguments after required and optional arguments are taken

    ((lambda (:optional a :rest r :key k) (list a r k)) 1 :k 3)
          =>(1 (k 3) 3)

3.3.5Conditionals

Syntax if test consequent alternate
Syntax if test consequent
[R6RS]An if expression is evaluated as follows: first, test is evaluated. If it yields a true value, then consequent is evaluated and its values are returned. Otherwise alternate is evaluated and its values are returned. If test yields #f and no alternate is specified, then the result of the expression is unspecified.

3.3.6Assignment

Syntax set! variable expression
[R6RS] Expression is evaluated, and the resulting value is stored in the location to which variable is bound. Variable must be bound either in some region enclosing the set! expression or at the top level. The result of the set! expression is unspecified.

Note: R6RS requires to throw syntax violation if variable refers immutable binding. In Sagittarius, however, it won't throw any error.

3.3.7Derived conditionals

Syntax cond clause ...
[R6RS] Each clause must be the form

(test expression ...)
(test => expression)
(else expression ...)

The last form can appear only in the last clause.

A cond expression is evaluated by evaluating the test expressions of successive clauses in order until one of them evaluates to a true value. When a test evaluates to a true value, then the remaining expressions in its clause are evaluated in order, and the results of the last expression in the clause are returned as the results of the entire cond expression. If the selected clause contains only the test and no expressions, then the value of the test is returned as the result. If the selected clause uses the => alternate form, then the expression is evaluated. Its value must be a procedure. This procedure should accept one argument; it is called on the value of the test and the values returned by this procedure are returned by the cond expression. If all tests evaluate to #f, and there is no else clause, then the conditional expression returns unspecified values; if there is an else clause, then its expressions are evaluated, and the values of the last one are returned.

Syntax case clause ...
[R6RS] Key must be an expression. Each clause must have one of the following forms:

((datum ...) expression ...)
(else expression ...)

The last form can appear only in the last clause.

A case expression is evaluated as follows. Key is evaluated and its result is compared using eqv? against the data represented by the datums of each clause in turn, proceeding in order from left to right through the set of clauses. If the result of evaluating key is equivalent to a datum of a clause, the corresponding expressions are evaluated from left to right and the results of the last expression in the clause are returned as the results of the case expression. Otherwise, the comparison process continues. If the result of evaluating key is different from every datum in each set, then if there is an else clause its expressions are evaluated and the results of the last are the results of the case expression; otherwise the case expression returns unspecified values.

Syntax and test ...
[R6RS] If there are no tests, #t is returned. Otherwise, the test expressions are evaluated from left to right until a test returns #f or the last test is reached. In the former case, the and expression returns #f without evaluating the remaining expressions. In the latter case, the last expression is evaluated and its values are returned.

(and (= 2 2) (> 2 1))=>#t
(and (= 2 2) (< 2 1))=>#f
(and 1 2 'c '(f g))=>(f g)
(and)=>#t

Syntax or test ...
[R6RS] If there are no tests, #f is returned. Otherwise, the test expressions are evaluated from left to right until a test returns a true value or the last test is reached. In the former case, the or expression returns val without evaluating the remaining expressions. In the latter case, the last expression is evaluated and its values are returned.

(or (= 2 2) (> 2 1))=>#t
(or (= 2 2) (< 2 1))=>#t
(or #f #f #f)=>#f
(or '(b c) (/ 3 0))=>(b c)

3.3.8Binding constructs

Syntax let bindings body ...
[R6RS] Bindings must have the form

((variable1 init1) ...)

where each init is an expression. Any variable must not appear more than once in the variables.

The inits are evaluated in the current environment, the variables are bound to fresh locations holding the results, the body is evaluated in the extended environment, and the values of the last expression of body are returned. Each binding of a variable has body as its region.

Syntax let* bindings body ...
[R6RS] Bindings must have the form

((variable1 init1) ...)

The let* form is similar to let, but the inits are evaluated and bindings created sequentially from left to right, with the region of each binding including the bindings to its right as well as body. Thus the second init is evaluated in an environment in which the first binding is visible and initialized, and so on.

Syntax letrec bindings body ...
[R6RS] Bindings must have the form

((variable1 init1) ...)

where each init is an expression. Any variable must not appear more than once in the variables.

The variables are bound to fresh locations, the inits are evaluated in the resulting environment, each variable is assigned to the result of the corresponding init, the body is evaluated in the resulting environment, and the values of the last expression in body are returned. Each binding of a variable has the entire letrec expression as its region, making it possible to define mutually recursive procedures.

In the most common uses of letrec, all the inits are lambda expressions and the restriction is satisfied automatically.

Syntax letrec* bindings body ...
[R6RS] Bindings must have the form

((variable1 init1) ...)

where each init is an expression. Any variable must not appear more than once in the variables.

The variables are bound to fresh locations, each variable is assigned in left-to-right order to the result of evaluating the corresponding init, the body is evaluated in the resulting environment, and the values of the last expression in body are returned. Despite the left-to-right evaluation and assignment order, each binding of a variable has the entire letrec* expression as its region, making it possible to define mutually recursive procedures.

Syntax let-values mv-bindings body ...
[R6RS] Mv-bindings must have the form

((formals init1) ...)

where each init is an expression. Any variable must not appear more than once in the set of formals.

The inits are evaluated in the current environment, and the variables occurring in the formals are bound to fresh locations containing the values returned by the inits, where the formals are matched to the return values in the same way that the formals in a lambda expression are matched to the arguments in a procedure call. Then, the body is evaluated in the extended environment, and the values of the last expression of body are returned. Each binding of a variable has body as its region. If the formals do not match, an exception with condition type &assertion is raised.

Syntax let*-values mv-bindings body ...
[R6RS] Mv-bindings must have the form

((formals init1) ...)

where each init is an expression. In each formals, any variable must not appear more than once.

The let*-values form is similar to let-values, but the inits are evaluated and bindings created sequentially from left to right, with the region of the bindings of each formals including the bindings to its right as well as body. Thus the second init is evaluated in an environment in which the bindings of the first formals is visible and initialized, and so on.

3.3.9Sequencing

Syntax begin form ...
Syntax begin expression ...
[R6RS]The begin keyword has two different roles, depending on its context:
  • It may appear as a form in a body , library body, or top-level body, or directly nested in a begin form that appears in a body. In this case, the begin form must have the shape specified in the first header line. This use of begin acts as a splicing form - the forms inside the body are spliced into the surrounding body, as if the begin wrapper were not actually present.

    A begin form in a body or library body must be non-empty if it appears after the first expression within the body.

  • It may appear as an ordinary expression and must have the shape specified in the second header line. In this case, the expressions are evaluated sequentially from left to right, and the values of the last expression are returned. This expression type is used to sequence side effects such as assignments or input and output.

3.3.10Equivalence predicates

A predicate is a procedure that always returns a boolean value (#t or #f). An equivalence predicate is the computational analogue of a mathematical equivalence relation (it is symmetric, reflexive, and transitive). Of the equivalence predicates described in this section, eq? is the finest or most discriminating, and equal? is the coarsest. The eqv? predicate is slightly less discriminating than eq?.

Function eq? obj1 obj2
Function eqv? obj1 obj2
Function equal? obj1 obj2
[R6RS] eq? only sees if the given two objects are the same object or not, eqv? compares numbers. equal? compares the values equivalence.

On Sagittarius Scheme interned symbol, keyword(only compatible mode), character, literal string, boolean, fixnum, and '() are used as the same objects. If these objects indicates the same value then eq? returns #t.

The following examples are not specified R6RS. But it is always good to know how it works.

(let ((p (lambda (x) x))) (eqv? p p))=>#t
(eqv? "" "")=>#t
(eqv? "abc" "abc") ;; literal string are the same object=>#t
(eqv? "abc" (list->string '(#\a #\b #\c)))=>#f
(eqv? '#() '#())=>#f
(eqv? (lambda (x) x) (lambda (x) x))=>#f
(eqv? (lambda (x) x) (lambda (y) y))=>#f
(eqv? +nan.0 +nan.0)=>#f

3.3.11Procedure predicate

Function procedure? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is a procedure, otherwise returns #f.

3.3.12Numerical type predicates

Function number? obj
Function complex? obj
Function real? obj
Function rational? obj
Function integer? obj
[R6RS] These numerical type predicates can be applied to any kind of argument. They return #t if the object is a number object of the named type, and #f otherwise. In general, if a type predicate is true of a number object then all higher type predicates are also true of that number object. Consequently, if a type predicate is false of a number object, then all lower type predicates are also false of that number object.

If z is a complex number object, then (real? z) is true if and only if (zero? (imag-part z)) and (exact? (imag-part z)) are both true.

If x is a real number object, then (rational? x) is true if and only if there exist exact integer objects k1 and k2 such that (= x (/ k1 k2)) and (= (numerator x) k1) and (= (denominator x) k2) are all true. Thus infinities and NaNs are not rational number objects.

If q is a rational number objects, then (integer? q) is true if and only if (= (denominator q) 1) is true. If q is not a rational number object, then (integer? q) is #f.

Function real-valued? obj
[R6RS] These numerical type predicates can be applied to any kind of argument. The real-valued? procedure returns #t if the object is a number object and is equal in the sense of = to some real number object, or if the object is a NaN, or a complex number object whose real part is a NaN and whose imaginary part is zero in the sense of zero?. The rational-valued? and integer-valued? procedures return #t if the object is a number object and is equal in the sense of = to some object of the named type, and otherwise they return #f.

Function exact? obj
Function inexact? obj
[R6RS] These numerical predicates provide tests for the exactness of a quantity. For any number object, precisely one of these predicates is true.

3.3.13 Generic conversion

Function exact z
Function inexact z
[R6RS] The inexact procedure returns an inexact representation of z. If inexact number objects of the appropriate type have bounded precision, then the value returned is an inexact number object that is nearest to the argument.

The exact procedure returns an exact representation of z. The value returned is the exact number object that is numerically closest to the argument; in most cases, the result of this procedure should be numerically equal to its argument.

3.3.14Arithmetic operations

Function = z1 z2 z3 ...
Function > x1 x2 x3 ...
Function < x1 x2 x3 ...
Function >= x1 x2 x3 ...
Function <= x1 x2 x3 ...
[R6RS] These procedures return #t if their arguments are (respectively): equal, monotonically increasing, monotonically decreasing, monotonically nondecreasing, or monotonically nonincreasing, and #f otherwise.

Function zero? z
Function positive? z
Function negative? z
Function odd? z
Function even? z
Function finite? z
Function infinite? z
Function nan? z
[R6RS] These numerical predicates test a number object for a particular property, returning #t or #f.

The zero? procedure tests if the number object is = to zero.

The positive? tests whether it is greater than zero.

The negative? tests whether it is less than zero.

The odd? tests whether it is odd.

The even? tests whether it is even

The finite? tests whether it is not an infinity and not a NaN.

The infinite? tests whether it is an infinity.

The nan? tests whether it is a NaN.

Function max x1 x2 ...
Function min x1 x2 ...
[R6RS] These procedures return the maximum or minimum of their arguments.

Function + z ...
Function * z ...
[R6RS] These procedures return the sum or product of their arguments.

Function - z ...
Function - z1 z2 ...
[R6RS] With two or more arguments, this procedures returns the difference of its arguments, associating to the left. With one argument, however, it returns the additive inverse of its argument.

If this procedure is applied to mixed non-rational real and non-real complex arguments, it returns an unspecified number object.

Function / z ...
Function / z1 z2 ...
[R6RS+] If all of the arguments are exact, then the divisors must all be nonzero. With two or more arguments, this procedure returns the quotient of its arguments, associating to the left. With one argument, however, it returns the multiplicative inverse of its argument.

If this procedure is applied to mixed non-rational real and non-real complex arguments, it returns an unspecified number object.

In R6RS, it requires to raise &assertion when the divisor was 0, on Sagittarius, however, it returns NaN or infinite number when it is running with compatible mode. In R6RS mode it raises &assertion.

Function abs x
[R6RS] Returns the absolute value of its argument.

Function div-and-mod x1 x2
Function div x1 x2
Function mod x1 x2
Function div0-and-mod0 x1 x2
Function div0 x1 x2
Function mod0 x1 x2
[R6RS] These procedures implement number-theoretic integer division and return the results of the corresponding mathematical operations. In each case, x1 must be neither infinite nor a NaN, and x2 must be nonzero; otherwise, an exception with condition type &assertion is raised.

Function gcd n1 ...
Function lcm n1 ...
[R6RS] These procedures return the greatest common divisor or least common multiple of their arguments. The result is always non-negative.

Function numerator q
Function denominator q
[R6RS] These procedures return the numerator or denominator of their argument; the result is computed as if the argument was represented as a fraction in lowest terms. The denominator is always positive. The denominator of 0 is defined to be 1.

Function floor x
Function ceiling x
Function truncate x
Function round x
[R6RS] These procedures return inexact integer objects for inexact arguments that are not infinities or NaNs, and exact integer objects for exact rational arguments. For such arguments, floor returns the largest integer object not larger than x. The ceiling procedure returns the smallest integer object not smaller than x. The truncate procedure returns the integer object closest to x whose absolute value is not larger than the absolute value of x. The round procedure returns the closest integer object to x, rounding to even when x represents a number halfway between two integers.

Although infinities and NaNs are not integer objects, these procedures return an infinity when given an infinity as an argument, and a NaN when given a NaN.

Function rationalize x1 x2
[R6RS] The rationalize procedure returns the a number object representing the simplest rational number differing from x1 by no more than x2. A rational number r1 is simpler than another rational number r2 if r1 = p1/q1 and r2 = p2/q2 (in lowest terms) and |p1| ≤ |p2| and |q1| ≤ |q2|. Thus 3/5 is simpler than 4/7. Although not all rationals are comparable in this ordering (consider 2/7 and 3/5) any interval contains a rational number that is simpler than every other rational number in that interval (the simpler 2/5 lies between 2/7 and 3/5). Note that 0 = 0/1 is the simplest rational of all.

Function exp z
Function log z
Function log z1 z2
Function sin z
Function cos z
Function tan z
Function asin z
Function acos z
Function atan z
Function atan z1 z2
[R6RS] These procedures compute the usual transcendental functions. The exp procedure computes the base-e exponential of z.

The log procedure with a single argument computes the natural logarithm of z (not the base-ten logarithm); (log z1 z2) computes the base-z2 logarithm of z1.

The asin, acos, and atan procedures compute arcsine, arccosine, and arctangent, respectively.

The two-argument variant of atan computes (angle (make-rectangular x2 x1)).

Function sqrt z
[R6RS] Returns the principal square root of z. For rational z, the result has either positive real part, or zero real part and non-negative imaginary part.

The sqrt procedure may return an inexact result even when given an exact argument.

Function expt z1 z2
[R6RS] Returns z1 raised to the power z2. For nonzero z1, this is e^{z2 log z1}. 0.0z is 1.0 if z = 0.0, and 0.0 if (real-part z) is positive. For other cases in which the first argument is zero, an unspecified number object(+nan.0+nan.0i) is returned.

For an exact real number object z1 and an exact integer object z2, (expt z1 z2) must return an exact result. For all other values of z1 and z2, (expt z1 z2) may return an inexact result, even when both z1 and z2 are exact.

Function make-rectangular x1 x2
Function make-polar x3 x4
Function real-part z
Function imag-part z
Function magnitude z
Function angle z
[R6RS] Suppose a1, a2, a3, and a4 are real numbers, and c is a complex number such that the following holds:

c = a1 + a2 ^ i = a3 e ^ ia4

Then, if x1, x2, x3, and x4 are number objects representing a1, a2, a3, and a4, respectively, (make-rectangular x1 x2) returns c, and (make-polar x3 x4) returns c.

3.3.15 Numerical input and output

Function number->string z :optional radix precision
[R6RS+] Radix must be an exact integer object, between 2, and 32. If omitted, radix defaults to 10. In Sagittarius precision will be ignored. The number->string procedure takes a number object and a radix and returns as a string an external representation of the given number object in the given radix such that

(let ((number z) (radix radix))
  (eqv? (string->number
          (number->string number radix)
          radix)
        number))

is true.

Function number->string string :optional radix
[R6RS+] Returns a number object with maximally precise representation expressed by the given string. Radix must be an exact integer object, between 2, and 32. If supplied, radix is a default radix that may be overridden by an explicit radix prefix in string (e.g., "#o177"). If radix is not supplied, then the default radix is 10. If string is not a syntactically valid notation for a number object or a notation for a rational number object with a zero denominator, then string->number returns #f.

These number->string and string->number's resolutions of radix are taken from Gauche.

3.3.16Booleans

Function not obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is #f, and returns #f otherwise.

Function boolean? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is either #t or #f and returns #f otherwise.

Function boolean=? bool1 bool2 bool3...
[R6RS] Returns #t if the booleans are the same.

3.3.17Pairs and lists

A pair is a compound structure with two fields called the car and cdr fields (for historical reasons). Pairs are created by the procedure cons. The car and cdr fields are accessed by the procedures car and cdr.

Pairs are used primarily to represent lists. A list can be defined recursively as either the empty list or a pair whose cdr is a list. More precisely, the set of lists is defined as the smallest set X such that

  • The empty list is in
  • If list is in X, then any pair whose cdr field contains list is also in X.

The objects in the car fields of successive pairs of a list are the elements of the list. For example, a two-element list is a pair whose car is the first element and whose cdr is a pair whose car is the second element and whose cdr is the empty list. The length of a list is the number of elements, which is the same as the number of pairs.

The empty listis a special object of its own type. It is not a pair. It has no elements and its length is zero.

A chain of pairs not ending in the empty list is called an improper list. Note that an improper list is not a list. The list and dotted notations can be combined to represent improper lists:

(a b c . d)

is equivalent to

(a . (b . (c . d)))

Whether a given pair is a list depends upon what is stored in the cdr field.

Function pair? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is a pair, and otherwise returns #f.

Function cons obj1 obj2
[R6RS] Returns a newly allocated pair whose car is obj1 and whose cdr is obj2. The pair is guaranteed to be different (in the sense of eqv?) from every existing object.

Function car pair
Function cdr pair
[R6RS] Returns the contents of the car/cdr field of pair.

Function caar pair
Function cadr pair
:
Function cadddr pair
Function cddddr pair
[R6RS] These procedures are compositions of car and cdr, where for example caddr could be defined by

(define caddr (lambda (x) (car (cdr (cdr x)))))
.

Arbitrary compositions, up to four deep, are provided. There are twenty-eight of these procedures in all.

Function null? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is the empty list, #f otherwise.

Function list? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is a list, #f otherwise. By definition, all lists are chains of pairs that have finite length and are terminated by the empty list.

Function list obj ...
[R6RS] Returns a newly allocated list of its arguments.

Function length list
[R6RS+] Returns the length of list. If the list is improper list, it returns -1 If the list is infinite list , it returns -2.

Function append list ... obj
[R6RS] Returns a possibly improper list consisting of the elements of the first list followed by the elements of the other lists, with obj as the cdr of the final pair. An improper list results if obj is not a list.

Function reverse list
[R6RS] Returns a newly allocated list consisting of the elements of list in reverse order.

Function list-tail list k :optaionl fallback
[R6RS+] The list-tail procedure returns the subchain of pairs of list obtained by omitting the first k elements. If fallback is given and k is out of range, it returns fallback otherwise &assertion is raised.

Function list-ref list k :optaionl fallback
[R6RS+] The list-ref procedure returns the kth element of list. If fallback is given and k is out of range, it returns fallback otherwise &assertion is raised.

Function map proc list1 list2 ...
[R6RS+ SRFI-1] The map procedure applies proc element-wise to the elements of the lists and returns a list of the results, in order. The order in which proc is applied to the elements of the lists is unspecified. If multiple returns occur from map, the values returned by earlier returns are not mutated. If the given lists are not the same length, when the shortest list is processed the map will stop.

Function for-each proc list1 list2 ...
[R6RS+ SRFI-1] The for-each procedure applies proc element-wise to the elements of the lists for its side effects, in order from the first elements to the last. The return values of for-each are unspecified. If the given lists are not the same length, when the shortest list is processed the for-each will stop.

3.3.18Symbols

Function symbol? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is a symbol, otherwise returns #f.

Function symbol->string symbol
[R6RS] Returns the name of symbol as an immutable string.

Function symbol=? symbol1 symbol2 symbol3 ...
[R6RS] Returns #t if the symbols are the same, i.e., if their names are spelled the same.

Function string->symbol string
[R6RS] Returns the symbol whose name is string.

3.3.19Characters

Characters are objects that represent Unicode scalar values.

Function char? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is a character, otherwise returns #f.

Function char->integer char
Function integer->char sv
[R6RS] Sv must be a Unicode scalar value, i.e., a non-negative exact integer object in [0, #xD7FF] ∪ [#xE000, #x10FFFF].

Given a character, char->integer returns its Unicode scalar value as an exact integer object. For a Unicode scalar value sv, integer->char returns its associated character.

Function char=? char1 char2 char3 ...
Function char<? char1 char2 char3 ...
Function char>? char1 char2 char3 ...
Function char<=? char1 char2 char3 ...
Function char>=? char1 char2 char3 ...
[R6RS] These procedures impose a total ordering on the set of characters according to their Unicode scalar values.

3.3.20Strings

Strings are sequences of characters. The length of a string is the number of characters that it contains. This number is fixed when the string is created. The valid indices of a string are the integers less than the length of the string. The first character of a string has index 0, the second has index 1, and so on.

Function string? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is a string, otherwise returns #f.

Function make-string k :optional char
[R6RS] Returns a newly allocated string of length k. If char is given, then all elements of the string are initialized to char, otherwise the contents of the string are #\space.

These are equivalence:

(make-string 10)=>(code (make-string 10 #\space))

Function string char ...
[R6RS] Returns a newly allocated string composed of the arguments.

Function string-length string
[R6RS] Returns the number of characters in the given string as an exact integer object.

Function string-ref string k :optional fallback
[R6RS+] The string-ref procedure returns character. If a third argument is given ant k is not a valid index, it returns fallback, otherwise raises &assertion.

k of string using zero-origin indexing.

Function string=? string1 string2 string3 ...
[R6RS] Returns #t if the strings are the same length and contain the same characters in the same positions. Otherwise, the string=? procedure returns #f.

Function string<? string1 string2 string3 ...
Function string>? string1 string2 string3 ...
Function string<=? string1 string2 string3 ...
Function string>=? string1 string2 string3 ...
[R6RS] These procedures are the lexicographic extensions to strings of the corresponding orderings on characters. For example, string<? is the lexicographic ordering on strings induced by the ordering char<? on characters. If two strings differ in length but are the same up to the length of the shorter string, the shorter string is considered to be lexicographically less than the longer string.

Function substring string start end
[R6RS] String must be a string, and start and end must be exact integer objects satisfying

0 ≤ startend(string-length string).

The substring procedure returns a newly allocated string formed from the characters of string beginning with index start (inclusive) and ending with index end (exclusive).

Function string-append string ...
[R6RS] Returns a newly allocated string whose characters form the concatenation of the given strings.

Function string->list string :optional start end
Function list->string list :optional start end
[R6RS+] List must be a list of characters.

The string->list procedure returns a newly allocated list of the characters that make up the given string.

The list->string procedure returns a newly allocated string formed from the characters in list.

The string->list and list->string procedures are inverses so far as equal? is concerned.

If optional argument start and end are given, it restrict the conversion range. It convert from start (inclusive) to end (exclusive).

If only start is given, then the end is the length of given string.

Function string-for-each proc string1 string2 ...
[R6RS+] Proc should accept as many arguments as there are strings. The string-for-each procedure applies proc element-wise to the characters of the strings for its side effects, in order from the first characters to the last. The return values of string-for-each are unspecified.

Analogous to for-each.

Function string-copy string :optional (start 0) (end -1)
[R6RS+] Returns a newly allocated copy of the given string.

If optional argument start was given, the procedure copies from the given start index.

If optional argument end was given, the procedure copies to the given end index (exclusive).

3.3.21Vectors

Vectors are heterogeneous structures whose elements are indexed by integers. A vector typically occupies less space than a list of the same length, and the average time needed to access a randomly chosen element is typically less for the vector than for the list.

The length of a vector is the number of elements that it contains. This number is a non-negative integer that is fixed when the vector is created. The valid indices of a vector are the exact non-negative integer objects less than the length of the vector. The first element in a vector is indexed by zero, and the last element is indexed by one less than the length of the vector.

Function vector? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is a vector. Otherwise returns #f.

Function make-vector k :optional fill
[R6RS] Returns a newly allocated vector of k elements. If a second argument is given, then each element is initialized to fill. Otherwise the initial contents of each element is unspecified.

Function vector obj ...
[R6RS] Returns a newly allocated vector whose elements contain the given arguments. Analogous to list.

Function vector-length vector
[R6RS] Returns the number of elements in vector as an exact integer object.

Function vector-ref vector k :optional fallback
[R6RS+] The vector-ref procedure returns the contents of element k of vector. If a third argument is given and k is not a valid index, it returns fallback, otherwise raises &assertion.

Function vector-ref vector k obj
[R6RS] K must be a valid index of vector. The vector-set! procedure stores obj in element k of vector, and returns unspecified values.

It raises &assertion when it attempt to modify immutable vector on R6RS mode.

Function vector->list vector :optional start end
Function list->vector list :optional start end
[R6RS+] The vector->list procedure returns a newly allocated list of the objects contained in the elements of vector. The list->vector procedure returns a newly created vector initialized to the elements of the list list. The optional start and end arguments limit the range of the source.

(vector->list '#(1 2 3 4 5))=>(1 2 3 4 5)
(list->vector '(1 2 3 4 5))=>#(1 2 3 4 5)
(vector->list '#(1 2 3 4 5) 2 4)=>(3 4)
(list->vector (circular-list 'a 'b 'c) 1 6)=>#(b c a b c)

Function vector-fill! vector :optional start end
[R6RS+] Stores fill in every element of vector and returns unspecified values. Optional start and end limits the range of effect between start-th index (inclusive) to end-th index (exclusive). Start defaults to zero, and end defaults to the length of vector.

Function vector-map proc vector1 vactor2 ...
[R6RS+] Proc should accept as many arguments as there are vectors. The vector-map procedure applies proc element-wise to the elements of the vectors and returns a vector of the results, in order. If multiple returns occur from vector-map, the return values returned by earlier returns are not mutated.

Analogous to map.

Function vector-for-each proc vector1 vactor2 ...
[R6RS+] Proc should accept as many arguments as there are vectors. The vector-for-each procedure applies proc element-wise to the elements of the vectors for its side effects, in order from the first elements to the last. The return values of vector-for-each are unspecified.

Analogous to for-each.

3.3.22Errors and violations

Function error who message irritant ...
Function assertion-violation who message irritant ...
[R6RS] Who must be a string or a symbol or #f. Message must be a string. The irritants are arbitrary objects.

These procedures raise an exception. The error procedure should be called when an error has occurred, typically caused by something that has gone wrong in the interaction of the program with the external world or the user. The assertion-violation procedure should be called when an invalid call to a procedure was made, either passing an invalid number of arguments, or passing an argument that it is not specified to handle.

The who argument should describe the procedure or operation that detected the exception. The message argument should describe the exceptional situation. The irritants should be the arguments to the operation that detected the operation.

3.3.23Control features

Function apply proc arg1 ... rest-args
[R6RS] Rest-args must be a list. Proc should accept n arguments, where n is number of args plus the length of rest-args. The apply procedure calls proc with the elements of the list (append (list arg1 ...) rest-args) as the actual arguments.

If a call to apply occurs in a tail context, the call to proc is also in a tail context.

Function call/cc proc
[R6RS] Proc should accept one argument. The procedure call-with-current-continuation (which is the same as the procedure call/cc) packages the current continuation as an "escape procedure" and passes it as an argument to proc. The escape procedure is a Scheme procedure that, if it is later called, will abandon whatever continuation is in effect a that later time and will instead reinstate the continuation that was in effect when the escape procedure was created. Calling the escape procedure may cause the invocation of before and after procedures installed using dynamic-wind.

The escape procedure accepts the same number of arguments as the continuation of the original call to call-with-current-continuation.

Function values obj ...
[R6RS] Returns objs as multiple values.

Function call-with-values producer consumer
[R6RS] Producer must be a procedure and should accept zero arguments. Consumer must be a procedure and should accept as many values as producer returns. The call-with-values procedure calls producer with no arguments and a continuation that, when passed some values, calls the consumer procedure with those values as arguments. The continuation for the call to consumer is the continuation of the call to call-with-values.

If a call to call-with-values occurs in a tail context, the call to consumer is also in a tail context.

Function dynamic-wind before thunk after
[R6RS] Before, thunk, and after must be procedures, and each should accept zero arguments. These procedures may return any number of values. The dynamic-wind procedure calls thunk without arguments, returning the results of this call. Moreover, dynamic-wind calls before without arguments whenever the dynamic extent of the call to thunk is entered, and after without arguments whenever the dynamic extent of the call to thunk is exited. Thus, in the absence of calls to escape procedures created by call-with-current-continuation, dynamic-wind calls before, thunk, and after, in that order.

3.3.24Iteration

Syntax let variable bindings body ...
[R6RS] “Named let” is a variant on the syntax of let that provides a general looping construct and may also be used to express recursion. It has the same syntax and semantics as ordinary let except that variable is bound within body to a procedure whose parameters are the bound variables and whose body is body. Thus the execution of body may be repeated by invoking the procedure named by variable.

3.3.25Quasiquote

Syntax quasiquote qq-template
Auxiliary Syntax unquote qq-template
Auxiliary Syntax unquote-splicing qq-template
[R6RS] "Quasiquote" expressions is useful for constructing a list or vector structure when some but not all of the desired structure is known in advance.

Qq-template should be as specified by the grammar at the end of this entry.

If no unquote or unquote-splicing forms appear within the qq-template, the result of evaluating (quasiquote qq-template) is equivalent to the result of evaluating (quote qq-template).

If an (unquote expression ...) form appears inside a qq-template, however, the expressions are evaluated ("unquoted") and their results are inserted into the structure instead of the unquote form.

If an (unquote-splicing expression ...) form appears inside a qq-template, then the expressions must evaluate to lists; the opening and closing parentheses of the lists are then "stripped away" and the elements of the lists are inserted in place of the unquote-splicing form.

Any unquote-splicing or multi-operand unquote form must appear only within a list or vector qq-template.

Note: even though unquote and unquote-splicing are bounded, however it does not work with import prefix nor renamed import. This may be fixed in future.

3.3.26Binding constructs for syntactic keywords

The let-syntax and letrec-syntax forms bind keywords. On R6RS mode it works like a begin form, a let-syntax or letrec-syntax form may appear in a definition context, in which case it is treated as a definition, and the forms in the body must also be definitions. A let-syntax or letrec-syntax form may also appear in an expression context, in which case the forms within their bodies must be expressions.

Syntax let-syntax bindings form ...
[R6RS] Bindings must have the form

((keyword expression) ...)

Each keyword is an identifier, and each expression is an expression that evaluates, at macro-expansion time, to a transformer. Transformers may be created by syntax-rules or identifier-syntax or by one of the other mechanisms described in library chapter on "syntax-case". It is a syntax violation for keyword to appear more than once in the list of keywords being bound.

The forms are expanded in the syntactic environment obtained by extending the syntactic environment of the let-syntax form with macros whose keywords are the keywords, bound to the specified transformers. Each binding of a keyword has the forms as its region.

Syntax letrec-syntax bindings form ...
[R6RS] Bindings must have the form

((keyword expression) ...)

Each keyword is an identifier, and each expression is an expression that evaluates, at macro-expansion time, to a transformer. Transformers may be created by syntax-rules or identifier-syntax or by one of the other mechanisms described in library chapter on "syntax-case". It is a syntax violation for keyword to appear more than once in the list of keywords being bound.

The forms are expanded in the syntactic environment obtained by extending the syntactic environment of the letrec-syntax form with macros whose keywords are the keywords, bound to the specified transformers. Each binding of a keyword has the bindings as well as the forms within its region, so the transformers can transcribe forms into uses of the macros introduced by the letrec-syntax form.

Note: The forms of a let-syntax and a letrec-syntax form are treated, whether in definition or expression context, as if wrapped in an implicit begin on R6RS mode, it is, then, treated as if wrapped in an implicit let on compatible mode. Thus on compatible mode, it creates a scope.

3.3.27Macro transformers

In R6RS, it requires '_' '...' as bounded symbols but in Sagittarius these are not bound. And if import clause has rename or prefix these auxiliary syntax are not be renamed or prefixed. This behaivour may be fixed in future.

Syntax syntax-rules (literal ...) rule ...
[R6RS] Each literal must be an identifier. Each rule must have the following form:

(srpattern template)

An srpattern is a restricted form of pattern, namely, a nonempty pattern in one of four parenthesized forms below whose first subform is an identifier or an underscore _. A pattern is an identifier, constant, or one of the following.

  • (pattern ...)
  • (pattern pattern ... . pattern)
  • (pattern ... pattern ellipsis pattern ...)
  • (pattern ... pattern ellipsis pattern ... . pattern)
  • #(pattern ...)
  • #(pattern ... pattern ellipsis pattern ...)

An ellipsis is the identifier "..." (three periods).

A template is a pattern variable, an identifier that is not a pattern variable, a pattern datum, or one of the following.

  • (subtemplate ...)
  • (subtemplate ... . template)
  • #(subtemplate ...)

A subtemplate is a template followed by zero or more ellipses.

An instance of syntax-rules evaluates, at macro-expansion time, to a new macro transformer by specifying a sequence of hygienic rewrite rules. A use of a macro whose keyword is associated with a transformer specified by syntax-rules is matched against the patterns contained in the rules, beginning with the leftmost rule. When a match is found, the macro use is transcribed hygienically according to the template. It is a syntax violation when no match is found.

Syntax identifier-syntax template
Syntax identifier-syntax (id1 template1) (set! id2 pattern) template2
[R6RS] The ids must be identifiers. The templates must be as for syntax-rules.

When a keyword is bound to a transformer produced by the first form of identifier-syntax, references to the keyword within the scope of the binding are replaced by template.

(define p (cons 4 5))
(define-syntax p.car (identifier-syntax (car p)))
p.car=>4
(set! p.car 15)=>&syntax exception

The second, more general, form of identifier-syntax permits the transformer to determine what happens when set! is used. In this case, uses of the identifier by itself are replaced by template1, and uses of set! with the identifier are replaced by template2

(define p (cons 4 5))
(define-syntax p.car
  (identifier-syntax
    (_ (car p))
    ((set! _ e) (set-car! p e))))
(set! p.car 15)
p.car=>15
p=>(15 5)

3.4Unicode

[R6RS] The procedures exported by the (rnrs unicode (6))library provide access to some aspects of the Unicode semantics for characters and strings: category information, case-independent comparisons, case mappings, and normalization.

Some of the procedures that operate on characters or strings ignore the difference between upper case and lower case. These procedures have "-ci" (for "case insensitive") embedded in their names.

3.4.1Characters

Function char-upcase char
Function char-downcase char
Function char-titlecase char
Function char-foldcase char
[R6RS] These procedures take a character argument and return a character result. If the argument is an upper-case or title-case character, and if there is a single character that is its lower-case form, then char-downcase returns that character. If the argument is a lower-case or title-case character, and there is a single character that is its upper-case form, then char-upcase returns that character. If the argument is a lower-case or upper-case character, and there is a single character that is its title-case form, then char-titlecase returns that character. If the argument is not a title-case character and there is no single character that is its title-case form, then char-titlecase returns the upper-case form of the argument. Finally, if the character has a case-folded character, then char-foldcase returns that character. Otherwise the character returned is the same as the argument. For Turkic characters İ (#\x130) and ı (#\x131), char-foldcase behaves as the identity function; otherwise char-foldcase is the same as char-downcase composed with char-upcase.

Function char-ci=? char1 char2 char3 ...
Function char-ci>? char1 char2 char3 ...
Function char-ci<? char1 char2 char3 ...
Function char-ci>=? char1 char2 char3 ...
Function char-ci<=? char1 char2 char3 ...
[R6RS] These procedures are similar to char=?, etc., but operate on the case-folded versions of the characters.

Function char-alphabetic? char
Function char-numeric? char
Function char-whitespace? char
Function char-upper-case? char
Function char-lower-case? char
Function char-title-case? char
[R6RS] These procedures return #t if their arguments are alphabetic, numeric, whitespace, upper-case, lower-case, or title-case characters, respectively; otherwise they return #f.

A character is alphabetic if it has the Unicode "Alphabetic" property. A character is numeric if it has the Unicode "Numeric" property. A character is whitespace if has the Unicode "White_Space" property. A character is upper case if it has the Unicode "Uppercase" property, lower case if it has the "Lowercase" property, and title case if it is in the Lt general category.

[R6RS] Returns a symbol representing the Unicode general category of char, one of Lu, Ll, Lt, Lm, Lo, Mn, Mc, Me, Nd, Nl, No, Ps, Pe, Pi, Pf, Pd, Pc, Po, Sc, Sm, Sk, So, Zs, Zp, Zl, Cc, Cf, Cs, Co, or Cn.

3.4.2Strings

Function string-upcase string start end
Function string-downcase string start end
Function string-titlecase string start end
Function string-foldcase string start end
[R6RS+][SRFI-13] These procedures take a string argument and return a string result. They are defined in terms of Unicode's locale-independent case mappings from Unicode scalar-value sequences to scalar-value sequences. In particular, the length of the result string can be different from the length of the input string. When the specified result is equal in the sense of string=? to the argument, these procedures may return the argument instead of a newly allocated string.

The string-upcase procedure converts a string to upper case; string-downcase converts a string to lower case.

The string-foldcase procedure converts the string to its case-folded counterpart, using the full case-folding mapping, but without the special mappings for Turkic languages.

The string-titlecase procedure converts the first cased character of each word via char-titlecase, and downcases all other cased characters.

If the optional argument start and end are given, these must be exact integer and the procedures will first substring the given string with range start and end then convert it.

Function string-ci=? string1 string2 string3 ...
Function string-ci>? string1 string2 string3 ...
Function string-ci<? string1 string2 string3 ...
Function string-ci>=? string1 string2 string3 ...
Function string-ci<=? string1 string2 string3 ...
[R6RS] These procedures are similar to string=?, etc., but operate on the case-folded versions of the strings.

Function string-nfd string
Function string-nfkd string
Function string-nfc string
Function string-nfkc string
[R6RS] These procedures take a string argument and return a string result, which is the input string normalized to Unicode normalization form D, KD, C, or KC, respectively. When the specified result is equal in the sense of string=? to the argument, these procedures may return the argument instead of a newly allocated string.

3.5Bytevectors

Many applications deal with blocks of binary data by accessing them in various ways-extracting signed or unsigned numbers of various sizes. Therefore, the (rnrs bytevectors (6))library provides a single type for blocks of binary data with multiple ways to access that data. It deals with integers and floating-point representations in various sizes with specified endianness.

Bytevectorsare objects of a disjoint type. Conceptually, a bytevector represents a sequence of 8-bit bytes. The description of bytevectors uses the term byte for an exact integer object in the interval { - 128, ..., 127} and the term octet for an exact integer object in the interval {0, ..., 255}. A byte corresponds to its two's complement representation as an octet.

The length of a bytevector is the number of bytes it contains. This number is fixed. A valid index into a bytevector is an exact, non-negative integer object less than the length of the bytevector. The first byte of a bytevector has index 0; the last byte has an index one less than the length of the bytevector.

Generally, the access procedures come in different flavors according to the size of the represented integer and the endianness of the representation. The procedures also distinguish signed and unsigned representations. The signed representations all use two's complement.

Like string literals, literals representing bytevectors do not need to be quoted:

#vu8(12 23 123)=>#vu8(12 23 123)

[R6RS] This library provides a single type for blocks of binary data with multiple ways to access that data.

3.5.1General operations

Macro endianness symbol
[R6RS] The name of symbol must be a symbol describing an endianness. (endianness symbol) evaluates to the symbol named symbol. Whenever one of the procedures operating on bytevectors accepts an endianness as an argument, that argument must be one of these symbols. It is a syntax violation for symbol to be anything other than an endianness symbol supported by the Sagittarius.

Currently, Sagittarius supports these symbols; big, little and native.

[R6RS] Returns the endianness symbol associated platform endianness. This may be a symbol either big or little.

Function bytevector? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is a bytevector, otherwise returns #f.

Function make-bytevector k :optional fill
[R6RS] Returns a newly allocated bytevector of k bytes.

If the fill argument is missing, the initial contents of the returned bytevector are 0.

If the fill argument is present, it must be an exact integer object in the interval {-128, ..., 255} that specifies the initial value for the bytes of the bytevector: If fill is positive, it is interpreted as an octet; if it is negative, it is interpreted as a byte.

Function bytevector-length bytevector
[R6RS] Returns, as an exact integer object, the number of bytes in bytevector.

Function bytevector=? bytevector1 bytevector2
[R6RS] Returns #t if bytevector1 and bytevector2 are equal-that is, if they have the same length and equal bytes at all valid indices. It returns #f otherwise.

Function bytevector-fill! bytevector fill :optional start end
[R6RS+] The fill argument is as in the description of the make-bytevector procedure. The bytevector-fill! procedure stores fill in every element of bytevector and returns unspecified values. Analogous to vector-fill!.

If optional arguments start or end is given, then the procedure restricts the range of filling from start to end (exclusive) index of bytevector. When end is omitted then it uses the length of the given bytevector.

Function bytevector-copy! source source-start target target-start k
[R6RS] Source and target must be bytevectors. Source-start, target-start, and k must be non-negative exact integer objects that satisfy

0 <= source-start <= source-start + k <= source-length 0 <= target-start <= target-start + k <= target-length

where source-length is the length of source and target-length is the length of target.

The bytevector-copy! procedure copies the bytes from source at indices

source-start, ... source-start + k - 1

to consecutive indices in target starting at target-index.

This returns unspecified values.

Function bytevector-copy bytevector :optional (start 0) (end -1)
[R6RS+] Returns a newly allocated copy of bytevector.

If optional argument start was given, the procedure copies from the given start index.

If optional argument end was given, the procedure copies to the given end index (exclusive).

3.5.2Operation on bytes and octets

Function bytevector-u8-ref bytevector k
Function bytevector-s8-ref bytevector k
[R6RS] K must be a valid index of bytevector.

The bytevector-u8-ref procedure returns the byte at index k of bytevector, as an octet.

The bytevector-s8-ref procedure returns the byte at index k of bytevector, as a (signed) byte.

Function bytevector-u8-set! bytevector k octet
Function bytevector-s8-set! bytevector k byte
[R6RS] K must be a valid index of bytevector.

The bytevector-u8-set! procedure stores octet in element k of bytevector.

The bytevector-s8-set! procedure stores the two's-complement representation of byte in element k of bytevector.

Both procedures return unspecified values.

Function bytevector->u8-list bytevector
Function u8-list->bytevector bytevector
[R6RS] List must be a list of octets.

The bytevector->u8-list procedure returns a newly allocated list of the octets of bytevector in the same order.

The u8-list->bytevector procedure returns a newly allocated bytevector whose elements are the elements of list list, in the same order. It is analogous to list->vector.

3.5.3Operations on integers of arbitary size

Function bytevector-uint-ref bytevector k endianness size
Function bytevector-sint-ref bytevector k endianness size
Function bytevector-uint-set! bytevector k n endianness size
Function bytevector-sint-set! bytevector k n endianness size
[R6RS] Size must be a positive exact integer object. K, ..., k + size - 1 must be valid indices of bytevector.

The bytevector-uint-ref procedure retrieves the exact integer object corresponding to the unsigned representation of size size and specified by endianness at indices k, ..., k + size - 1.

The bytevector-sint-ref procedure retrieves the exact integer object corresponding to the two's-complement representation of size size and specified by endianness at indices k, ..., k + size - 1.

For bytevector-uint-set!, n must be an exact integer object in the interval {0, ..., 256 ^ "size" - 1}

The bytevector-uint-set! procedure stores the unsigned representation of size size and specified by endianness into bytevector at indices k, ..., k + size - 1.

For bytevector-sint-set!, n must be an exact integer object in the interval {-256 ^ "size" / 2, ..., 256 ^ "size" / 2 - 1}. bytevector-sint-set! stores the two's-complement representation of size size and specified by endianness into bytevector at indices k, ..., k + size - 1.

The ...-set! procedures return unspecified values.

Function bytevector->uint-list bytevector endianness size
Function bytevector->sint-list bytevector endianness size
Function uint-list->bytevector list endianness size
Function sint-list->bytevector list endianness size
[R6RS] Size must be a positive exact integer object. For uint-list->bytevector, list must be a list of exact integer objects in the interval {0, ..., 256 ^ "size" - 1}. For sint-list->bytevector, list must be a list of exact integer objects in the interval {-256 ^ "size"/2, ..., 256 ^ "size"/2 - 1}. The length of bytevector or, respectively, of list must be divisible by size.

These procedures convert between lists of integer objects and their consecutive representations according to size and endianness in the bytevector objects in the same way as bytevector->u8-list and u8-list->bytevector do for one-byte representations.

3.5.4Operation on 16-bit integers

Function bytevector-u16-ref bytevector k endianness
Function bytevector-s16-ref bytevector k endianness
Function bytevector-u16-native-ref bytevector k
Function bytevector-s16-native-ref bytevector k
Function bytevector-u16-set! bytevector k n endianness
Function bytevector-s16-set! bytevector k n endianness
Function bytevector-u16-native-set! bytevector k n
Function bytevector-s16-native-set! bytevector k n
[R6RS] K must be a valid index of bytevector; so must k + 1. For bytevector-u16-set! and bytevector-u16-native-set!, n must be an exact integer object in the interval {0, ..., 2 ^ 16 - 1}. For bytevector-s16-set! and bytevector-s16-native-set!, n must be an exact integer object in the interval {-2 ^ 15, ..., 2 ^ 15 - 1}.

These retrieve and set two-byte representations of numbers at indices k and k + 1, according to the endianness specified by endianness. The procedures with u16 in their names deal with the unsigned representation; those with s16 in their names deal with the two's-complement representation.

The procedures with native in their names employ the native endianness, and work only at aligned indices: k must be a multiple of 2.

The ...-set! procedures return unspecified values.

3.5.5Operation on 32-bit integers

Function bytevector-u32-ref bytevector k endianness
Function bytevector-s32-ref bytevector k endianness
Function bytevector-u32-native-ref bytevector k
Function bytevector-s32-native-ref bytevector k
Function bytevector-u32-set! bytevector k n endianness
Function bytevector-s32-set! bytevector k n endianness
Function bytevector-u32-native-set! bytevector k n
Function bytevector-s32-native-set! bytevector k n
[R6RS] K must be a valid index of bytevector; so must k + 3. For bytevector-u32-set! and bytevector-u32-native-set!, n must be an exact integer object in the interval {0, ..., 2 ^ 32 - 1}. For bytevector-s32-set! and bytevector-s32-native-set!, n must be an exact integer object in the interval {-2 ^ 31, ..., 2 ^ 32 - 1}.

These retrieve and set two-byte representations of numbers at indices k and k + 3, according to the endianness specified by endianness. The procedures with u32 in their names deal with the unsigned representation; those with s32 in their names deal with the two's-complement representation.

The procedures with native in their names employ the native endianness, and work only at aligned indices: k must be a multiple of 4.

The ...-set! procedures return unspecified values.

3.5.6Operation on 64-bit integers

Function bytevector-u64-ref bytevector k endianness
Function bytevector-s64-ref bytevector k endianness
Function bytevector-u64-native-ref bytevector k
Function bytevector-s64-native-ref bytevector k
Function bytevector-u64-set! bytevector k n endianness
Function bytevector-s64-set! bytevector k n endianness
Function bytevector-u64-native-set! bytevector k n
Function bytevector-s64-native-set! bytevector k n
[R6RS] K must be a valid index of bytevector; so must k + 7. For bytevector-u64-set! and bytevector-u64-native-set!, n must be an exact integer object in the interval {0, ..., 2 ^ 64 - 1}. For bytevector-s64-set! and bytevector-s64-native-set!, n must be an exact integer object in the interval {-2 ^ 63, ..., 2 ^ 64 - 1}.

These retrieve and set two-byte representations of numbers at indices k and k + 7, according to the endianness specified by endianness. The procedures with u64 in their names deal with the unsigned representation; those with s64 in their names deal with the two's-complement representation.

The procedures with native in their names employ the native endianness, and work only at aligned indices: k must be a multiple of 8.

The ...-set! procedures return unspecified values.

3.5.7Operation on IEEE-754 representations

Function bytevector-ieee-single-ref bytevector k endianness
[R6RS] K, …, k + 3 must be valid indices of bytevector. For bytevector-ieee-single-native-ref, k must be a multiple of 4.

These procedures return the inexact real number object that best represents the IEEE-754 single-precision number represented by the four bytes beginning at index k.

Function bytevector-ieee-double-ref bytevector k endianness
[R6RS] K, …, k + 7 must be valid indices of bytevector. For bytevector-ieee-double-native-ref, k must be a multiple of 8.

These procedures return the inexact real number object that best represents the IEEE-754 double-precision number represented by the four bytes beginning at index k.

Function bytevector-ieee-single-set! bytevector k x endianness
[R6RS] K, …, k + 3 must be valid indices of bytevector. For bytevector-ieee-single-native-set!, k must be a multiple of 4.

These procedures store an IEEE-754 single-precision representation of x into elements k through k + 3 of bytevector, and return unspecified values.

Function bytevector-ieee-double-set! bytevector k x endianness
[R6RS] K, …, k + 7 must be valid indices of bytevector. For bytevector-ieee-double-native-set!, k must be a multiple of 8.

These procedures store an IEEE-754 double-precision representation of x into elements k through k + 7 of bytevector, and return unspecified values.

3.5.8Operation on strings

This section describes procedures that convert between strings and bytevectors containing Unicode encodings of those strings. When decoding bytevectors, encoding errors are handled as with the replace semantics of textual I/O: If an invalid or incomplete character encoding is encountered, then the replacement character U+FFFD is appended to the string being generated, an appropriate number of bytes are ignored, and decoding continues with the following bytes.

Function string->utf8 string :optional start end
[R6RS+] [R7RS] Returns a newly allocated (unless empty) bytevector that contains the UTF-8 encoding of the given string.

If the optional argument start is given, the procedure converts given string from start index (inclusive).

If the optional argument end is given, the procedure converts given string to end index (exclusive).

These optional arguments must be fixnum if it's given.

Function string->utf16 string :optional endianness
[R6RS] If endianness is specified, it must be the symbol big or the symbol little. The string->utf16 procedure returns a newly allocated (unless empty) bytevector that contains the UTF-16BE or UTF-16LE encoding of the given string (with no byte-order mark). If endianness is not specified or is big, then UTF-16BE is used. If endianness is little, then UTF-16LE is used.

Function string->utf32 string :optional endianness
[R6RS] If endianness is specified, it must be the symbol big or the symbol little. The string->utf32 procedure returns a newly allocated (unless empty) bytevector that contains the UTF-32BE or UTF-32LE encoding of the given string (with no byte-order mark). If endianness is not specified or is big, then UTF-32BE is used. If endianness is little, then UTF-32LE is used.

Function utf8->string bytevector :optional start end
[R6RS] Returns a newly allocated (unless empty) string whose character sequence is encoded by the given bytevector.

If the optional argument start is given, the procedure converts given string from start index (inclusive).

If the optional argument end is given, the procedure converts given string to end index (exclusive).

These optional arguments must be fixnum if it's given.

Function utf16->string bytevector endianness :optional endianness-mandatory?
[R6RS] Endianness must be the symbol big or the symbol little. The utf16->string procedure returns a newly allocated (unless empty) string whose character sequence is encoded by the given bytevector. Bytevector is decoded according to UTF-16BE or UTF-16LE: If endianness-mandatory? is absent or #f, utf16->string determines the endianness according to a UTF-16 BOM at the beginning of bytevector if a BOM is present; in this case, the BOM is not decoded as a character. Also in this case, if no UTF-16 BOM is present, endianness specifies the endianness of the encoding. If endianness-mandatory? is a true value, endianness specifies the endianness of the encoding, and any UTF-16 BOM in the encoding is decoded as a regular character.

Function utf32->string bytevector endianness :optional endianness-mandatory?
[R6RS] Endianness must be the symbol big or the symbol little. The utf32->string procedure returns a newly allocated (unless empty) string whose character sequence is encoded by the given bytevector. Bytevector is decoded according to UTF-32BE or UTF-32LE: If endianness-mandatory? is absent or #f, utf32->string determines the endianness according to a UTF-32 BOM at the beginning of bytevector if a BOM is present; in this case, the BOM is not decoded as a character. Also in this case, if no UTF-32 BOM is present, endianness specifies the endianness of the encoding. If endianness-mandatory? is a true value, endianness specifies the endianness of the encoding, and any UTF-32 BOM in the encoding is decoded as a regular character.

3.6List utilities

[R6RS] The (rnrs lists (6))library, which contains various useful procedures that operate on lists.

Function find proc list
[R6RS] Proc should accept one argument and return a single value. Proc should not mutate list. The find procedure applies proc to the elements of list in order. If proc returns a true value for an element, find immediately returns that element. If proc returns #f for all elements of the list, find returns #f.

Function for-all pred list1 list2 ...
[R6RS+] Applies pred across each element of lists, and returns #f as soon as pred returns #f. If all application of pred return a non-false value, for-all returns the last result of the applications.

Function exists pred list1 list2 ...
[R6RS+] Applies pred across each element of lists, and returns as soon as pred returns a non-false value. The return value of any is the non-false value pred returned. If lists are exhausted before pred returns a non-false value, #f is returned.

Note: R6RS requires the same length list for for-all and exists. On Sagittarius, however, these can accept different length list and it will finish to process when the shortest list is finish to process.

Function filter proc list
Function partition proc list
[R6RS] Proc should accept one argument and return a single value.

The filter procedure applies proc to each element of list and returns a list of the elements of list for which proc returned a true value. The partition procedure also applies proc to each element of list, but returns two values, the first one a list of the elements of list for which proc returned a true value, and the second a list of the elements of list for which proc returned #f. In both cases, the elements of the result list(s) are in the same order as they appear in the input list. If multiple returns occur from filter or partitions, the return values returned by earlier returns are not mutated.

Function fold-left combine nil list1 list2 ...
[R6RS+] Combine must be a procedure. It should accept one more argument than there are lists and return a single value. It should not mutate the list arguments. The fold-left procedure iterates the combine procedure over an accumulator value and the elements of the lists from left to right, starting with an accumulator value of nil. More specifically, fold-left returns nil if the lists are empty. If they are not empty, combine is first applied to nil and the respective first elements of the lists in order. The result becomes the new accumulator value, and combine is applied to the new accumulator value and the respective next elements of the list. This step is repeated until the end of the list is reached; then the accumulator value is returned.

Function fold-right combine nil list1 list2 ...
[R6RS+] Combine must be a procedure. It should accept one more argument than there are lists and return a single value. Combine should not mutate the list arguments. The fold-right procedure iterates the combine procedure over the elements of the lists from right to left and an accumulator value, starting with an accumulator value of nil. More specifically, fold-right returns nil if the lists are empty. If they are not empty, combine is first applied to the respective last elements of the lists in order and nil. The result becomes the new accumulator value, and combine is applied to the respective previous elements of the lists and the new accumulator value. This step is repeated until the beginning of the list is reached; then the accumulator value is returned.

Note: R6RS requires the same length list for fold-left and fold-right. On Sagittarius, however, these can accept different length list and it will finish to process when the shortest list is finish to process.

Function remp proc list
Function remove obj list
Function remv obj list
Function remq obj list
[R6RS] Proc should accept one argument and return a single value. Proc should not mutate list.

Each of these procedures returns a list of the elements of list that do not satisfy a given condition. The remp procedure applies proc to each element of list and returns a list of the elements of list for which proc returned #f. The remove, remv, and remq procedures return a list of the elements that are not obj. The remq procedure uses eq? to compare obj with the elements of list, while remv uses eqv? and remove uses equal?. The elements of the result list are in the same order as they appear in the input list. If multiple returns occur from remp, the return values returned by earlier returns are not mutated.

Function memp proc list
Function member obj list :optional =
Function memv obj list
Function memq obj list
[R6RS+] Proc should accept one argument and return a single value. Proc should not mutate list.

These procedures return the first sublist of list whose car satisfies a given condition, where the sublists of lists are the lists returned by (list-tail list k) for k less than the length of list. The memp procedure applies proc to the cars of the sublists of list until it finds one for which proc returns a true value. The member, memv, and memq procedures look for the first occurrence of obj. If list does not contain an element satisfying the condition, then #f (not the empty list) is returned. The member procedure uses equal? or if = is given use it to compare obj with the elements of list, while memv uses eqv? and memq uses eq?.

Function assp proc alist
Function assc obj alist :optional =
Function assv obj alist
Function assq obj alist
[R6RS+] Alist (for "association list") should be a list of pairs. Proc should accept one argument and return a single value. Proc should not mutate alist.

These procedures find the first pair in alist whose car field satisfies a given condition, and returns that pair without traversing alist further. If no pair in alist satisfies the condition, then #f is returned. The assp procedure successively applies proc to the car fields of alist and looks for a pair for which it returns a true value. The assoc, assv, and assq procedures look for a pair that has obj as its car. The assoc procedure uses equal? or if = is given use it to compare obj with the car fields of the pairs in alist, while assv uses eqv? and assq uses eq?.

Note: member and assoc procedures are the same behaviour as SRFI-1.

Function cons* obj1 obj2 ...
[R6RS] Like list, but the last argument provides the tail of the constructed list.

3.7Sorting

The (rnrs sorting (6))library provides procedures for sorting lists and vectors.

Function list-sort proc list
Function vector-sort proc vector
[R6RS] Proc should accept any two elements of list or vector, and should not have any side effects. Proc should return a true value when its first argument is strictly less than its second, and #f otherwise.

The list-sort and vector-sort procedures perform a stable sort of list or vector in ascending order according to proc, without changing list or vector in any way. The list-sort procedure returns a list, and vector-sort returns a vector. The results may be eq? to the argument when the argument is already sorted, and the result of list-sort may share structure with a tail of the original list. The sorting algorithm performs O(n lg n) calls to proc where n is the length of list or vector, and all arguments passed to proc are elements of the list or vector being sorted, but the pairing of arguments and the sequencing of calls to proc are not specified. If multiple returns occur from list-sort or vector-sort, the return values returned by earlier returns are not mutated.

Function vector-sort! proc vector
[R6RS] Proc should accept any two elements of the vector, and should not have any side effects. Proc should return a true value when its first argument is strictly less than its second, and #f otherwise.

The vector-sort! procedure destructively sorts vector in ascending order according to proc. The sorting algorithm performs O(n2) calls to proc where n is the length of vector, and all arguments passed to proc are elements of the vector being sorted, but the pairing of arguments and the sequencing of calls to proc are not specified. The sorting algorithm may be unstable. The procedure returns unspecified values.

3.8Control structures

The (rnrs control (6))library, which provides useful control structures.

Syntax when test expression ...
Syntax unless test expression ...
[R6RS] Test must be an expression.

A when expression is evaluated by evaluating the test expression. If test evaluates to a true value, the remaining expressions are evaluated in order, and the results of the last expression are returned as the results of the entire when expression. Otherwise, the when expression returns unspecified values. An unless expression is evaluated by evaluating the test expression. If test evaluates to #f, the remaining expressions are evaluated in order, and the results of the last expression are returned as the results of the entire unless expression. Otherwise, the unless expression returns unspecified values.

Syntax do ((variable init step) ...) (test expression ...) commend
[R6RS] The inits, steps, tests, and commands must be expressions. The variables must be pairwise distinct variables.

The do expression is an iteration construct. It specifies a set of variables to be bound, how they are to be initialized at the start, and how they are to be updated on each iteration.

A do expression is evaluated as follows: The init expressions are evaluated (in some unspecified order), the variables are bound to fresh locations, the results of the init expressions are stored in the bindings of the variables, and then the iteration phase begins.

Each iteration begins by evaluating test if the result is #f, then the commands are evaluated in order for effect, the step expressions are evaluated in some unspecified order, the variables are bound to fresh locations holding the results, and the next iteration begins.

If test evaluates to a true value, the expressions are evaluated from left to right and the values of the last expression are returned. If no expressions are present, then the do expression returns unspecified values.

The region of the binding of a variable consists of the entire do expression except for the inits.

A step may be omitted, in which case the effect is the same as if (variable init variable) had been written instead of (variable init).

(do ((vec (make-vector 5))
      (i 0 (+ i 1)))
     ((= i 5) vec)
  (vector-set! vec i i))=>#(0 1 2 3 4)

(let ((x '(1 3 5 7 9)))
  (do ((x x (cdr x))
        (sum 0 (+ sum (car x))))
       ((null? x) sum)))
=>25

Syntax case-lambda case-lambda-clause ...
[R6RS] Each case-lambda-clause must be of the form

(formals body)

Formals must be as in a lambda form.

A case-lambda expression evaluates to a procedure. This procedure, when applied, tries to match its arguments to the case-lambda-clauses in order. The arguments match a clause if one of the following conditions is fulfilled:

Formals has the form (variable ...) and the number of arguments is the same as the number of formal parameters in formals.

Formals has the form

(variable1 ... variablen . variablen+1)
and the number of arguments is at least n.

Formals has the form variable.

For the first clause matched by the arguments, the variables of the formals are bound to fresh locations containing the argument values in the same arrangement as with lambda.

The last expression of a body in a case-lambda expression is in tail context.

If the arguments match none of the clauses, an exception with condition type &assertion is raised.

3.9Records syntactic layer

The (rnrs records syntactic (6))library. Some details of the specification are explained in terms of the specification of the procedural layer below.

Macro define-record-type name-spec record-clase ...
Auxiliary syntax fields field-spec ...
Auxiliary syntax parent parent-name
Auxiliary syntax protocol expression
Auxiliary syntax sealed boolean
Auxiliary syntax opaque boolean
Auxiliary syntax nongenerative :optional uid
Auxiliary syntax parent-rtd parent-rtd parent-cd
[R6RS] A define-record-type form defines a record type along with associated constructor descriptor and constructor, predicate, field accessors, and field mutators. The define-record-type form expands into a set of definitions in the environment where define-record-type appears; hence, it is possible to refer to the bindings (except for that of the record type itself) recursively.

The name-spec specifies the names of the record type, constructor, and predicate. It must take one of the following forms:

(record-name constructor-name predicate-name)
record-name

Record-name, constructor-name, and predicate-name must all be identifiers. Record-name, taken as a symbol, becomes the name of the record type. (See the description of make-record-type-descriptor.) Additionally, it is bound by this definition to an expand-time or run-time representation of the record type and can be used as parent name in syntactic record-type definitions that extend this definition. It can also be used as a handle to gain access to the underlying record-type descriptor and constructor descriptor (see record-type-descriptor and record-constructor-descriptor).

Constructor-name is defined by this definition to be a constructor for the defined record type, with a protocol specified by the protocol clause, or, in its absence, using a default protocol. For details, see the description of the protocol clause below.

Predicate-name is defined by this definition to a predicate for the defined record type.

The second form of name-spec is an abbreviation for the first form, where the name of the constructor is generated by prefixing the record name with make-, and the predicate name is generated by adding a question mark (?) to the end of the record name. For example, if the record name is frob, the name of the constructor is make-frob, and the predicate name is frob? . Each record-clause must take one of the auxiliary syntax forms; it is a syntax violation if multiple record-clauses of the same kind appear in a define-record-type form.

(fields field-spec*)

Each field-spec has one of the following forms

(immutable field-name accessor-name)
(mutable field-name accessor-name mutator-name)
(immutable field-name)
(mutable field-name)
field-name

Field-name, accessor-name, and mutator-name must all be identifiers. The first form declares an immutable field called field-name>, with the corresponding accessor named accessor-name. The second form declares a mutable field called field-name, with the corresponding accessor named accessor-name, and with the corresponding mutator named mutator-name.

If field-spec takes the third or fourth form, the accessor name is generated by appending the record name and field name with a hyphen separator, and the mutator name (for a mutable field) is generated by adding a -set! suffix to the accessor name. For example, if the record name is frob and the field name is widget, the accessor name is frob-widget and the mutator name is frob-widget-set!.

If field-spec is just a field-name form, it is an abbreviation for (immutable field-name).

The field-names become, as symbols, the names of the fields in the record-type descriptor being created, in the same order.

The fields clause may be absent; this is equivalent to an empty fields clause.

(parent parent-name)

Specifies that the record type is to have parent type parent-name, where parent-name is the record-name of a record type previously defined using define-record-type. The record-type definition associated with parent-name must not be sealed. If no parent clause and no parent-rtd (see below) clause is present, the record type is a base type.

(protocol expression)

Expression is evaluated in the same environment as the define-record-type form, and must evaluate to a protocol appropriate for the record type being defined.

The protocol is used to create a record-constructor descriptor as described below. If no protocol clause is specified, a constructor descriptor is still created using a default protocol. The clause can be absent only if the record type being defined has no parent type, or if the parent definition does not specify a protocol.

(sealed boolean)

If this option is specified with operand #t, the defined record type is sealed, i.e., no extensions of the record type can be created. If this option is specified with operand #f, or is absent, the defined record type is not sealed.

(opaque boolean)

If this option is specified with operand #t, or if an opaque parent record type is specified, the defined record type is opaque. Otherwise, the defined record type is not opaque. See the specification of record-rtd below for details.

(nongenerative uid)
(nongenerative)

This specifies that the record type is nongenerative with uid uid, which must be an identifier. If uid is absent, a unique uid is generated at macro-expansion time. If two record-type definitions specify the same uid, then the record-type definitions should be equivalent, i.e., the implied arguments to make-record-type-descriptor must be equivalent as described under make-record-type-descriptor. If this condition is not met, it is either considered a syntax violation or an exception with condition type &assertion is raised. If the condition is met, a single record type is generated for both definitions.

In the absence of a nongenerative clause, a new record type is generated every time a define-record-type form is evaluated:

(let ((f (lambda (x)
           (define-record-type r ...)
           (if x r? (make-r ...)))))
  ((f #t) (f #f)))
=>#f

(parent-rtd parent-rtd parent-cd)

Specifies that the record type is to have its parent type specified by parent-rtd, which should be an expression evaluating to a record-type descriptor, and parent-cd, which should be an expression evaluating to a constructor descriptor. The record-type definition associated with the value of parent-rtd must not be sealed. Moreover, a record-type definition must not have both a parent and a parent-rtd clause.

All bindings created by define-record-type (for the record type, the constructor, the predicate, the accessors, and the mutators) must have names that are pairwise distinct.

The constructor created by a define-record-type form is a procedure as follows:

  • If there is no parent clause and no protocol clause, the constructor accepts as many arguments as there are fields, in the same order as they appear in the fields clause, and returns a record object with the fields initialized to the corresponding arguments.
  • If there is no parent or parent-rtd clause and a protocol clause, the protocol expression must evaluate to a procedure that accepts a single argument. The protocol procedure is called once during the evaluation of the define-record-type form with a procedure p as its argument. It should return a procedure, which will become the constructor bound to constructor-name. The procedure p accepts as many arguments as there are fields, in the same order as they appear in the fields clause, and returns a record object with the fields initialized to the corresponding arguments.

    The constructor returned by the protocol procedure can accept an arbitrary number of arguments, and should call p once to construct a record object, and return that record object.

    For example, the following protocol expression for a record-type definition with three fields creates a constructor that accepts values for all fields, and initialized them in the reverse order of the arguments:

    (lambda (p)
      (lambda (v1 v2 v3)
        (p v3 v2 v1)))
    
  • If there is both a parent clause and a protocol clause, then the protocol procedure is called once with a procedure nas its argument. As in the previous case, the protocol procedure should return a procedure, which will become the constructor bound to constructor-name. However, n is different from p in the previous case: It accepts arguments corresponding to the arguments of the constructor of the parent type. It then returns a procedure p that accepts as many arguments as there are (additional) fields in this type, in the same order as in the fields clause, and returns a record object with the fields of the parent record types initialized according to their constructors and the arguments to n, and the fields of this record type initialized to its arguments of p.

    The constructor returned by the protocol procedure can accept an arbitrary number of arguments, and should call n once to construct the procedure p, and call p once to create the record object, and finally return that record object.

    For example, the following protocol expression assumes that the constructor of the parent type takes three arguments:

    (lambda (n)
      (lambda (v1 v2 v3 x1 x2 x3 x4)
        (let ((p (n v1 v2 v3)))
          (p x1 x2 x3 x4))))
    

    The resulting constructor accepts seven arguments, and initializes the fields of the parent types according to the constructor of the parent type, with v1, v2, and v3 as arguments. It also initializes the fields of this record type to the values of x1, ..., x4.

  • If there is a parent clause, but no protocol clause, then the parent type must not have a protocol clause itself. The constructor bound to constructor-name is a procedure that accepts arguments corresponding to the parent types' constructor first, and then one argument for each field in the same order as in the fields clause. The constructor returns a record object with the fields initialized to the corresponding arguments.
  • If there is a parent-rtd clause, then the constructor is as with a parent clause, except that the constructor of the parent type is determined by the constructor descriptor of the parent-rtd clause.

A protocol may perform other actions consistent with the requirements described above, including mutation of the new record or other side effects, before returning the record.

Any definition that takes advantage of implicit naming for the constructor, predicate, accessor, and mutator names can be rewritten trivially to a definition that specifies all names explicitly. For example, the implicit-naming record definition:

(define-record-type frob
  (fields (mutable widget))
  (protocol
    (lambda (p)
      (lambda (n) (p (make-widget n))))))

is equivalent to the following explicit-naming record definition.

(define-record-type (frob make-frob frob?)
  (fields (mutable widget
                   frob-widget
                   frob-widget-set!))
  (protocol
    (lambda (p)
      (lambda (n) (p (make-widget n))))))

Also, the implicit-naming record definition:

(define-record-type point (fields x y))

is equivalent to the following explicit-naming record definition:

(define-record-type (point make-point point?)
  (fields 
    (immutable x point-x)
    (immutable y point-y)))

With implicit naming, it is still possible to specify some of the names explicitly; for example, the following overrides the choice of accessor and mutator names for the widget field.

(define-record-type frob
  (fields (mutable widget getwid setwid!))
  (protocol
    (lambda (p)
      (lambda (n) (p (make-widget n))))))

Macro record-type-descriptor record-name
[R6RS] Evaluates to the record-type descriptor (see Records procedural layer) associated with the type specified by record-name.

[R6RS] Evaluates to the record-type constructor (see Records procedural layer) associated with the type specified by record-name.

The following example uses the record? procedure from the (rnrs records inspection (6)) library:

(define-record-type (point make-point point?)
  (fields (immutable x point-x)
           (mutable y point-y set-point-y!))
  (nongenerative point-4893d957-e00b-11d9-817f-00111175eb9e))
(define-record-type (cpoint make-cpoint cpoint?)
  (parent point)
  (protocol (lambda (n)
                 (lambda (x y c) 
                   ((n x y) (color->rgb c)))))
  (fields (mutable rgb cpoint-rgb cpoint-rgb-set!)))
(define (color->rgb c) (cons 'rgb c))
(define p1 (make-point 1 2))
(define p2 (make-cpoint 3 4 'red))

(point? p1)=>#t
(point? p2)=>#t
(point? (vector))=>#f
(point? (cons 'a 'b))=>#f
(cpoint? p1)=>#f
(cpoint? p2)=>#t
(point-x p1)=>1
(point-y p1)=>2
(point-x p2)=>3
(point-y p2)=>4
(cpoint-rgb p2)=>(rgb . red)

(set-point-y! p1 17)=>unspecified
(point-y p1)=>17

(record-rtd p1)=>(record-type-descriptor point)

(define-record-type (ex1 make-ex1 ex1?)
  (protocol (lambda (p) (lambda a (p a))))
  (fields (immutable f ex1-f)))

(define ex1-i1 (make-ex1 1 2 3))
(ex1-f ex1-i1)=>(1 2 3)

(define-record-type (ex2 make-ex2 ex2?)
  (protocol
    (lambda (p) (lambda (a . b) (p a b))))
  (fields (immutable a ex2-a)
           (immutable b ex2-b)))

(define ex2-i1 (make-ex2 1 2 3))
(ex2-a ex2-i1)=>1
(ex2-b ex2-i1)=>(2 3)

(define-record-type (unit-vector make-unit-vector unit-vector?)
  (protocol (lambda (p)
                 (lambda (x y z)
                   (let ((length (sqrt (+ (* x x) (* y y) (* z z)))))
                         (p (/ x length) (/ y length) (/ z length))))))
  (fields (immutable x unit-vector-x)
           (immutable y unit-vector-y)
           (immutable z unit-vector-z)))

(define *ex3-instance* #f)

(define-record-type ex3
  (parent cpoint)
  (protocol (lambda (n)
                 (lambda (x y t)
                   (let ((r ((n x y 'red) t)))
                     (set! *ex3-instance* r)
                     r))))
  (fields  (mutable thickness))
  (sealed #t) (opaque #t))

(define ex3-i1 (make-ex3 1 2 17))
(ex3? ex3-i1)=>#t
(cpoint-rgb ex3-i1)=>(rgb . red)
(ex3-thickness ex3-i1)=>17
(ex3-thickness-set! ex3-i1 18)=>unspecified
(ex3-thickness ex3-i1)=>18
*ex3-instance*=>ex3-i1
(record? ex3-i1)=>#f

3.10Records procedural layer

The procedural layer is provided by the (rnrs records procedural (6)) library.

Function make-record-type-descriptor name parent uid sealed? opaque? fields
[R6RS] Returns a record-type descriptor (rtd).

The name argument must be a symbol. It names the record type, and is intended purely for informational purposes.

The parent argument must be either #f or an rtd. If it is an rtd, the returned record type, t, extends the record type p represented by parent. An exception with condition type &assertion is raised if parent is sealed (see below).

The uid argument must be either #f or a symbol. If uid is a symbol, the record-creation operation is nongenerative i.e., a new record type is created only if no previous call to make-record-type-descriptor was made with the uid. If uid is #f, the record-creation operation is generative, .e., a new record type is created even if a previous call to make-record-type-descriptor was made with the same arguments.

If make-record-type-descriptor is called twice with the same uid symbol, the parent arguments in the two calls must be eqv?, the fields arguments equal?, the sealed? arguments boolean-equivalent (both #f or both true), and the opaque? arguments boolean-equivalent. If these conditions are not met, an exception with condition type &assertion is raised when the second call occurs. If they are met, the second call returns, without creating a new record type, the same record-type descriptor (in the sense of eqv?) as the first call.

The sealed? flag must be a boolean. If true, the returned record type is sealed, i.e., it cannot be extended.

The opaque? flag must be a boolean. If true, the record type is opaque. If passed an instance of the record type, record? returns #f. Moreover, if record-rtd (see (rnrs records inspection (6))) is called with an instance of the record type, an exception with condition type &assertion is raised. The record type is also opaque if an opaque parent is supplied. If opaque? is #f and an opaque parent is not supplied, the record is not opaque.

The fields argument must be a vector of field specifiers. Each field specifier must be a list of the form (mutable name) or a list of the form (immutable name). Each name must be a symbol and names the corresponding field of the record type; the names need not be distinct. A field identified as mutable may be modified, whereas, when a program attempts to obtain a mutator for a field identified as immutable, an exception with condition type &assertion is raised. Where field order is relevant, e.g., for record construction and field access, the fields are considered to be ordered as specified, although no particular order is required for the actual representation of a record instance.

The specified fields are added to the parent fields, if any, to determine the complete set of fields of the returned record type. If fields is modified after make-record-type-descriptor has been called, the effect on the returned rtd is unspecified.

A generative record-type descriptor created by a call to make-record-type-descriptor is not eqv? to any record-type descriptor (generative or nongenerative) created by another call to make-record-type-descriptor. A generative record-type descriptor is eqv? only to itself, i.e., (eqv? rtd1 rtd2) iff (eq? rtd1 rtd2). Also, two nongenerative record-type descriptors are eqv? if they were created by calls to make-record-type-descriptor with the same uid arguments.

[R6RS] Returns #t if the argument is a record-type descriptor, #f otherwise.

Function make-record-constructor-descriptor rtd parent-constructor-descriptor protocol
[R6RS] Returns a record-constructor descriptor (or var{constructor descriptor} for short) that specifies a record constructor (or constructor for short), that can be used to construct record values of the type specified by rtd, and which can be obtained via record-constructor. A constructor descriptor can also be used to create other constructor descriptors for subtypes of its own record type. Rtd must be a record-type descriptor. Protocol must be a procedure or #f. If it is #f, a default protocol procedure is supplied.

If protocol is a procedure, it is handled analogously to the protocol expression in a define-record-type form.

If rtd is a base record type and protocol is a procedure, parent-constructor-descriptor must be #f. In this case, protocol is called by record-constructor with a single argument p. P is a procedure that expects one argument for every field of rtd and returns a record with the fields of rtd initialized to these arguments. The procedure returned by protocol should call p once with the number of arguments p expects and return the resulting record as shown in the simple example below:

(lambda (p)
  (lambda (v1 v2 v3)
    (p v1 v2 v3)))

Here, the call to p returns a record whose fields are initialized with the values of v1, v2, and v3. The expression above is equivalent to (lambda (p) p). Note that the procedure returned by protocol is otherwise unconstrained; specifically, it can take any number of arguments.

If rtd is an extension of another record type parent-rtd and protocol is a procedure, parent-constructor-descriptor must be a constructor descriptor of parent-rtd or #f. If parent-constructor-descriptor is a constructor descriptor, protocol it is called by record-constructor with a single argument n, which is a procedure that accepts the same number of arguments as the constructor of parent-constructor-descriptor and returns a procedure p that, when called, constructs the record itself. The p procedure expects one argument for every field of rtd (not including parent fields) and returns a record with the fields of rtd initialized to these arguments, and the fields of parent-rtd and its parents initialized as specified by parent-constructor-descriptor.

The procedure returned by protocol should call n once with the number of arguments n expects, call the procedure p it returns once with the number of arguments p expects and return the resulting record. A simple protocol in this case might be written as follows:

(lambda (n)
  (lambda (v1 v2 v3 x1 x2 x3 x4)
    (let ((p (n v1 v2 v3)))
      (p x1 x2 x3 x4))))

This passes arguments v1, v2, v3 to n for parent-constructor-descriptor and calls p with x1, ..., x4 to initialize the fields of rtd itself.

Thus, the constructor descriptors for a record type form a sequence of protocols parallel to the sequence of record-type parents. Each constructor descriptor in the chain determines the field values for the associated record type. Child record constructors need not know the number or contents of parent fields, only the number of arguments accepted by the parent constructor.

Protocol may be #f, specifying a default constructor that accepts one argument for each field of rtd (including the fields of its parent type, if any). Specifically, if rtd is a base type, the default protocol procedure behaves as if it were (lambda (p) p). If rtd is an extension of another type, then parent-constructor-descriptor must be either #f or itself specify a default constructor, and the default protocol procedure behaves as if it were:

(lambda (n)
  (lambda (v1 ... vj x1 ... xk)
    (let ((p (n v1 ... vj)))
      (p x1 ... xk))))

The resulting constructor accepts one argument for each of the record type's complete set of fields (including those of the parent record type, the parent's parent record type, etc.) and returns a record with the fields initialized to those arguments, with the field values for the parent coming before those of the extension in the argument list. (In the example, j is the complete number of fields of the parent type, and k is the number of fields of rtd itself.)

If rtd is an extension of another record type, and parent-constructor-descriptor or the protocol of parent-constructor-descriptor is #f, protocol must also be #f, and a default constructor descriptor as described above is also assumed.

Function record-constructor constructor-descriptor
[R6RS] Calls the protocol of constructor-descriptor (as described for make-record-constructor-descriptor) and returns the resulting constructor constructor for records of the record type associated with constructor-descriptor.

[R6RS] Returns a procedure that, given an object obj, returns #t if obj is a record of the type represented by rtd, and #f otherwise.

Function record-accessor rtd k
[R6RS] K must be a valid field index of rtd. The record-accessor procedure returns a one-argument procedure whose argument must be a record of the type represented by rtd. This procedure returns the value of the selected field of that record.

The field selected corresponds to the kth element (0-based) of the fields argument to the invocation of make-record-type-descriptor that created rtd. Note that k cannot be used to specify a field of any type rtd extends.

Function record-mutator rtd k
[R6RS] K must be a valid field index of rtd. The record-mutator procedure returns a two-argument procedure whose arguments must be a record record r of the type represented by rtd and an object obj. This procedure stores obj within the field of r specified by k. The k argument is as in record-accessor. If k specifies an immutable field, an exception with condition type &assertion is raised. The mutator returns unspecified values.

3.11Records inspection

The (rnrs records inspection (6))library provides procedures for inspecting records and their record-type descriptors. These procedures are designed to allow the writing of portable printers and inspectors.

Function record? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is a record, and its record type is not opaque, and returns #f otherwise.

Function record-rtd record
[R6RS] Returns the rtd representing the type of record if the type is not opaque. The rtd of the most precise type is returned; that is, the type t such that record is of type t but not of any type that extends t. If the type is opaque, an exception is raised with condition type &assertion.

[R6RS] Returns the name/parent/uid of the record-type descriptor rtd.

[R6RS] Returns #t if the record-type descriptor is generative/sealed/opaque, and #f if not.

[R6RS] Returns a vector of symbols naming the fields of the type represented by rtd (not including the fields of parent types) where the fields are ordered as described under make-record-type-descriptor.

[R6RS] Returns #t if the field specified by k of the type represented by rtd is mutable, and #f if not. K is as in record-accessor.

3.12Exceptions

This section describes exception-handling and exception-raising constructs provided by the (rnrs exceptions (6))library.

Function with-exception-handler handler thunk
[R6RS] Handler must be a procedure and should accept one argument. Thunk must be a procedure that accepts zero arguments. The with-exception-handler procedure returns the results of invoking thunk. When an exception is raised, handler will be invoked with the exception.

Macro guard (variable cond-clause ...) body
[R6RS] Each cond-clause is as in the specification of cond. and else are the same as in the (rnrs base (6)) library.

Evaluating a guard form evaluates body with an exception handler that binds the raised object to variable and within the scope of that binding evaluates the clauses as if they were the clauses of a cond expression. If every cond-clause's test evaluates to #f and there is no else clause, then raise is re-invoked on the raised object.

Function raise obj
[R6RS] Raises a non-continuable exception by invoking the current exception handler on obj.

[R6RS] Raises a continuable exception by invoking the current exception handler on obj.

3.13Conditions

The section describes (rnrs conditions (6))library for creating and inspecting condition types and values. A condition value encapsulates information about an exceptional situation.

Function condition condition ...
[R6RS] The condition procedure returns a condition object with the components of the conditions as its components, in the same order. The returned condition is compound if the total number of components is zero or greater than one. Otherwise, it may be compound or simple.

Function simple-condition condition
[R6RS] The simple-conditions procedure returns a list of the components of condition, in the same order as they appeared in the construction of condition.

Function condition? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is a (simple or compound) condition, otherwise returns #f.

[R6RS] Rtd must be a record-type descriptor of a subtype of &condition. The condition-predicate procedure returns a procedure that takes one argument. This procedure returns #t if its argument is a condition of the condition type represented by rtd, i.e., if it is either a simple condition of that record type (or one of its subtypes) or a compound conditition with such a simple condition as one of its components, and #f otherwise.

Function condition-accessor rtd proc
[R6RS] Rtd must be a record-type descriptor of a subtype of &condition. Proc should accept one argument, a record of the record type of rtd. The condition-accessor procedure returns a procedure that accepts a single argument, which must be a condition of the type represented by rtd. This procedure extracts the first component of the condition of the type represented by rtd, and returns the result of applying proc to that component.

Macro define-condition-type condition-type supertypes constructor predicate field-spec ...
[R6RS] Condition-type, supertypes, constructor, and predicate must all be identifiers. Each field-spec must be of the form

(field accessor)

where both field and accessor must be identifiers.

The define-condition-type form expands into a record-type definition for a record type condition-type. The record type will be non-opaque, non-sealed, and its fields will be immutable. It will have supertype has its parent type. The remaining identifiers will be bound as follows:

  • Constructor is bound to a default constructor for the type : It accepts one argument for each of the record type's complete set of fields (including parent types, with the fields of the parent coming before those of the extension in the arguments) and returns a condition object initialized to those arguments.
  • Predicate is bound to a predicate that identifies conditions of type condition-type or any of its subtypes.
  • Each accessor is bound to a procedure that extracts the corresponding field from a condition of type condition-type.

3.13.1Standard condition types

Hierarchy of standard condition types:

+ &condition
    + &warning
    + &serious
          + &error
          + &violation
                + &assertion
                + &non-continuable
                + &implementation-restriction
                + &lexical
                + &syntax
                + &undefined
    + &message
    + &irritants

Condition Type &message
Function condition-message condition
[R6RS] It carries a message further describing the nature of the condition to humans.

Condition Type &warning
Function warning? obj
[R6RS] This type describes conditions that do not, in principle, prohibit immediate continued execution of the program, but may interfere with the program's execution later.

Condition Type &serious
[R6RS] This type describes conditions serious enough that they cannot safely be ignored. This condition type is primarily intended as a supertype of other condition types.

Condition Type &error
Function make-error
Function error? obj
[R6RS] This type describes errors, typically caused by something that has gone wrong in the interaction of the program with the external world or the user.

Condition Type &violation
Function violation? obj
[R6RS] This type describes violations of the language standard or a library standard, typically caused by a programming error.

Condition Type &assertion
[R6RS] This type describes an invalid call to a procedure, either passing an invalid number of arguments, or passing an argument of the wrong type.

Condition Type &irritants
Function condition-irritants condition
[R6RS] Irritants should be a list of objects. This condition provides additional information about a condition, typically the argument list of a procedure that detected an exception. Conditions of this type are created by the error and assertion-violation procedures.

Condition Type &who
Function who-condition? obj
Function condition-who condition
[R6RS] Who should be a symbol or string identifying the entity reporting the exception. Conditions of this type are created by the error and assertion-violation procedures, and the syntax-violation procedure.

Condition Type &non-continuable
[R6RS] This type indicates that an exception handler invoked via raise has returned.

[R6RS] This type describes a violation of an implementation restriction allowed by the specification, such as the absence of representations for NaNs and infinities.

Condition Type &lexical
[R6RS] This type describes syntax violations at the level of the datum syntax.

Condition Type &syntax
Function make-syntax-violation form subform
Function syntax-violation-form condition
[R6RS] This type describes syntax violations. Form should be the erroneous syntax object or a datum representing the code of the erroneous form. Subform should be an optional syntax object or datum within the erroneous form that more precisely locates the violation. It can be #f to indicate the absence of more precise information.

Condition Type &undefined
[R6RS] This type describes unbound identifiers in the program.

3.14I/O condition types

The condition types and corresponding predicates and accessors are exported by both the (rnrs io ports (6)) and (rnrs io simple (6)) libraries. They are also exported by the (rnrs files (6)) library.

Condition Type &i/o
Function i/o-error? obj
[R6RS] This is a supertype for a set of more specific I/O errors.

Condition Type &i/o-read
[R6RS] This condition type describes read errors that occurred during an I/O operation.

Condition Type &i/o-write
[R6RS] This condition type describes write errors that occurred during an I/O operation.

Function i/o-error-position condition
[R6RS] This condition type describes attempts to set the file position to an invalid position. Position should be the file position that the program intended to set. This condition describes a range error, but not an assertion violation.

Condition Type &i/o-filename
Function i/o-error-filename condition
[R6RS] This condition type describes an I/O error that occurred during an operation on a named file. Filename should be the name of the file.

Condition Type &i/o-file-protection
[R6RS] A condition of this type specifies that an operation tried to operate on a named file with insufficient access rights.

[R6RS] A condition of this type specifies that an operation tried to operate on a named read-only file under the assumption that it is writeable.

[R6RS] A condition of this type specifies that an operation tried to operate on an existing named file under the assumption that it did not exist.

[R6RS] A condition of this type specifies that an operation tried to operate on an non-existent named file under the assumption that it existed.

Condition Type &i/o-port
Function i/o-error-port condition
[R6RS] This condition type specifies the port with which an I/O error is associated. Port should be the port. Conditions raised by procedures accepting a port as an argument should include an &i/o-port-error condition.

Here I describe the conditions hierarchy.

+ &error(See (rnrs conditions (6)))
    + &i/o
          + &i/o-read
          + &i/o-write
          + &i/o-invalid-position
          + &i/o-filename
                + &i/o-file-protection
                      + &i/o-file-is-read-only
                + &i/o-file-already-exists
                + &i/o-file-does-not-exist
          + &i/o-port-error

3.14.1Port I/O

The (rnrs io ports (6))library defines an I/O layer for conventional, imperative buffered input and output. A port represents a buffered access object for a data sink or source or both simultaneously. The library allows ports to be created from arbitrary data sources and sinks.

The (rnrs io ports (6)) library distinguishes between input ports and output ports. An input port is a source for data, whereas an output port is a sink for data. A port may be both an input port and an output port; such a port typically provides simultaneous read and write access to a file or other data.

The (rnrs io ports (6)) library also distinguishes between binary ports, which are sources or sinks for uninterpreted bytes, and textual ports, which are sources or sinks for characters and strings.

This section uses input-port, output-port, binary-port, textual-port, binary-input-port, textual-input-port, binary-output-port, textual-output-port, and port as parameter names for arguments that must be input ports (or combined input/output ports), output ports (or combined input/output ports), binary ports, textual ports, binary input ports, textual input ports, binary output ports, textual output ports, or any kind of port, respectively.

3.14.1.1Filename

In this world, unfortunately there are a lot of operating systems. However, as far as I know there are only two file separators, one is Windows style back slash, the other is UNIX style slash. On Sagittarius both of it can be used as file path. Inside of the resolution of file path, Sagittarius replaces those file separators to OS specific one. Even though programmer does not have to care about it, I think it's better to use slash as file separator on script files.

A filename parameter name means that the corresponding argument must be a file name.

3.14.1.2File options

When opening a file, the various procedures in this library accept a file-options object that encapsulates flags to specify how the file is to be opened. A file-options object is an enum-set (see (rnrs enums (6))) over the symbols constituting valid file options. A file-options parameter name means that the corresponding argument must be a file-options object.

Macro file-options file-options-symbol ...
[R6RS+] Each file-option-symbol must be a symbol. The file-options macro returns a file-options object that encapsulates the specified options.

When supplied to an operation that opens a file for output, the file-options object returned by (file-options) specifies that the file is created if it does not exist and an exception with condition type &i/o-file-already-exists is raised if it does exist. The following standard options can be included to modify the default behaviour.

  • no-create

    If the file does not already exist, it is not created; instead, an exception with condition type &i/o-file-does-not-exist is raised. If the file already exists, the exception with condition type &i/o-file-already-exists is not raised and the file is truncated to zero length.

  • no-fail

    If the file already exists, the exception with condition type &i/o-file-already-exists is not raised, even if no-create is not included, and the file is truncated to zero length.

  • no-truncate

    If the file already exists and the exception with condition type &i/o-file-already-exists has been inhibited by inclusion of no-create or no-fail, the file is not truncated, but the port's current position is still set to the beginning of the file.

  • append

    Among with no-truncate, set the opened port's position the end of the file. This is not a part of R6RS specification.

3.14.1.3Buffer modes

Each port has an associated buffer mode. For an output port, the buffer mode defines when an output operation flushes the buffer associated with the output port. For an input port, the buffer mode defines how much data will be read to satisfy read operations. The possible buffer modes are the symbols none for no buffering, line for flushing upon line endings and reading up to line endings, or other implementation-dependent behavior, and block for arbitrary buffering. This section uses the parameter name buffer-mode for arguments that must be buffer-mode symbols.

If two ports are connected to the same mutable source, both ports are unbuffered, and reading a byte or character from that shared source via one of the two ports would change the bytes or characters seen via the other port, a lookahead operation on one port will render the peeked byte or character inaccessible via the other port, while a subsequent read operation on the peeked port will see the peeked byte or character even though the port is otherwise unbuffered.

In other words, the semantics of buffering is defined in terms of side effects on shared mutable sources, and a lookahead operation has the same side effect on the shared source as a read operation.

Macro buffer-mode buffer-mode-symbol
[R6RS] Buffer-mode-symbol must be a symbol whose name is one of none, line, and block. The result is the corresponding symbol, and specifies the associated buffer mode.

Function buffer-mode? obj
Returns #t if the argument is a valid buffer-mode symbol, and returns #f otherwise.

3.14.1.4Transcoders

Several different Unicode encoding schemes describe standard ways to encode characters and strings as byte sequences and to decode those sequences. Within this document, a codec is an immutable Scheme object that represents a Unicode or similar encoding scheme.

An end-of-line style is a symbol that, if it is not none, describes how a textual port transcodes representations of line endings.

A transcoder is an immutable Scheme object that combines a codec with an end-of-line style and a method for handling decoding errors. Each transcoder represents some specific bidirectional (but not necessarily lossless), possibly stateful translation between byte sequences and Unicode characters and strings. Every transcoder can operate in the input direction (bytes to characters) or in the output direction (characters to bytes). A transcoder parameter name means that the corresponding argument must be a transcoder.

A binary port is a port that supports binary I/O, does not have an associated transcoder and does not support textual I/O. A textual port is a port that supports textual I/O, and does not support binary I/O. A textual port may or may not have an associated transcoder.

Function utf-8-codec
[R6RS] These are predefined codecs for the ISO 8859-1, UTF-8, and UTF-16 encoding schemes.

A call to any of these procedures returns a value that is equal in the sense of eqv? to the result of any other call to the same procedure.

Macro eol-style eol-style-symbol
[R6RS] Eol-style-symbol should be a symbol whose name is one of lf, cr, crlf, nel, crnel, ls, and none. The form evaluates to the corresponding symbol. If the name of eol-style-symbol is not one of these symbols, it still returns given symbol, however make-transcoder does not accept it.

[R6RS] Returns the default end-of-line style of the underlying platform.

Condition Type &i/o-decoding
[R6RS] An exception with this type is raised when one of the operations for textual input from a port encounters a sequence of bytes that cannot be translated into a character or string by the input direction of the port's transcoder.

When such an exception is raised, the port's position is past the invalid encoding.

Condition Type &i/o-encoding
[R6RS] An exception with this type is raised when one of the operations for textual output to a port encounters a character that cannot be translated into bytes by the output direction of the port's transcoder. Char is the character that could not be encoded.

Macro error-handling-mode error-handling-mode-symbol
[R6RS] Error-handling-mode-symbol should be a symbol whose name is one of ignore, raise, and replace. The form evaluates to the corresponding symbol.

The error-handling mode of a transcoder specifies the behavior of textual I/O operations in the presence of encoding or decoding errors.

If a textual input operation encounters an invalid or incomplete character encoding, and the error-handling mode is ignore, an appropriate number of bytes of the invalid encoding are ignored and decoding continues with the following bytes. If the error-handling mode is replace, the replacement character U+FFFD is injected into the data stream, an appropriate number of bytes are ignored, and decoding continues with the following bytes. If the error-handling mode is raise, an exception with condition type &i/o-decoding is raised.

If a textual output operation encounters a character it cannot encode, and the error-handling mode is ignore, the character is ignored and encoding continues with the next character. If the error-handling mode is replace, a codec-specific replacement character is emitted by the transcoder, and encoding continues with the next character. The replacement character is U+FFFD for transcoders whose codec is one of the Unicode encodings, but is the ? character for the Latin-1 encoding. If the error-handling mode is raise, an exception with condition type &i/o-encoding is raised.

Function make-transcoder codec :optional eol-style handling-mode
[R6RS] Codec must be a codec; eol-style, if present, an eol-style symbol; and handling-mode, if present, an error-handling-mode symbol. Eol-style may be omitted, in which case it defaults to the native end-of-line style of the underlying platform. Handling-mode may be omitted, in which case it defaults to replace. The result is a transcoder with the behaviour specified by its arguments.

[R6RS] Returns platform dependent transcoder.

Function transcoder-codec transcoder
Function transcoder-eol-style transcoder
[R6RS] These are accessors for transcoder objects; when applied to a transcoder returned by make-transcoder, they return the codec, eol-style, and handling-mode arguments, respectively.

Function bytevector->string bytevector transcoder :optional start end
[R6RS+] Returns the string that results from transcoding the bytevector according to the input direction of the transcoder.

If the optional argument start is given, the procedure converts given string from start index (inclusive).

If the optional argument end is given, the procedure converts given string to end index (exclusive).

These optional arguments must be fixnum if it's given.

Function string->bytevector string transcoder :optional start end
[R6RS] Returns the bytevector that results from transcoding the string according to the output direction of the transcoder.

If the optional argument start is given, the procedure converts given string from start index (inclusive).

If the optional argument end is given, the procedure converts given string to end index (exclusive).

These optional arguments must be fixnum if it's given.

3.14.1.5End-of-file object

The end-of-file object is returned by various I/O procedures when they reach end of file.

Function eof-object
[R6RS] Returns the end-of-file object

Function eof-object? obj
Returns #t if obj is the end-of-file object, #f otherwise.

3.14.1.6Input and output ports

The operations described in this section are common to input and output ports, both binary and textual. A port may also have an associated position that specifies a particular place within its data sink or source, and may also provide operations for inspecting and setting that place.

Function port? obj
Returns #t if the argument is a port, and returns #f otherwise.

Function port-transcoder port
[R6RS] Returns the transcoder associated with port if port is textual and has an associated transcoder, and returns #f if port is binary or does not have an associated transcoder.

Function textual-port? obj
Function binary-port? obj
[R6RS+] [R7RS] The textual-port? procedure returns #t if obj is textual port, otherwise #f.

The binary-port? procedure returns #t if obj is binary port, otherwise #f.

Function transcoded-port binary-port transcoder
[R6RS] The transcoded-port procedure returns a new textual port with the specified transcoder. Otherwise the new textual port's state is largely the same as that of binary-port. If binary-port is an input port, the new textual port will be an input port and will transcode the bytes that have not yet been read from binary-port. If binary-port is an output port, the new textual port will be an output port and will transcode output characters into bytes that are written to the byte sink represented by binary-port.

Function port-position port
[R6RS] The port-has-port-position? procedure returns #t if the port supports the port-position operation, and #f otherwise.

The port-position procedure returns the index of the position at which the next position would be read from or written to the port as an exact non-negative integer object.

Function set-port-position! port pos :optional (whence 'begin)
[R6RS+] The port-has-set-port-position!? procedure returns #t if the port supports the set-port-position! operation, and #f otherwise.

The set-port-position! procedure raises an exception with condition type &assertion if the port does not support the operation, and an exception with condition type &i/o-invalid-position if pos is not in the range of valid positions of port. Otherwise, it sets the current position of the port to pos. If port is an output port, set-port-position! first flushes port.

The optional argument whence must be one of the following symbols;

begin
Set position from the beginning of the given port.
current
Set position from the current position of the given port.
end
Set position from the end of the given port.
NOTE: for R6RS custom port, the procedure doesn't accept the optional argument, so it will be always considered begin even though user specified it as current or end.

Function close-port port
[R6RS] Closes the port, rendering the port incapable of delivering or accepting data. If port is an output port, it is flushed before being closed. This has no effect if the port has already been closed. A closed port is still a port. The close-port procedure returns unspecified values.

Function call-with-port port proc
[R6RS] Proc must accept one argument. The call-with-port procedure calls proc with port as an argument. If proc returns, port is closed automatically and the values returned by proc are returned. If proc does not return, port is not closed automatically, except perhaps when it is possible to prove that port will never again be used for an input or output operation.

3.14.1.7Input ports

An input port allows the reading of an infinite sequence of bytes or characters punctuated by end-of-file objects. An input port connected to a finite data source ends in an infinite sequence of end-of-file objects.

It is unspecified whether a character encoding consisting of several bytes may have an end of file between the bytes. If, for example, get-char raises an &i/o-decoding exception because the character encoding at the port's position is incomplete up to the next end of file, a subsequent call to get-char may successfully decode a character if bytes completing the encoding are available after the end of file.

Function input-port? obj
Returns #t if the argument is an input port (or a combined input and output port), and returns #f otherwise.

Function port-eof? input-port
[R6RS] Returns #t if the lookahead-u8 procedure (if input-port is a binary port) or the lookahead-char procedure (if input-port is a textual port) would return the end-of-file object, and #f otherwise.

Function open-file-input-port filename :optiona file-options buffer-mode maybe-transcoder
[R6RS] Maybe-transcoder must be either a transcoder or #f.

The file-options argument, which may determine various aspects of the returned port, defaults to the value of (file-options).

The buffer-mode argument, if supplied, must be one of the symbols that name a buffer mode. The buffer-mode argument defaults to block.

If maybe-transcoder is a transcoder, it becomes the transcoder associated with the returned port.

If maybe-transcoder is #f or absent, the port will be a binary port, otherwise the port will be textual port.

Function open-bytevector-input-port bytevector :optional (transcoder #f) (start 0) (end (bytevector-length bytevector))
[R6RS+] transcoder must be either a transcoder or #f. The open-bytevector-input-port procedure returns an input port whose bytes are drawn from bytevector. If transcoder is specified, it becomes the transcoder associated with the returned port.

If transcoder is #f or absent, the port will be a binary port, otherwise the port will be textual port.

Optional arguments start and end restricts the range of input bytevector. It is almost the same as following code but doesn't allocate extra memory;

(open-bytevector-input-port (bytevector-copy bytevector start end))

Function open-string-input-port string :optional (start 0) (end (string-length string))
[R6RS+] Returns a textual input port whose characters are drawn from string.

Optional arguments start and end restricts the range of input string. It is almost the same as following code but doesn't allocate extra memory;

(open-string-input-port (substring string start end))

These procedures reuse the given arguments, thus if bytevector is modified after open-bytevector-input-port has been called, it affects the result of the port. So does open-string-input-port.

[R6RS] Returns a fresh binary input port connected to standard input.

Function current-input-port :optional port
[R6RS+] If port is given, the current-input-port sets the port as a default port for input. Otherwise it returns a default input port.

Function make-custom-binary-input-port id read! get-position set-position! close :optional (ready #f)
[R6RS+] Returns a newly created binary input port whose byte source is an arbitrary algorithm represented by the read! procedure. Id must be a string naming the new port, provided for informational purposes only. Read! must be a procedure and should behave as specified below; it will be called by operations that perform binary input.

Each of the remaining arguments may be #f; if any of those arguments is not #f, it must be a procedure and should behave as specified below.

  • (read! bytevector start count)

    Start will be a non-negative exact integer object, count will be a positive exact integer object, and bytevector will be a bytevector whose length is at least start + count. The read! procedure should obtain up to count bytes from the byte source, and should write those bytes into bytevector starting at index start. The read! procedure should return an exact integer object. This integer object should represent the number of bytes that it has read. To indicate an end of file, the read! procedure should write no bytes and return 0.

  • (get-position)

    The get-position procedure (if supplied) should return an exact integer object representing the current position of the input port. If not supplied, the custom port will not support the port-position operation.

  • (set-position! pos)

    Pos will be a non-negative exact integer object. The set-position! procedure (if supplied) should set the position of the input port to pos. If not supplied, the custom port will not support the set-port-position! operation.

  • (close)

    The close procedure (if supplied) should perform any actions that are necessary when the input port is closed.

  • (ready)

    The ready procedure (if supplied) should indicate the port data are ready or not.

Function make-custom-textual-input-port id read! get-position set-position! close :optional (ready #f)
[R6RS+] Returns a newly created textual input port whose character source is an arbitrary algorithm represented by the read! procedure. Id must be a string naming the new port, provided for informational purposes only. Read! must be a procedure and should behave as specified below; it will be called by operations that perform textual input.

Each of the remaining arguments may be #f; if any of those arguments is not #f, it must be a procedure and should behave as specified below.

  • (read! string start count)

    Start will be a non-negative exact integer object, count will be a positive exact integer object, and string will be a string whose length is at least start + count. The read! procedure should obtain up to count characters from the character source, and should write those characters into string starting at index start. The read! procedure should return an exact integer object representing the number of characters that it has written. To indicate an end of file, the read! procedure should write no bytes and return 0.

  • (get-position)

    The get-position procedure (if supplied) should return a single value. The return value should represent the current position of the input port. If not supplied, the custom port will not support the port-position operation.

  • (set-position! pos)

    The set-position! procedure (if supplied) should set the position of the input port to pos if pos is the return value of a call to get-position. If not supplied, the custom port will not support the set-port-position! operation.

  • (close)

    The close procedure (if supplied) should perform any actions that are necessary when the input port is closed.

  • (ready)

    The ready procedure (if supplied) should indicate the port characters are ready or not.

3.14.1.8Binary input

Function get-u8 binary-input-port :optional reckless
[R6RS] Reads from binary-input-port, blocking as necessary, until a byte is available from binary-input-port or until an end of file is reached.

If a byte becomes available, get-u8 returns the byte as an octet and updates binary-input-port to point just past that byte. If no input byte is seen before an end of file is reached, the end-of-file object is returned.

Function lookahead-u8 binary-input-port :optional reckless
[R6RS] The lookahead-u8 procedure is like get-u8, but it does not update binary-input-port to point past the byte.

Function get-bytevector-n binary-input-port count :optional reckless
[R6RS+] Count must be an exact, non-negative integer object representing the number of bytes to be read.

The get-bytevector-n procedure reads from binary-input-port, blocking as necessary, until count bytes are available from binary-input-port or until an end of file is reached. If count bytes are available before an end of file, get-bytevector-n returns a bytevector of size count.

If fewer bytes are available before an end of file, get-bytevector-n returns a bytevector containing those bytes. In either case, the input port is updated to point just past the bytes read. If an end of file is reached before any bytes are available, get-bytevector-n returns the end-of-file object.

Function get-bytevector-n! binary-input-port bytevector start count :optional reckless
[R6RS+] Count must be an exact, non-negative integer object, representing the number of bytes to be read. bytevector must be a bytevector with at least start + count elements.

The get-bytevector-n! procedure reads from binary-input-port, blocking as necessary, until count bytes are available from binary-input-port or until an end of file is reached. If count bytes are available before an end of file, they are written into bytevector starting at index start, and the result is count. If fewer bytes are available before the next end of file, the available bytes are written into bytevector starting at index start, and the result is a number object representing the number of bytes actually read. In either case, the input port is updated to point just past the bytes read. If an end of file is reached before any bytes are available, get-bytevector-n! returns the end-of-file object.

Function get-bytevector-some binary-input-port :optional reckless
[R6RS+] Reads from binary-input-port, blocking as necessary, until bytes are available from binary-input-port or until an end of file is reached. If bytes become available, get-bytevector-some returns a freshly allocated bytevector containing the initial available bytes (at least one and maximum 512 bytes), and it updates binary-input-port to point just past these bytes. If no input bytes are seen before an end of file is reached, the end-of-file object is returned.

Function get-bytevector-all binary-input-port :optional reckless
[R6RS+] Attempts to read all bytes until the next end of file, blocking as necessary. If one or more bytes are read, get-bytevector-all returns a bytevector containing all bytes up to the next end of file. Otherwise, get-bytevector-all returns the end-of-file object.

These procedures can take optional argument reckless. If this is given, these procedures can read bytes from textual port. This optional argument is for socket programming. Users needs to make sure that the given port can be read as textual port after reading port recklessly.

3.14.1.9Textual input

Function get-char textual-input-port
[R6RS] Reads from textual-input-port, blocking as necessary, until a complete character is available from textual-input-port, or until an end of file is reached.

If a complete character is available before the next end of file, get-char returns that character and updates the input port to point past the character. If an end of file is reached before any character is read, get-char returns the end-of-file object.

Function lookahead-char textual-input-port
[R6RS] The lookahead-char procedure is like get-char, but it does not update textual-input-port to point past the character.

Function get-string-n textual-input-port count
[R6RS] Count must be an exact, non-negative integer object, representing the number of characters to be read.

The get-string-n procedure reads from textual-input-port, blocking as necessary, until count characters are available, or until an end of file is reached.

If count characters are available before end of file, get-string-n returns a string consisting of those count characters. If fewer characters are available before an end of file, but one or more characters can be read, get-string-n returns a string containing those characters. In either case, the input port is updated to point just past the characters read. If no characters can be read before an end of file, the end-of-file object is returned.

Function get-string-n! textual-input-port string start count
[R6RS] Start and count must be exact, non-negative integer objects, with count representing the number of characters to be read. String must be a string with at least start + count characters.

The get-string-n! procedure reads from textual-input-port in the same manner as get-string-n. If count characters are available before an end of file, they are written into string starting at index start, and count is returned. If fewer characters are available before an end of file, but one or more can be read, those characters are written into string starting at index start and the number of characters actually read is returned as an exact integer object. If no characters can be read before an end of file, the end-of-file object is returned.

Function get-string-all textual-input-port
[R6RS] Reads from textual-input-port until an end of file, decoding characters in the same manner as get-string-n and get-string-n!.

If characters are available before the end of file, a string containing all the characters decoded from that data are returned. If no character precedes the end of file, the end-of-file object is returned.

Function get-line textual-input-port
[R6RS] Reads from textual-input-port up to and including the linefeed character or end of file, decoding characters in the same manner as get-string-n and get-string-n!.

If a linefeed character is read, a string containing all of the text up to (but not including) the linefeed character is returned, and the port is updated to point just past the linefeed character. If an end of file is encountered before any linefeed character is read, but some characters have been read and decoded as characters, a string containing those characters is returned. If an end of file is encountered before any characters are read, the end-of-file object is returned.

Function get-datum textual-input-port
[R6RS] Reads an external representation from textual-input-port and returns the datum it represents. The get-datum procedure returns the next datum that can be parsed from the given textual-input-port, updating textual-input-port to point exactly past the end of the external representation of the object.

If a character inconsistent with an external representation is encountered in the input, an exception with condition types &lexical and &i/o-read is raised. Also, if the end of file is encountered after the beginning of an external representation, but the external representation is incomplete and therefore cannot be parsed, an exception with condition types &lexical and &i/o-read is raised.

3.14.1.10Output ports

An output port is a sink to which bytes or characters are written. The written data may control external devices or may produce files and other objects that may subsequently be opened for input.

Function output-port? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is an output port (or a combined input and output port), #f otherwise.

Function flush-output-port :optional output-port
[R6RS+][R7RS] Flushes any buffered output from the buffer of output-port to the underlying file, device, or object. The flush-output-port procedure returns unspecified values.

If the optional argument is omitted then (current-output-port) will be used.

Function output-port-buffer-mode output-port
[R6RS] Returns the symbol that represents the buffer mode of output-port.

Function open-file-output-port filename :optional file-options buffer-mode maybe-transcoder
[R6RS] Maybe-transcoder must be either a transcoder or #f.

The open-file-output-port procedure returns an output port for the named file.

The file-options argument, which may determine various aspects of the returned port, defaults to the value of (file-options).

The buffer-mode argument, if supplied, must be one of the symbols that name a buffer mode. The buffer-mode argument defaults to block.

If maybe-transcoder is a transcoder, it becomes the transcoder associated with the port.

If maybe-transcoder is #f or absent, the port will be a binary port, otherwise the port will be textual port.

Function open-bytevector-output-port :optional maybe-transcoder
[R6RS] Maybe-transcoder must be either a transcoder or #f.

The open-bytevector-output-port procedure returns two values: an output port and an extraction procedure. The output port accumulates the bytes written to it for later extraction by the procedure.

If maybe-transcoder is a transcoder, it becomes the transcoder associated with the port. If maybe-transcoder is #f or absent, the port will be a binary port, otherwise the port will be textual port.

The extraction procedure takes no arguments. When called, it returns a bytevector consisting of all the port's accumulated bytes (regardless of the port's current position), removes the accumulated bytes from the port, and resets the port's position.

Function call-with-bytevector-output-port proc :optional maybe-transcoder
[R6RS] Proc must accept one argument. Maybe-transcoder must be either a transcoder or #f.

The call-with-bytevector-output-port procedure creates an output port that accumulates the bytes written to it and calls proc with that output port as an argument. Whenever proc returns, a bytevector consisting of all of the port's accumulated bytes (regardless of the port's current position) is returned and the port is closed.

The transcoder associated with the output port is determined as for a call to open-bytevector-output-port.

[R6RS] Returns two values: a textual output port and an extraction procedure. The output port accumulates the characters written to it for later extraction by the procedure.

The extraction procedure takes no arguments. When called, it returns a string consisting of all of the port's accumulated characters (regardless of the current position), removes the accumulated characters from the port, and resets the port's position.

[R6RS] Proc must accept one argument.

The call-with-string-output-port procedure creates a textual output port that accumulates the characters written to it and calls proc with that output port as an argument. Whenever proc returns, a string consisting of all of the port's accumulated characters (regardless of the port's current position) is returned and the port is closed.

[R6RS] Returns a fresh binary output port connected to the standard output or standard error respectively.

Function current-output-port :optional port
Function current-error-port :optional port
[R6RS+] If port is given, these procedures set the port as a default port for output and error. These return default ports for regular output and error output.

Function make-custom-binary-output-port id write! get-position set-position! close
[R6RS] Returns a newly created binary output port whose byte sink is an arbitrary algorithm represented by the write! procedure. Id must be a string naming the new port, provided for informational purposes only. Write! must be a procedure and should behave as specified below; it will be called by operations that perform binary output.

Each of the remaining arguments may be #f; if any of those arguments is not #f, it must be a procedure and should behave as specified in the description of make-custom-binary-input-port.

  • (write! bytevector start count)

    Start and count will be non-negative exact integer objects, and bytevector will be a bytevector whose length is at least start + count. The write! procedure should write up to count bytes from bytevector starting at index start to the byte sink. If count is 0, the write! procedure should have the effect of passing an end-of-file object to the byte sink. In any case, the write! procedure should return the number of bytes that it wrote, as an exact integer object.

Function make-custom-string-output-port id write! get-position set-position! close
[R6RS] Returns a newly created textual output port whose byte sink is an arbitrary algorithm represented by the write! procedure. Id must be a string naming the new port, provided for informational purposes only. Write! must be a procedure and should behave as specified below; it will be called by operations that perform textual output.

Each of the remaining arguments may be #f; if any of those arguments is not #f, it must be a procedure and should behave as specified in the description of make-custom-textual-input-port.

  • (write! string start count)

    Start and count will be non-negative exact integer objects, and string will be a string whose length is at least start + count. The write! procedure should write up to count characters from string starting at index start to the character sink. If count is 0, the write! procedure should have the effect of passing an end-of-file object to the character sink. In any case, the write! procedure should return the number of characters that it wrote, as an exact integer object.

3.14.1.11Binary output

Function put-u8 binary-output-port octet
[R6RS] Writes octet to the output port and returns unspecified values.

Function put-bytevector binary-output-port bytevector :optional start count
[R6RS] Start and count must be non-negative exact integer objects that default to 0 and (bytevector-length bytevector) - start, respectively. Bytevector must have a length of at least start + count. The put-bytevector procedure writes the count bytes of the bytevector bytevector starting at index start to the output port. The put-bytevector procedure returns unspecified values.

3.14.1.12Textual output

Function put-char textual-output-port char
[R6RS] Writes char to the port and returns unspecified values.

Function put-string textual-output-port string :optional start count
[R6RS] Start and count must be non-negative exact integer objects. String must have a length of at least start + count. Start defaults to 0. Count defaults to (string-length string) - start. The put-string procedure writes the count characters of string starting at index start to the port. The put-string procedure returns unspecified values.

Function put-datum textual-output-port datum
[R6RS] Datum should be a datum value. The put-datum procedure writes an external representation of datum to textual-output-port.

3.14.1.13Input/output ports

Function open-file-input/output-port filename :optional file-options buffer-mode transcoder
[R6RS] Returns a single port that is both an input port and an output port for the named file. The optional arguments default as described in the specification of open-file-output-port. If the input/output port supports port-position and/or set-port-position!, the same port position is used for both input and output.

Function make-custom-binary-input/output-port id read! write! get-position set-position! close :optional (ready #f)
[R6RS+] Returns a newly created binary input/output port whose byte source and sink are arbitrary algorithms represented by the read! and write! procedures. Id must be a string naming the new port, provided for informational purposes only. Read! and write! must be procedures, and should behave as specified for the make-custom-binary-input-port and make-custom-binary-output-port procedures.

Each of the remaining arguments may be #f; if any of those arguments is not #f, it must be a procedure and should behave as specified in the description of make-custom-binary-input-port.

Function make-custom-textual-input/output-port id read! write! get-position set-position! close :optional (ready #f)
[R6RS+] Returns a newly created textual input/output port whose byte source and sink are arbitrary algorithms represented by the read! and write! procedures. Id must be a string naming the new port, provided for informational purposes only. Read! and write! must be procedures, and should behave as specified for the make-custom-textual-input-port and make-custom-textual-output-port procedures.

Each of the remaining arguments may be #f; if any of those arguments is not #f, it must be a procedure and should behave as specified in the description of make-custom-textual-input-port.

3.14.2Simple I/O

This section describes the (rnrs io simple (6))library, which provides a somewhat more convenient interface for performing textual I/O on ports.

This library also exports the same procedures as (rnrs io posts (6)) library. I do not write the documentation of it, if you want to import only this library, make sure which procedures are exported. You can see it on R6RS.

Function call-with-input-file filename proc . opt
Function call-with-output-file filename proc . opt
[R6RS+] Proc should accept one argument.

These procedures open the file named by filename for input or for output, with no specified file options, and call proc with the obtained port as an argument. If proc returns, the port is closed automatically and the values returned by proc are returned. If proc does not return, the port is not closed automatically, unless it is possible to prove that the port will never again be used for an I/O operation.

NOTE: opt will be passed to open-input-file or open-output-file.

Function with-input-from-file filename thunk . opt
Function with-output-to-file filename thunk . opt
[R6RS+] Thunk must be a procedure and must accept zero arguments.

The file is opened for input or output using empty file options, and thunk is called with no arguments. These procedure replace current input/output port during thunk is being called. When thunk returns, the port is closed automatically. The values returned by thunk are returned.

NOTE: opt will be passed to open-input-file or open-output-file.

Function open-input-file filename :key (transcoder (native-transcoder))
Function open-output-file filename :key (transcoder (native-transcoder))
[R6RS+] Opens filename for input/output, with empty file options, and returns the obtained port.

If keyword argument transcoder is given, it must be an transcoder or #f and will be used to specify the transcoder to open input/output port. If it is #f, then returned port will be binary port.

Function close-input-file port
[R6RS] Closes input-port or output-port, respectively.

Function read-char :optional textual-input-port
Function peak-char :optional textual-input-port
[R6RS] These work the same as get-char and lookahead-char. If textual-input-port is omitted, it defaults to the value returned by current-input-port.

Function read :optional textual-input-port
[R6RS] Reads an external representation from textual-input-port and returns the datum it represents. The read procedure operates in the same way as get-datum.

If textual-input-port is omitted, it defaults to the value returned by current-input-port.

Function write-char char :optional textual-input-port
[R6RS] Writes an encoding of the character char to the textual-output-port, and returns unspecified values.

If textual-output-port is omitted, it defaults to the value returned by current-output-port.

Function newline :optional textual-input-port
[R6RS] This is equivalent to using write-char to write #\linefeed to textual-output-port.

If textual-output-port is omitted, it defaults to the value returned by current-output-port.

Function display obj :optional textual-input-port
[R6RS] Writes a representation of obj to the given textual-output-port. Strings that appear in the written representation are not enclosed in double quotes, and no characters are escaped within those strings. Character objects appear in the representation as if written by write-char instead of by write. The display procedure returns unspecified values.

If textual-output-port is omitted, it defaults to the value returned by current-output-port.

Function write obj :optional textual-input-port
[R6RS] Writes the external representation of obj to textual-output-port. The write procedure operates in the same way as put-datum.

If textual-output-port is omitted, it defaults to the value returned by current-output-port.

3.15File system

This library, in addition to the procedures described here, also exports the I/O condition types described in I/O condition types.

Function file-exists? filename
[R6RS] Filename must be a file name (see Port I/O). The file-exists? procedure returns #t if the named file exists at the time the procedure is called, #f otherwise.

Function delete-file filename
[R6RS] Filename must be a file name (see Port I/O). The delete-file procedure deletes the named file if it exists and can be deleted, and returns unspecified values. If the file does not exist or cannot be deleted, an exception with condition type &i/o-filename is raised.

3.16Command-line access and exit values

This library provides command-line arguments access and exit procedures.

[R6RS] Returns a nonempty list of strings. The first element is the running script file name or '() on REPL. The remaining elements are command-line arguments according to the operating system's conventions.

Function exit :optional obj
[R6RS] Exits the running program and communicates an exit value to the operating system. If no argument is supplied, the exit procedure should communicate to the operating system that the program exited normally. If an argument is supplied and if it is fixnum, the exit procedure translates it into an appropriate exit value for the operating system. Otherwise the exit is assumed to be abnormal.

3.17Arithmetic libraries

This section describes Scheme's libraries for more specialized numerical operations: fixnum and flonum arithmetic, as well as bitwise operations on exact integer objects.

3.17.1Bitwise operations

A number of procedures operate on the binary two's-complement representations of exact integer objects: Bit positions within an exact integer object are counted from the right, i.e. bit 0 is the least significant bit. Some procedures allow extracting bit fields, i.e., number objects representing subsequences of the binary representation of an exact integer object. Bit fields are always positive, and always defined using a finite number of bits.

3.17.2Fixnums

On Sagittarius Scheme, fixnum is 30 bits or 62 bits depending on platform. On 32 bits platform it fixnum is 30 bits, and 64 bits platform it is 62 bits. However, non 32 bits platform is not well tested so if you find a bug please send a report.

This section uses fx, fx1 fx2, etc., as parameter names for arguments that must be fixnums.

Function fixnum? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is an exact integer object within the fixnum range, #f otherwise.

[R6RS] These procedures returns bit size of fixnum, minimum and maximum value of the fixnum range, respectively.

Function fx=? fx1 fx2 fx3 ...
Function fx>? fx1 fx2 fx3 ...
Function fx<? fx1 fx2 fx3 ...
Function fx>=? fx1 fx2 fx3 ...
Function fx<=? fx1 fx2 fx3 ...
[R6RS] These procedures return #t if their arguments are: equal, monotonically increasing, monotonically decreasing, monotonically nondecreasing, or monotonically nonincreasing, #f otherwise.

Function fxzero? fx
Function fxpositive? fx
Function fxnegative? fx
Function fxodd? fx
Function fxeven? fx
[R6RS] These numerical predicates test a fixnum for a particular property, returning #t or #f. The five properties tested by these procedures are: whether the number object is zero, greater than zero, less than zero, odd, or even.

Function fxmax fx1 fx2 ...
Function fxmin fx1 fx2 ...
[R6RS] These procedures return the maximum or minimum of their arguments.

Function fx+ fx1 fx2
Function fx* fx1 fx2
[R6RS] These procedures return the sum or product of their arguments, provided that sum or product is a fixnum. An exception with condition type &implementation-restriction is raised if that sum or product is not a fixnum.

Function fx- fx1 :optional fx2
[R6RS] With two arguments, this procedure returns the difference fx1 - fx2, provided that difference is a fixnum.

With one argument, this procedure returns the additive inverse of its argument, provided that integer object is a fixnum.

An exception with condition type &implementation-restriction is raised if the mathematically correct result of this procedure is not a fixnum.

NOTE: R6RS says it raises &assertion if the result is not fixnum, however Sagittarius raises &implementation-restriction for consistency with fx+ and fx*.

Function fxdiv-and-mod fx1 fx2
Function fxdiv fx1 fx2
Function fxmod fx1 fx2
Function fxdiv0-and-mod0 fx1 fx2
Function fxdiv0 fx1 fx2
Function fxmod0 fx1 fx2
[R6RS] Fx2 must be nonzero. These procedures implement number-theoretic integer division and return the results of the corresponding mathematical operations specified in (rnrs base (6)) section.

Function fx+/carry fx1 fx2 fx3
[R6RS] Returns the two fixnum results of the following computation:
(let* ((s (+ fx1 fx2 fx3))
       (s0 (mod0 s (expt 2 (fixnum-width))))
       (s1 (div0 s (expt 2 (fixnum-width)))))
  (values s0 s1))

Function fx-/carry fx1 fx2 fx3
[R6RS] Returns the two fixnum results of the following computation:
(let* ((d (- fx1 fx2 fx3))
       (d0 (mod0 d (expt 2 (fixnum-width))))
       (d1 (div0 d (expt 2 (fixnum-width)))))
  (values d0 d1))

Function fx*/carry fx1 fx2 fx3
[R6RS] Returns the two fixnum results of the following computation:
(let* ((s (+ (* fx1 fx2) fx3))
       (s0 (mod0 s (expt 2 (fixnum-width))))
       (s1 (div0 s (expt 2 (fixnum-width)))))
  (values s0 s1))

Function fxnot fx
[R6RS] Returns bitwise not of fixnum fx.

Function fxand fx1 ...
Function fxior fx1 ...
Function fxxor fx1 ...
[R6RS] These procedures return the fixnum that is the bit-wise "and", "inclusive or", or "exclusive or" of the two's complement representations of their arguments. If they are passed only one argument, they return that argument. If they are passed no arguments, they return the fixnum (either - 1 or 0) that acts as identity for the operation.

Function fxif fx1 fx2 fx3
[R6RS] Returns the fixnum that is the bit-wise "if" of the two's complement representations of its arguments, i.e. for each bit, if it is 1 in fx1, the corresponding bit in fx2 becomes the value of the corresponding bit in the result, and if it is 0, the corresponding bit in fx3 becomes the corresponding bit in the value of the result. This is the fixnum result of the following computation:

(fxior (fxand fx1 fx2)
       (fxand (fxnot fx1) fx3))

Function fxbit-count fx
[R6RS] If fx is non-negative, this procedure returns the number of 1 bits in the two's complement representation of fx. Otherwise it returns the result of the following computation:

(fxnot (fxbit-count (fxnot ei)))

Function fxlength fx
[R6RS] Returns the number of bits needed to represent fx if it is positive, and the number of bits needed to represent (fxnot fx) if it is negative, which is the fixnum result of the following computation:

(do ((result 0 (+ result 1))
     (bits (if (fxnegative? fx)
               (fxnot fx)
               fx)
           (fxarithmetic-shift-right bits 1)))
    ((fxzero? bits)
     result))

[R6RS] Returns the index of the least significant 1 bit in the two's complement representation of fx. If fx is 0, then - 1 is returned.

Function fxbit-set? fx1 fx2
[R6RS] Fx2 must be non-negative and less than (fixnum-width). The fxbit-set? procedure returns #t if the fx2th bit is 1 in the two's complement representation of fx1, and #f otherwise. This is the fixnum result of the following computation:
(not
  (fxzero?
    (fxand fx1
           (fxarithmetic-shift-left 1 fx2))))

Function fxcopy-bit fx1 fx2 fx3
[R6RS] Fx2 must be non-negative and less than (fixnum-width). Fx3 must be 0 or 1. The fxcopy-bit procedure returns the result of replacing the fx2th bit of fx1 by fx3, which is the result of the following computation:
(let* ((mask (fxarithmetic-shift-left 1 fx2)))
  (fxif mask
        (fxarithmetic-shift-left fx3 fx2)
        fx1))

Function fxbit-field fx1 fx2 fx3
[R6RS] Fx2 and fx3 must be non-negative and less than (fixnum-width). Moreover, fx2 must be less than or equal to fx3. The fxbit-field procedure returns the number represented by the bits at the positions from fx2 (inclusive) to fx3 (exclusive), which is the fixnum result of the following computation:
(let* ((mask (fxnot
              (fxarithmetic-shift-left -1 fx3))))
  (fxarithmetic-shift-right (fxand fx1 mask)
                            fx2))

Function fxcopy-bit-field fx1 fx2 fx3 fx4
[R6RS] Fx2 and fx3 must be non-negative and less than (fixnum-width). Moreover, fx2 must be less than or equal to fx3. The fxcopy-bit-field procedure returns the result of replacing in fx1 the bits at positions from fx2 (inclusive) to fx3 (exclusive) by the corresponding bits in fx4, which is the fixnum result of the following computation:
(let* ((to    fx1)
       (start fx2)
       (end   fx3)
       (from  fx4)
       (mask1 (fxarithmetic-shift-left -1 start))
       (mask2 (fxnot
               (fxarithmetic-shift-left -1 end)))
       (mask (fxand mask1 mask2)))
  (fxif mask
        (fxarithmetic-shift-left from start)
        to))

Function fxarithmetic-shift fx1 fx2
[R6RS] The absolute value of fx2 must be less than (fixnum-width). If

(floor (* fx1 (expt 2 fx2)))

is a fixnum, then that fixnum is returned. Otherwise an exception with condition type &implementation-restriction is raised.

[R6RS] Fx2 must be non-negative, and less than (fixnum-width). The fxarithmetic-shift-left procedure behaves the same as fxarithmetic-shift, and (fxarithmetic-shift-right fx1 fx2) behaves the same as (fxarithmetic-shift fx1 (fx- fx2)).

Function fxrotate-bit-field fx1 fx2 fx3 fx4
[R6RS] Fx2, fx3, and fx4 must be non-negative and less than (fixnum-width). Fx2 must be less than or equal to fx3. Fx4 must be less than the difference between fx3 and fx2. The fxrotate-bit-field procedure returns the result of cyclically permuting in fx1 the bits at positions from fx2 (inclusive) to fx3 (exclusive) by fx4 bits towards the more significant bits, which is the result of the following computation:
(let* ((n     fx1)
       (start fx2)
       (end   fx3)
       (count fx4)
       (width (fx- end start)))
  (if (fxpositive? width)
      (let* ((count (fxmod count width))
             (field0
               (fxbit-field n start end))
             (field1
               (fxarithmetic-shift-left
                 field0 count))
             (field2
               (fxarithmetic-shift-right
                 field0 (fx- width count)))
             (field (fxior field1 field2)))
        (fxcopy-bit-field n start end field))
      n))

Function fxreverse-bit-field fx1 fx2 fx3
[R6RS] Fx2 and fx3 must be non-negative and less than (fixnum-width). Moreover, fx2 must be less than or equal to fx3. The fxreverse-bit-field procedure returns the fixnum obtained from fx1 by reversing the order of the bits at positions from fx2 (inclusive) to fx3 (exclusive).

3.17.3Flonums

This section describes the (rnrs arithmetic flonums (6))library.

This section uses fl, fl1, fl2, etc., as parameter names for arguments that must be flonums, and ifl as a name for arguments that must be integer-valued flonums, i.e., flonums for which the integer-valued? predicate returns true.

[R6RS] This library exports procedures for flonum operations.

Function flonum? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is a flonum, #f otherwise.

Function fl=? fl1 fl2 fl3 ...
Function fl>? fl1 fl2 fl3 ...
Function fl<? fl1 fl2 fl3 ...
Function fl>=? fl1 fl2 fl3 ...
Function fl<=? fl1 fl2 fl3 ...
[R6RS] These procedures return #t if their arguments are (respectively): equal, monotonically increasing, monotonically decreasing, monotonically nondecreasing, or monotonically nonincreasing, #f otherwise.

Function flinteger? fl
Function flzero? fl
Function flpositive? fl
Function flnegative? fl
Function flodd? fl
Function fleven? fl
Function flfinite? fl
Function flinfinite? fl
Function flnan? fl
[R6RS] These numerical predicates test a flonum for a particular property, returning #t or #f. The flinteger? procedure tests whether the number object is an integer, flzero? tests whether it is fl=? to zero, flpositive? tests whether it is greater than zero, flnegative? tests whether it is less than zero, flodd? tests whether it is odd, fleven? tests whether it is even, flfinite? tests whether it is not an infinity and not a NaN, flinfinite? tests whether it is an infinity, and flnan? tests whether it is a NaN.

Function flmax fl1 fl2 ...
Function flmin fl1 fl2 ...
[R6RS] These procedures return the maximum or minimum of their arguments. They always return a NaN when one or more of the arguments is a NaN.

Function fl+ fl1 ...
Function fl* fl1 ...
[R6RS] These procedures return the flonum sum or product of their flonum arguments. In general, they should return the flonum that best approximates the mathematical sum or product.

Function flabs fl
[R6RS] Returns the absolute value of fl.

Function fldiv-and-mod fl1 fl2
Function fldiv fl1 fl2
Function flmod fl1 fl2
Function fldiv0-and-mod0 fl1 fl2
Function fldiv0 fl1 fl2
Function flmod0 fl1 fl2
[R6RS] These procedures implement number-theoretic integer division and return the results of the corresponding mathematical operations (see (rnrs base (6)) . For zero divisors, these procedures may return a NaN or some unspecified flonum.

Function flnumerator fl
Function fldenominator fl
[R6RS] These procedures return the numerator or denominator of fl as a flonum; the result is computed as if fl was represented as a fraction in lowest terms. The denominator is always positive. The denominator of 0.0 is defined to be 1.0.

Function flfloor fl
Function flceiling fl
Function fltruncate fl
Function flround fl
[R6RS] These procedures return integral flonums for flonum arguments that are not infinities or NaNs. For such arguments, flfloor returns the largest integral flonum not larger than fl. The flceiling procedure returns the smallest integral flonum not smaller than fl. The fltruncate procedure returns the integral flonum closest to fl whose absolute value is not larger than the absolute value of fl. The flround procedure returns the closest integral flonum to fl, rounding to even when fl represents a number halfway between two integers.

Although infinities and NaNs are not integer objects, these procedures return an infinity when given an infinity as an argument, and a NaN when given a NaN.

Function flexp fl
Function fllog fl1 :optional fl2
Function flsin fl
Function flcos fl
Function fltan fl
Function flasin fl
Function flacos fl
Function flatan fl1 :optional fl2
[R6RS] These procedures compute the usual transcendental functions. The flexp procedure computes the base-e exponential of fl. The fllog procedure with a single argument computes the natural logarithm of fl1 (not the base ten logarithm); (fllog fl1 fl2) computes the base-fl2 logarithm of fl1. The flasin, flacos, and flatan procedures compute arcsine, arccosine, and arctangent, respectively. (flatan fl1 fl2) computes the arc tangent of fl1/fl2.

Function flsqrt fl
[R6RS] Returns the principal square root of fl. For - 0.0, flsqrt returns 0.0; for other negative arguments, the result unspecified flonum.

Function flexpt fl1 fl2
[R6RS] Either fl1 should be non-negative, or, if fl1 is negative, fl2 should be an integer object. The flexpt procedure returns fl1 raised to the power fl2. If fl1 is negative and fl2 is not an integer object, the result is a NaN. If fl1 is zero, then the result is zero.

Condition Type &no-infinities
Condition Type &no-nans
[R6RS] These types describe that a program has executed an arithmetic operations that is specified to return an infinity or a NaN, respectively.

Here is the hierarchy of these conditions.

+ &implementation-restriction (see "Conditions")
    + &no-infinities
    + &no-nans

[R6RS] Returns a flonum that is numerically closest to fx.

3.17.4Exact bitwise arithmetic

This section describes the (rnrs arithmetic bitwise (6))library. The exact bitwise arithmetic provides generic operations on exact integer objects. This section uses ei, ei1, ei2, etc., as parameter names that must be exact integer objects.

[R6RS] This library exports procedures for exact bitwise arithmetic operations.

Function bitwise-not ei
[R6RS] Returns the exact integer object whose two's complement representation is the one's complement of the two's complement representation of ei.

Function bitwise-and ei1 ...
Function bitwise-ior ei1 ...
Function bitwise-xor ei1 ...
[R6RS] These procedures return the exact integer object that is the bit-wise "and", "inclusive or", or "exclusive or" of the two's complement representations of their arguments. If they are passed only one argument, they return that argument. If they are passed no arguments, they return the integer object (either - 1 or 0) that acts as identity for the operation.

Function bitwise-if ei1 ei2 ei3
[R6RS] Returns the exact integer object that is the bit-wise "if" of the two's complement representations of its arguments, i.e. for each bit, if it is 1 in ei1, the corresponding bit in ei2 becomes the value of the corresponding bit in the result, and if it is 0, the corresponding bit in ei3 becomes the corresponding bit in the value of the result. This is the result of the following computation:
(bitwise-ior (bitwise-and ei1 ei2)
             (bitwise-and (bitwise-not ei1) ei3))

[R6RS] If ei is non-negative, this procedure returns the number of 1 bits in the two's complement representation of ei. Otherwise it returns the result of the following computation:

(bitwise-not (bitwise-bit-count (bitwise-not ei)))

[R6RS] Returns the number of bits needed to represent ei if it is positive, and the number of bits needed to represent (bitwise-not ei) if it is negative, which is the exact integer object that is the result of the following computation:

(do ((result 0 (+ result 1))
     (bits (if (negative? ei)
               (bitwise-not ei)
               ei)
           (bitwise-arithmetic-shift bits -1)))
    ((zero? bits)
     result))

[R6RS] Returns the index of the least significant 1 bit in the two's complement representation of ei. If ei is 0, then - 1 is returned.

Function bitwise-bit-set? ei1 ei2
[R6RS] Ei2 must be non-negative. The bitwise-bit-set? procedure returns #t if the ei2th bit is 1 in the two's complement representation of ei1, and #f otherwise. This is the result of the following computation:

(not (zero?
       (bitwise-and
         (bitwise-arithmetic-shift-left 1 ei2)
         ei1)))

Function bitwise-copy-bit ei1 ei2 ei3
[R6RS] Ei2 must be non-negative, and ei3 must be either 0 or 1. The bitwise-copy-bit procedure returns the result of replacing the ei2th bit of ei1 by the ei2th bit of ei3, which is the result of the following computation:

(let* ((mask (bitwise-arithmetic-shift-left 1 ei2)))
  (bitwise-if mask
            (bitwise-arithmetic-shift-left ei3 ei2)
            ei1))

Function bitwise-bit-field ei1 ei2 ei3
[R6RS] Ei2 and ei3 must be non-negative, and ei2 must be less than or equal to ei3. The bitwise-bit-field procedure returns he number represented by the bits at the positions from ei2 (inclusive) to ei3 (exclusive), which is the result of the following computation:

(let ((mask
       (bitwise-not
        (bitwise-arithmetic-shift-left -1 ei3))))
  (bitwise-arithmetic-shift-right
    (bitwise-and ei1 mask)
    ei2))

Function bitwise-copy-bit-field ei1 ei2 ei3 ei4
[R6RS] Ei2 and ei3 must be non-negative, and ei2 must be less than or equal to ei3. The bitwise-copy-bit-field procedure returns the result of replacing in ei1 the bits at positions from var{ei2} (inclusive) to ei3 (exclusive) by the corresponding bits in ei4, which is the fixnum result of the following computation:

(let* ((to    ei1)
       (start ei2)
       (end   ei3)
       (from  ei4)
       (mask1
         (bitwise-arithmetic-shift-left -1 start))
       (mask2
         (bitwise-not
           (bitwise-arithmetic-shift-left -1 end)))
       (mask (bitwise-and mask1 mask2)))
  (bitwise-if mask
              (bitwise-arithmetic-shift-left from
                                             start)
              to))

[R6RS] Returns the result of the following computation:

(floor (* ei1 (expt 2 ei2)))

ei2 must be a fixnum. This is implementation restriction.

[R6RS] Ei2 must be non-negative. The bitwise-arithmetic-shift-left procedure returns the same result as bitwise-arithmetic-shift, and

(bitwise-arithmetic-shift-right ei1 ei2)

returns the same result as

(bitwise-arithmetic-shift ei1 (- ei2))
.

ei2 must be a fixnum. This is implementation restriction.

Function bitwise-rotate-bit-field ei1 ei2 ei3 ei4
[R6RS] Ei2, ei3, ei4 must be non-negative, ei2 must be less than or equal to ei3, and ei4 must be non-negative. The bitwise-rotate-bit-field procedure returns the result of cyclically permuting in ei1 the bits at positions from ei2 (inclusive) to ei3 (exclusive) by ei4 bits towards the more significant bits, which is the result of the following computation:

(let* ((n     ei1)
       (start ei2)
       (end   ei3)
       (count ei4)
       (width (- end start)))
  (if (positive? width)
      (let* ((count (mod count width))
             (field0
               (bitwise-bit-field n start end))
             (field1 (bitwise-arithmetic-shift-left
                       field0 count))
             (field2 (bitwise-arithmetic-shift-right
                       field0
                       (- width count)))
             (field (bitwise-ior field1 field2)))
        (bitwise-copy-bit-field n start end field))
      n))

ei4 must be a fixnum. This is implementation restriction.

Function bitwise-reverse-bit-field ei1 ei2 ei3
[R6RS] Ei2 and ei3 must be non-negative, and ei2 must be less than or equal to ei3. The bitwise-reverse-bit-field procedure returns the result obtained from ei1 by reversing the order of the bits at positions from ei2 (inclusive) to ei3 (exclusive).

3.18Syntax-case

On Sagittarius Scheme syntax-case does not behave as R6RS required. This is why it is MOSTLY R6RS implementation. As far as I know the part which is not compromised with R6RS is following expression does not return correct answer:

(define-syntax let/scope
  (lambda(x)
    (syntax-case x ()
      ((k scope-name body ...)
       (syntax
	(let-syntax
	    ((scope-name
	      (lambda(x)
		(syntax-case x ()
		  ((_ b (... ...))
		  (quasisyntax
		   (begin
		      (unsyntax-splicing
		       (datum->syntax (syntax k)
				      (syntax->datum 
				       (syntax (b (... ...)))))))))))))
           body ...))))))
(let ((x 1))
  (let/scope d1
    (let ((x 2))
      (let/scope d2
        (let ((x 3))
          (list (d1 x) (d2 x) x))))))

This should return (1 2 3) however on Sagittarius it returns (1 1 3). If you want to write a portable program with syntax-case, it is better to check in other implementation too.

[R6RS] The (rnrs syntax-case (6))library provides support for writing low-level macros in a high-level style, with automatic syntax checking, input destructuring, output restructuring, maintenance of lexical scoping and referential transparency (hygiene), and support for controlled identifier capture.

Syntax syntax-case expression (literal ...) clause ...
[R6RS] Each literal must be an identifier. Each clause must take one of the following two forms.

(pattern output-expression)
(pattern fender output-expression)

Fender and output-expression must be expressions.

Pattern is the same as syntax-rules. See (rnrs base (6)) section.

A syntax-case expression first evaluates expression. It then attempts to match the pattern from the first clause against the resulting value, which is unwrapped as necessary to perform the match. If the pattern matches the value and no fender is present, output-expression is evaluated and its value returned as the value of the syntax-case expression. If the pattern does not match the value, syntax-case tries the second clause, then the third, and so on. It is a syntax violation if the value does not match any of the patterns.

If the optional fender is present, it serves as an additional constraint on acceptance of a clause. If the pattern of a given clause matches the input value, the corresponding fender is evaluated. If fender evaluates to a true value, the clause is accepted; otherwise, the clause is rejected as if the pattern had failed to match the value. Fenders are logically a part of the matching process, i.e., they specify additional matching constraints beyond the basic structure of the input.

Pattern variables contained within a clause's pattern are bound to the corresponding pieces of the input value within the clause's fender (if present) and output-expression. Pattern variables can be referenced only within syntax expressions (see below). Pattern variables occupy the same name space as program variables and keywords.

If the syntax-case form is in tail context, the output-expressions are also in tail position.

Syntax syntax template
[R6RS] A template is a pattern variable, an identifier that is not a pattern variable, a pattern datum, or one of the following.

(subtemplate ...)
(subtemplate ... . template)
#(subtemplate ...)

A subtemplate is a template followed by zero or more ellipses.

The value of a syntax form is a copy of template in which the pattern variables appearing within the template are replaced with the input subforms to which they are bound. Pattern data and identifiers that are not pattern variables or ellipses are copied directly into the output. A subtemplate followed by an ellipsis expands into zero or more occurrences of the subtemplate. Pattern variables that occur in subpatterns followed by one or more ellipses may occur only in subtemplates that are followed by (at least) as many ellipses. These pattern variables are replaced in the output by the input subforms to which they are bound, distributed as specified. If a pattern variable is followed by more ellipses in the subtemplate than in the associated subpattern, the input form is replicated as necessary. The subtemplate must contain at least one pattern variable from a subpattern followed by an ellipsis, and for at least one such pattern variable, the subtemplate must be followed by exactly as many ellipses as the subpattern in which the pattern variable appears.

Function identifier? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is an identifier, i.e., a syntax object representing an identifier, and #f otherwise.

Function bound-identifier=? id1 id2
[R6RS] Id1 and id2 must be identifiers. The procedure bound-identifier=? returns #t if given arguments are exactly the same object.

The bound-identifier=? procedure can be used for detecting duplicate identifiers in a binding construct or for other preprocessing of a binding construct that requires detecting instances of the bound identifiers.

Function free-identifier=? id1 id2
[R6RS] Id1 and id2 must be identifiers. The free-identifier=? procedure returns #t if given arguments are indicating the same bindings.

Function syntax->datum syntax-object
[R6RS] Strips all syntactic information from a syntax object and returns the corresponding Scheme datum.

Function datum->syntax template-id datum
[R6RS] Template-id must be a template identifier and datum should be a datum value.

The datum->syntax procedure returns a syntax-object representation of datum that contains the same contextual information as template-id, with the effect that the syntax object behaves as if it were introduced into the code when template-id was introduced.

The datum->syntax procedure allows a transformer to "bend" lexical scoping rules by creating implicit identifiers that behave as if they were present in the input form, thus permitting the definition of macros that introduce visible bindings for or references to identifiers that do not appear explicitly in the input form. For example, the following defines a loop expression that uses this controlled form of identifier capture to bind the variable break to an escape procedure within the loop body.

(define-syntax loop
  (lambda (x)
    (syntax-case x ()
      [(k e ...)
       (with-syntax
           ([break (datum->syntax (syntax k) 'break)])
         (syntax 
	  (call-with-current-continuation
	   (lambda (break)
	     (let f () e ... (f))))))])))

(let ((n 3) (ls '())) (loop (if (= n 0) (break ls)) (set! ls (cons 'a ls)) (set! n (- n 1)))) =>(a a a)

[R6RS] L must be a list or syntax object representing a list-structured form. The number of temporaries generated is the number of elements in l. Each temporary is guaranteed to be unique.

NOTE: If you want to create just one temporary symbol and do not think about portability, it's better to use gensym in (sagittarius) library.

Macro with-syntax ((pattern expression) ...) body
[R6RS] The with-syntax form is used to bind pattern variables, just as let is used to bind variables. This allows a transformer to construct its output in separate pieces, then put the pieces together.

Each pattern is identical in form to a syntax-case pattern. The value of each expression is computed and destructured according to the corresponding pattern, and pattern variables within the pattern are bound as with syntax-case to the corresponding portions of the value within body.

Macro quasisyntax template
Auxiliary Macro unsyntax
Auxiliary Macro unsyntax-splicing
[R6RS] The quasisyntax form is similar to syntax, but it allows parts of the quoted text to be evaluated, in a manner similar to the operation of quasiquote.

Within a quasisyntax template, subforms of unsyntax and unsyntax-splicing forms are evaluated, and everything else is treated as ordinary template material, as with syntax. The value of each unsyntax subform is inserted into the output in place of the unsyntax form, while the value of each unsyntax-splicing subform is spliced into the surrounding list or vector structure. Uses of unsyntax and unsyntax-splicing are valid only within quasisyntax expressions.

A quasisyntax expression may be nested, with each quasisyntax introducing a new level of syntax quotation and each unsyntax or unsyntax-splicing taking away a level of quotation. An expression nested within n quasisyntax expressions must be within n unsyntax or unsyntax-splicing expressions to be evaluated.

Function syntax-violation who message form :optional subform
[R6RS] Who must be #f or a string or a symbol. Message must be a string. Form must be a syntax object or a datum value. Subform must be a syntax object or a datum value.

The syntax-violation procedure raises an exception, reporting a syntax violation. Who should describe the macro transformer that detected the exception. The message argument should describe the violation. Form should be the erroneous source syntax object or a datum value representing a form. The optional subform argument should be a syntax object or datum value representing a form that more precisely locates the violation.

3.19Hashtables

The (rnrs hashtables (6))library provides a set of operations on hashtables. A hashtable is a data structure that associates keys with values. Any object can be used as a key, provided a hash function and a suitable equivalence function is available. A hash function is a procedure that maps keys to exact integer objects. It is the programmer's responsibility to ensure that the hash function is compatible with the equivalence function, which is a procedure that accepts two keys and returns true if they are equivalent and #f otherwise. Standard hashtables for arbitrary objects based on the eq? and eqv? predicates are provided. Also, hash functions for arbitrary objects, strings, and symbols are provided.

This section uses the hashtable parameter name for arguments that must be hashtables, and the key parameter name for arguments that must be hashtable keys.

[R6RS] This library exports a set of operations on hashtables.

3.19.1Constructors

Function make-eq-hashtable :optional k
Function make-eqv-hashtable :optional k
[R6RS] Returns a newly allocated mutable hashtable that accepts arbitrary objects as keys, and compares those keys with eq? (make-eq-hashtable) or eqv? (make-eqv-hashtable). If an argument is given, the initial capacity of the hashtable is set to approximately k elements.

Function make-hashtable hash-function equiv :optional k
[R6RS] Hash-function and equiv must be procedures.

var{Hash-function} should accept a key as an argument and should return a non-negative exact integer object. Equiv should accept two keys as arguments and return a single value.

The make-hashtable procedure returns a newly allocated mutable hashtable using hash-function as the hash function and equiv as the equivalence function used to compare keys. If a third argument is given, the initial capacity of the hashtable is set to approximately k elements.

3.19.2Procedures

Function hashtable? obj
[R6RS] Returns #t if obj is a hashtable, #f otherwise.

Function hashtable-size hashtable
[R6RS] Returns the number of keys contained in hashtable as an exact integer object.

Function hashtable-ref hashtable key :optional (default #f)
[R6RS+] Returns the value in hashtable associated with key. If hashtable does not contain an association for key, default is returned.

Since Sagittarius version 0.3.4, this procedure's default argument is optional to implement SRFI-17 efficiently.

Function hashtable-set! hashtable key obj
[R6RS] Changes hashtable to associate key with obj, adding a new association or replacing any existing association for key, and returns unspecified values.

Function hashtable-delete! hashtable key
[R6RS] Removes any association for key within hashtable and returns unspecified values.

Function hashtable-contains? hashtable key
[R6RS] Returns #t if hashtable contains an association for key, #f otherwise.

Note: On Sagittarius, hashtable-ref and hashtable-contains? do not make any difference fot the performance.

Function hashtable-update! hashtable key proc default
[R6RS] Proc should accept one argument, should return a single value.

The hashtable-update! procedure applies proc to the value in hashtable associated with key, or to default if hashtable does not contain an association for key. The hashtable is then changed to associate key with the value returned by proc.

Function hashtable-copy hashtable :optional mutable
[R6RS] Returns a copy of hashtable. If the mutable argument is provided and is true, the returned hashtable is mutable; otherwise it is immutable.

Function hashtable-clear hashtable :optional k
[R6RS] Removes all associations from hashtable and returns unspecified values.

If a second argument is given, the current capacity of the hashtable is reset to approximately k elements.

Function hashtable-keys hashtable
Function hashtable-entries hashtable
[R6RS] Returns a vector of all keys or entries in hashtable, respectively. The order of the vector is unspecified.

3.19.3Inspection

Function hashtable-hash-function hashtable
[R6RS] Returns the equivalence or hash function used by hashtable respectively.

Function hashtable-mutable? hashtable
[R6RS] Returns #t if hashtable is mutable, otherwise #f.

3.19.4Hash functions

Function equal-hash obj
Function symbol-hash symbol
[R6RS] Returns hash value of given argument. Each procedures return the hash values suitable for equal? and symbols.
Function string-hash string :optional bound start end
Function string-ci-hash string :optional bound start end
[R6RS+][SRFI-13] Returns hash value of given argument. Each procedures return the hash values suitable for string=? and string-ci=?.

If the optional argument start and end is given, then the given string will be substringed with start and end.

If the optional argument bound is given, it must be exact integer and hash function will also use the given value.

3.20Enumerations

This section describes the (rnrs enums (6))library for dealing with enumerated values and sets of enumerated values. Enumerated values are represented by ordinary symbols, while finite sets of enumerated values form a separate type, known as the enumeration sets. The enumeration sets are further partitioned into sets that share the same universe and enumeration type. These universes and enumeration types are created by the make-enumeration procedure. Each call to that procedure creates a new enumeration type.

[R6RS] This library interprets each enumeration set with respect to its specific universe of symbols and enumeration type. This facilitates efficient implementation of enumeration sets and enables the complement operation.

In the descriptions of the following procedures, enum-set ranges over the enumeration sets, which are defined as the subsets of the universes that can be defined using make-enumeration.

Function make-enumeration symbol-list
[R6RS] Symbol-list must be a list of symbols.

The make-enumeration procedure creates a new enumeration type whose universe consists of those symbols (in canonical order of their first appearance in the list) and returns that universe as an enumeration set whose universe is itself and whose enumeration type is the newly created enumeration type.

Function enum-set-universe enum-set
[R6RS] Returns the set of all symbols that comprise the universe of its argument, as an enumeration set.

Function enum-set-indexer enum-set
[R6RS] Returns a unary procedure that, given a symbol that is in the universe of enum-set, returns its 0-origin index within the canonical ordering of the symbols in the universe; given a value not in the universe, the unary procedure returns #f.

Function enum-set-constructor enum-set
[R6RS] Returns a unary procedure that, given a list of symbols that belong to the universe of enum-set, returns a subset of that universe that contains exactly the symbols in the list. The values in the list must all belong to the universe.

Function enum-set->list enum-set
[R6RS] Returns a list of the symbols that belong to its argument, in the canonical order of the universe of enum-set.

Function enum-set-member symbol enum-set
Function enum-set-subst? enum-set1 enum-set2
Function enum-set=? enum-set1 enum-set2
[R6RS] The enum-set-member? procedure returns #t if its first argument is an element of its second argument, #f otherwise.

The enum-set-subset? procedure returns #t if the universe of enum-set1 is a subset of the universe of enum-set2 (considered as sets of symbols) and every element of enum-set1 is a member of enum-set2. It returns #f otherwise.

The enum-set=? procedure returns #t if enum-set1 is a subset of enum-set2 and vice versa, as determined by the enum-set-subset? procedure. This implies that the universes of the two sets are equal as sets of symbols, but does not imply that they are equal as enumeration types. Otherwise, #f is returned.

Function enum-set-union enum-set1 enum-set2
Function enum-set-intersection enum-set1 enum-set2
Function enum-set-difference enum-set1 enum-set2
[R6RS] Enum-set1 and enum-set2 must be enumeration sets that have the same enumeration type.

The enum-set-union procedure returns the union of enum-set1 and enum-set2.

The enum-set-intersection procedure returns the intersection of enum-set1 and enum-set2.

The enum-set-difference procedure returns the difference of enum-set1 and enum-set2.

Function enum-set-complement enum-set
[R6RS] Returns enum-set's complement with respect to its universe.

Function enum-set-projection enum-set1 enum-set2
[R6RS] Projects enum-set1 into the universe of enum-set2, dropping any elements of enum-set1 that do not belong to the universe of enum-set2. (If enum-set1 is a subset of the universe of its second, no elements are dropped, and the injection is returned.)

Macro define-enumeration type-name (symbol ...) constructor-syntax
[R6RS] The define-enumeration form defines an enumeration type and provides two macros for constructing its members and sets of its members.

A define-enumeration form is a definition and can appear anywhere any other definition can appear.

Type-name is an identifier that is bound as a syntactic keyword; symbol ... are the symbols that comprise the universe of the enumeration (in order).

(type-name symbol) checks at macro-expansion time whether the name of symbol is in the universe associated with type-name. If it is, (type-name symbol) is equivalent to symbol. It is a syntax violation if it is not.

Constructor-syntax is an identifier that is bound to a macro that, given any finite sequence of the symbols in the universe, possibly with duplicates, expands into an expression that evaluates to the enumeration set of those symbols.

(constructor-syntax symbol ...) checks at macro-expansion time whether every symbol ... is in the universe associated with type-name. It is a syntax violation if one or more is not. Otherwise

(constructor-syntax symbol ...)

is equivalent to

((enum-set-constructor (constructor-syntax))
 '(symbol ...))
.

3.21Composite libraries

3.21.1eval

[R6RS]The (rnrs eval (6)) library allows a program to create Scheme expressions as data at run time and evaluate them.

Function eval expression environment
[R6RS] Evaluates expression in the specified environment and returns its value. Expression must be a syntactically valid Scheme expression represented as a datum value.

R6RS requires envionment an envitonment which must be created by the environment procedure. However on Sagittarius, environment can be anything. This behaviour might be fixed in future.

Function environment import-spec ...
[R6RS] Import-spec must be a datum representing an import spec. The environment procedure returns an environment corresponding to import-spec.

3.21.2Mutable pairs

[R6RS] This library exports set-car! and set-cdr!.

Function set-car! pair obj
Function set-cdr! pair obj
[R6RS] Store obj in the car/cdr field of pair. These procedures return unspecified value.

On Sagittarius Scheme, these procedures can modify immutable pairs.

3.21.3Mutable strings

[R6RS] This library exports string-set! and string-fill!.

Function string-set! string k char
[R6RS] K must be a valid index of string.

The string-set! procedure stores char in element k of string and returns unspecified values.

Function string-fill! string char :optional (start 0) (end (string-length string))
[R6RS+] Stores char in every element of the given string and returns unspecified values. Optional arguments start and end restrict the ragne of filling.

Passing an immutable string to these procedures cause an exception with condition type &assertion to be raised.

3.21.4R5RS compatibility

This library provides R5RS compatibility procedures such as exact->inexact.

[R6RS] These are the same as the inexact and exact procedures.

Function quotient n1 n2
Function remainder n1 n2
Function modulo n1 n2
[R6RS] Returns the quotient, remainder and modulo of dividing an integer n1 by an integer n2, respectively. The result is an exact number only if both n1 and n2 are exact numbers.

Macro delay expression
[R6RS] The delay construct is used together with the procedure force to implement lazy evaluation or call by need. (delay expression) returns an object called a promise which at some point in the future may be asked (by the force procedure) to evaluate expression, and deliver the resulting value. The effect of expression returning multiple values is unspecified.

Function force promise
[R6RS] Promise must be a promise.

The force procedure forces the value of promise. If no value has been computed for the promise, then a value is computed and returned. The value of the promise is cached (or "memoized") so that if it is forced a second time, the previously computed value is returned.

[R6RS] N must be the exact integer object 5. These procedures return an environment which is suitable to use with eval.

4R7RS Support

Sagittarius supports the latest Scheme standard R7RS. Even though the R7RS has incompatible from R6RS, however users can use both R6RS and R7RS libraries seamlessly.

4.1R7RS library system

On Sagittarius, user can call R7RS libraries on R6RS script and also other way around. However syntaxes are different. User can choose which syntax use.

Syntax define-library name clauses
[R7RS]name must be a list which can only contains symbol or exact integer.

clauses may be one of these:

  • (export export-spec ...)
  • (import import-set ...)
  • (begin command-or-definition ...)
  • (include filenames ...)
  • (include-ci filenames ...)
  • (include-library-declarations filenames ...)
  • (cond-expand cond-expand-clause ...)
export and import are the same as R6RS. And on R7RS renaming export syntax is different from R6RS, however on Sagittarius both can be accepted.

begin starts the library contents. However it can appear more than once.

include and include-ci includes the files which are specified filenames. filenames must be string. This resolves file path from current loading file. If the library file is /usr/local/lib/lib1.scm, then search path will be /usr/local/lib. It can also take absolute path. include-ci reads the file case insensitive.

cond-exnpand is the same as builtin syntax cond-expand. For more detail, see Builtin Syntax.

4.2R7RS libraries

Sagittarius supports all R7RS libraries. However to avoid duplication, this section only describes the different procedures from R6RS. The same procedures are explicitly said 'the same as R6RS'.

4.2.1Base library

[R7RS]R7RS base library.

These procedures/macros are the same as R6RS;

 * + - ... / < <= = => > >= 

abs and append apply assoc assq assv

begin binary-port? boolean=? boolean? bytevector-copy bytevector-length bytevector-u8-ref bytevector-u8-set! bytevector?

caar cadr call-with-current-continuation call-with-port call-with-values call/cc car case cdar cddr cdr ceiling char->integer char<=? char<? char=? char>=? char>? char? close-input-port close-output-port close-port complex? cond cons current-error-port current-input-port current-output-port define define-record-type define-syntax denominator do dynamic-wind

else eof-object eof-object? eq? equal? eqv? error even? exact exact-integer-sqrt exact? expt

floor flush-output-port for-each

gcd guard

if inexact inexact? input-port? integer->char integer?

lambda lcm length let let* let*-values let-syntax let-values letrec letrec* letrec-syntax list list->string list->vector list-ref list-tail list?

make-bytevector make-string make-vector map max member memq memv min modulo

negative? newline not null? number->string number? numerator

odd? or output-port?

pair? peek-char port? positive? procedure?

quasiquote quote quotient

raise raise-continuable rational? rationalize read-char real? remainder reverse round

set! set-car! set-cdr! string string->list string->number string->symbol string->utf8 string-append string-copy string-for-each string-length string-ref string-fill! string-set! string<=? string<? string=? string>=? string>? string? substring symbol->string symbol=? symbol? syntax-rules

textual-port? truncate

unless unquote unquote-splicing utf8->string

values vector vector->list vector-fill! vector-for-each vector-length vector-map vector-ref vector-set! vector?

when with-exception-handler write-char

zero?

This is defined in (sagittarius);

cond-expand

4.2.1.1Bytevectors

Function bytevector bytes
bytes must be a list of non negative exact integer and its value is up to 255.

Creates a bytevector whose content is values of bytes.

Function bytevector-append bytevectors ...
Returns a newly allocated bytevector whose contents are the concatenation of the contents in bytevectors.

NOTE: R6RS also has the same named procedure and does the same however the arguments lists are different.

Function bytevector-copy! to at from :optional (start 0) (end (bytevector-length from))
to and from must be bytevectors. at must be a non negative exact integer in range of to size. Optional arguments start and end must be non negative exact integer in range of from and end must be bigger than end.

Copies content of from starting from start until end (exclusive) to to starting at. The operation is done destructively.

4.2.1.2Lists

Function list-copy obj
Returns a newly allocated copy of obj if it is a list. The list elements stays intact. So changing element's content affects original obj.

Function list-set! list index value
Stores value in element index of list.

Function make-list k :optional fill
Creates a list whose size is k.

If the optional argument fill is given then returning list is filled with fill, otherwise unspecified value is used.

4.2.1.3Vectors

Function vector->string vector :optional (start 0) (end (vector-length vector))
vector must be a vector whose elements of range from start to end (exclusive) are characters.

Returns a string constructed with the above range of characters.

Function string->vector string :optional (start 0) (end (string-length string))
Returns a vector whose elements are characters of string in range of start and end (exclusive).
Function vector-append vectors ...
Returns a newly allocated vector whose contents are the concatenation of the contents in vectors.
Function vector-copy vector :optional (start 0) (end (vector-length vector))
Returns a vector whose elements are elements of given vector between start and end.
Function vector-copy! to at from :optional (start 0) (end (vector-length from))
to and from must be vectors. at must be a non negative exact integer in range of to size. Optional arguments start and end must be non negative exact integer in range of from and end must be bigger than end.

Copies content of from starting from start until end (exclusive) to to starting at. The operation is done destructively.

4.2.1.4Strings

Function string-copy! to at from :optional (start 0) (end (vector-length from))
to and from must be strings. at must be a non negative exact integer in range of to size. Optional arguments start and end must be non negative exact integer in range of from and end must be bigger than end.

Copies content of from starting from start until end (exclusive) to to starting at. The operation is done destructively.

Function string-map proc string strings ...
Calls proc with given strings elements and returns a string whose content is constructed by the results of proc.

4.2.1.5Parameters

Function make-parameter init :optional converter
[SRFI-39] Returns a parameter object, which is an applicable object that can take zero or one argument.

The initial value is (converter init) if converter is given, otherwise init.

If the parameter object is applied without an argument, then it returns the value associated with the parameter object.

If the parameter object is applied with an argument, then it changes the associated value with the given value which may converted by converter if the parameter object is created with converter.

Macro parameterize ((param1 value1) ...) body ...
[SRFI-39] A parameterize expression is used to change the values returned by specified parameter objects during the evaluation of body.

4.2.1.6Inclusion

Syntax include file files ...
Syntax include-ci file files ...
files must be strings.

Includes files as if it's written there. include-ci reads files case insensitively.

4.2.1.7Multiple-value definition

Macro define-values formals expression
expression is evaluated and the formals are bound to the return values in the same way that the formals in lambda expression are matched to the arguments in a procedure call.

4.2.1.8Numerical operations
Function exact-integer? obj
Returns #t if obj is exact integer. Otherwise #f.

Function floor/ n1 n2
Function floor-quotient n1 n2
Function floor-remainder n1 n2
Function truncate/ n1 n2
Function truncate-quotient n1 n2
These procedures implement number-theoretic (integer) division. It is an error if n2 is zero.

The procedure ending / returns two integers; the other procedures return an integer. All the procedures compute a quotient nq and remainder nr such that n1 = n2*nq + nr. for each of the division operators, there are three procedures defined as follows;

(<operator>/ n1 n2)=>nq nr
(<operator>-quotient n1 n2)=>nq
(<operator>-remainder n1 n2)=>nr

The remainder nr is determined by the choice of integer nq:nr = n1 - n2*nq. Each set of operations uses a different choice of nq:

floor: nq = [n1/n2]

truncate: nq = truncate(n1/n2)

Examples;

(floor/ 5 2)=>2 1
(floor/ -5 2)=>-3 1
(floor/ 5 -2)=>-3 -1
(floor/ -5 -2)=>2 -1
(truncate/ 5 2)=>2 1
(truncate/ -5 2)=>-2 -1
(truncate/ 5 -2)=>-2 1
(truncate/ -5 -2)=>2 -1
(truncate/ -5.0 -2)=>2.0 -1.0

Function square z
Returns the square of z.

4.2.1.9Error objects

Macro syntax-error msg forms ...
Raises an &syntax with syntax-violation.

The macro is defined like this;

(define-syntax syntax-error
  (syntax-rules ()
    ((_ msg args ...)
     (syntax-violation 'syntax-error msg (quote args ...)))))

Function error-object? obj
Returns #t if obj is condition object. This is a renaming exported procedure of consition?.
Returns irritants if the given err satisfies irritants-condition?. Otherwise #f.
Returns error message if the given err satisfies message-condition?. Otherwise #f.

4.2.1.10I/O

Function file-error? obj
Returns #t if obj is a file related condition, otherwise #f.
Function read-error? obj
Renaming export of i/o-read-error?.

Function input-port-open? input-port
Function output-port-open? output-port
Return #t if given input-port or output-port is open, respectively. Otherwise #f.

Function u8-ready? input-port
Renaming export of port-ready?.

Function peek-u8 :optional (input-port (current-input-port))
Function read-u8 :optional (input-port (current-input-port))
input-port must be a binary input port.

Peeks or reads a byte from given input-port.

Function read-bytevector len :optional (input-port (current-input-port))
input-port must be a binary input port.

Reads len from input-port and returns a bytevector.

Function read-bytevector! bv :optional (input-port (current-input-port)) (start 0) (end (bytevector-length bv))
input-port must be a binary input port.

Reads end - start size of data from input-port and put it into bv from start index.

Function write-u8 u8 :optional (output-port (current-output-port))
u8 must be a byte. output-port must be a binary output port.

Writes u8 to output-port.

Function write-bytevector bv :optional (output-port (current-output-port)) (start 0) (end (bytevector-length bv))
output-port must be a binary output port.

Writes bv from start to end (exclusive) to output-port.

Function read-line :optional (input-port (current-input-port))
input-port must be a textual input port.

Reads line from input-port. For convenience, \n, \r and \r\n are considered end of line.

Function read-string k :optional (input-port (current-input-port))
input-port must be a textual input port.

Reads k length of string from input-port.

Function write-string str :optional (output-port (current-output-port)) (start 0) (end (string-length str))
output-port must be a binary output port.

Writes bv from start to end (exclusive) to output-port.

Function open-input-string string
Returns binary or textual input port whose source is bv or string, respectively.

Returns binary or textual output port. The port is opened on memory.

Function get-output-bytevector output-port
Function get-output-string output-port
Retrieves buffered bytevector or string from given output-ports, respectively.

4.2.1.11System interface

Function features
Returns a list of the feature identifiers which cond-expand treas as true.

4.2.2Case-lambda library

[R7RS] This library exports the case-lambda syntax.

Exported macro is the same as R6RS;

case-lambda

4.2.3Char library

[R7RS]This library exports procedures for dealing with Unicode character operations.

These procedures are the same as R6RS;

 char-alphabetic? char-ci<=? char-ci<? char-ci=? char-ci>=? char-ci>?
 char-downcase char-foldcase char-lower-case? char-numeric? char-upcase
 char-upper-case? char-whitespace? digit-value string-ci<=? string-ci<?
 string-ci=? string-ci>=? string-ci>? string-downcase string-foldcase
 string-upcase

4.2.4Complex library

[R7RS]This library exports procedures for complex numbers.

These procedures are the same as R6RS;

angle imag-part magnitude make-polar make-rectangular real-part

4.2.5CxR library

[R7RS]This library exports twenty-four procedures which are the compositions of from three to four car and cdr operations.

These procedures are the same as R6RS;

caaaar caaadr
caaar caadar
caaddr caadr
cadaar cadadr
cadar caddar
cadddr caddr
cdaaar cdaadr
cdaar cdadar
cdaddr cdadr
cddaar cddadr
cddar cdddar
cddddr cdddr

4.2.6Eval library

[R7RS]This library exports exports procedures for evaluating Scheme data as programs.

These procedures are the same as R6RS;

environment eval

4.2.7File library

[R7RS]This library exports procedures for accessing files.

These procedures are the same as R6RS;

 call-with-input-file call-with-output-file
 delete-file file-exists?
 open-input-file open-output-file
 with-input-from-file with-output-to-file

Returns file binary input or output port associated with given file, respectively.

4.2.8Inexact library

[R7RS]This library exports procedures for inexact value.

These procedures are the same as R6RS;

acos asin atan cos exp finite? infinite? log nan? sin sqrt tan

4.2.9Lazy library

[R7RS]This library exports procedures and syntax keywords for lazy evaluation.

These procedures/macros are the same as R6RS;

delay force make-promise promise?

Macro delay-force expression
The expression (delay-force expression) is conceptually similar to (delay (force expression)), with the difference that forcing the result of delay-force will in effect result in a tail call to (force expression), while forcing the result of (delay (force expression)) might not.

4.2.10Load library

[R7RS]This library exports procedures for loading Scheme expressions from files.

Function load file :optional environment
Reads expression in file and evaluates it until it gets to end of file. If environment is passed, then the evaluation is done in that environment. Otherwise it is done in current environment.

4.2.11Process-Context library

[R7RS] This library exports procedures for accessing with the program's calling context.

These procedures are the same as R6RS; command-line exit

Function emergency-exit :optional obj
Exist process without any cleanup. The optional argument obj is given then it's translated to proper return value of the process.

name must be a string.

Retrieves environment variable associated to name.

Returns alist of environment variables.

4.2.12Read library

[R7RS]This library exports procedures for reading Scheme objects.

Function read :optional port
Renaming export of read/ss.

4.2.13Repl library

[R7RS]This library library exports the interaction-environment procedure.

Returns interaction environment.

4.2.14Time library

[R7RS]This library provides access to time-related values.

Returns the number of jiffies as an exact integer.
Returns an exact integer representing the number of jiffies per SI second.

Returns an inexact number representing the current time on International Atomic Time (TAI) scale.

4.2.15Write library

[R7RS]This library exports procedures for writing Scheme objects.

This procedures is the same as R6RS display

Function write obj :optional (output-port (current-output-port))
Writes a representation of obj to output-port.

If the obj contains cyclic, the procedure writes with datum label.

Function write-shared obj :optional (output-port (current-output-port))
Function write-simple obj :optional (output-port (current-output-port))
Renaming export of write/ss and write, respectively.

4.2.16R5RS library

[R7RS]The (scheme r5rs) library provides the identifiers defined by R5RS, except that transcript-on and transcript-off are not present. Note that the exact and inexact procedures appear under their R5RS names inexact->exact and exact->inexact respectively. However, if an implementation does not provide a particular library such as the complex library, the corresponding identifiers will not appear in this library either. This library exports procedures for writing Scheme objects.

5CLOS

Since Sagittarius version 0.3.0, we supports CLOS so that all Scheme objects have its class. For example 1 is instance of <integer> class.

However CLOS has huge features and I don't have intension to implement all of it.

This section does not describe CLOS itself.

5.1(clos user) -CLOS user APIs

User level CLOS API collection library.

Macro define-class name supers slots . options
Name must be symbol or identifier.

Supers must be list of class.

Slots must be following structure:

slots ::= (slot ...)
slot  ::= (slot-name specifiers*)
specifiers ::= :init-keyword keyword 
		 | :init-value value
                 | :init-form form
                 | :reader reader-function
                 | :writer writer-function

Defines a new class.

Slot specifiers:

:init-keyword
This keyword specifies initialisation keyword argument used by the make procedure. Following code describes how to use:
(make <a-class> :slot-a 'slot-a-value)
<a-class> has a slot which slot definition contains the keyword :init-keyword with the keyword :slot-a. The code initialises an instance of the slot with given value slot-a-value.
:init-value
This keyword specifies an initial value of target slot.
:init-form
Similar with :init-keyword but this keyword takes expression which will be evaluated at initialiation time.
:reader
This keyword creates a procedure takes 1 argument an instance of the class to access the slot, so users can read the slot without using slot-ref procedure.
:writer
This keyword creates a procedure takes 2 argument an instance of the class and object to set the slot value with given object, so users can set the slot without using slot-set! procedure.

opttions can specify the metaclass of this class with keyword :metaclass.

NOTE: Current implementation does not support :allocation keyword by default. If you need it, see (sagittarius mop allocation).

Name must be symbol.

Creates a new generic function.

Macro define-method name specifiers body ...
Name must be symbol.

Specifiers must be following structure:

specifiers ::= (spec ... rest)
spec ::= (argument-name class) | (argument-name)
rest ::= '() | symbol

Adds defined method to name generic. If the generic does not exist, this will create a new generic function implicitly.

Function slot-ref obj slot-name
Returns the slot value specified slot-name.

Function slot-set! obj slot-name value
Sets the slot value value with specified slot-name.

Function slot-bound? obj slot-name
Returns #t if the slot value specified slot-name is bounded, otherwise #f.

Generic make class args ...
Creates a new instance of class

Function is-a? object class
Returns #t if object is an instance of class, otherwise #f.

Function subtype? class1 class2
Returns #t if class1 is a subclass of class2, otherwise #f.

Function slot-ref-using-accessor object accessor
This procedure is for MOP.

Returns the slot value got by accessor.

Function slot-set-using-accessor! object accessor value
This procedure is for MOP.

Sets the slot value value to object using accessor.

Function slot-ref-using-class class object slot-name
This procedure is for MOP.

Returns the slot value according to the given class.

It is an error if the given slot-name doesn't exist in the class.

Function slot-set-using-accessor! class object slot-name value
This procedure is for MOP.

Sets the slot value value to object accoring to the given class.

It is an error if the given slot-name doesn't exist in the class.

Function slot-bound-using-class? class object slot-name
This procedure is for MOP.

Returns #t if the slot is bounded according to the given class, otherwise #f.

It is an error if the given slot-name doesn't exist in the class.

Generic write-object object (out <port>)
This method will be called when writing the given object.

Defines how user defined class should be written.

Generic object-equal? object1 object2
This method will be called when equal? is called.

Defines how user defined class should be compared.

5.2(clos core) - CLOS core library

Low level CLOS API collection library.

Generic add-method generic method
Generic must be generic function. method must be method object.

Adds method to generic.

Returns a list of getter, setter and bound check for the given class's slot slot.

The returning list must have 3 elements, getter, setter and bound? respectively. Each element must be either #f or procedure. If #f is used then the default procedure will be used.

For the example code, see Sagittarius MOP.

Returns all getters and setters for the given class's slots.

The upper layer of compute-getter-and-setter. This method should only be used if users absolutely need to use accessor to access the target slots.

Returns slot name of given slot.
Returns slot options of given slot.
Function slot-definition-option slot keyword . default
Returns slot option's value of given slot if it has the keyword.

If default is given, then it will be the fallback value when keyword is not found. Otherwise this procedure raises an error.

6Sagittarius extensions

Sagittarius has its own extension libraries because even R6RS is huge however I know it is not sufficient to write practical program. To support to write it, Sagittarius provides some useful libraries.

6.1(sagittarius) - builtin library

This library has Sagittarius specific functions which are not supported in R6RS such as extra file system functions and so.

6.1.1Builtin Syntax

Syntax define-constant variable expression
Similar to the define however the define-constant binds variable as a constant value and the compiler try to fold it if it is constant value i.e. literal string, literal vector, literal number and so.

If the defined variable is being overwritten, the VM shows a warning message on the standard error. I am not sure if it should raise an error or not, so this behaviour might be changed in future.

Syntax receive formals expression body
[SRFI-8] formals and body the same as lambda. Expression must be an expression.

receive binds values which are generated by expressions to formals.

The expressions in body are evaluated sequentially in the extended environment. The results of the last expression in the body are the values of the receive-expression.

Syntax cond-expand clauses ...
[R7RS][SRFI-0] Compile time condition. The cond-expand resolves platform dependencies such as C's #ifdef preprocessor.

clauses must be one of these forms:

  • (feature-identifier body ...)
  • ((library library-name) body ...)
  • ((and feature-identifier ...) body ...)
  • ((or feature-identifier ...) body ...)
  • (not feature-identifier)
library form searches the given library-name and if it is found, then compiles body.

and, or and not are the same as usual syntax.

Possible feature-identifiers are sagittarius and sagittarius.os.osname. osname can be cygwin, windows or linux so on.

6.1.2Macro transformer

Proc must take 3 arguments, form, rename and compare.

form
The input form of this macro. It is mere s-expression.
rename
A procedure. It takes a symbol for its argument and convert it to a syntax object.
compare
A procedure. It take 2 arguments and compare if it refer the same object. Almost the same as free-identifier=?.

The er-macro-transformer returns explicit renaming macro transformer, so you can write both hygine and non-hygine macro with it. For example:

(define-syntax loop
  (er-macro-transformer
   (lambda (form rename compare)
     (let ((body (cdr form)))
       `(,(rename 'call/cc)
	 (,(rename 'lambda) (break)
	  (,(rename 'let) ,(rename 'f) () ,@body (,(rename 'f)))))))))

(let ((n 3) (ls '())) (loop (if (= n 0) (break ls)) (set! ls (cons 'a ls)) (set! n (- n 1)))) =>(a a a)

This example has the same functionality as the example written in datum->syntax description. The basic of er-macro-transformer is the opposite way of the syntax-case. The syntax-case always makes macro hygine, however the er-macro-transformer can make macro hygine. Moreover, if you do not use rename, it always makes it non-hygine.

6.1.3Arithmetic operations

Function +. z ...
Function *. z ...
Function -. z ...
Function -. z1 z2 ...
Function /. z ...
Function /. z1 z2 ...
The same as +, *, - and /. The difference is these procedures converts given arguments inexact number.

Function mod-inverse x m
x and m must be exact integer.

Returns x ^ -1 mod m

Function mod-expt x e m
x, e and m must be exact integer.

Returns x ^ e mod m

6.1.4File system operations

Function file-size-in-bytes filename
Returns file size of filename in bytes. If filename does not exist, it raises &assertion condition.

Function file-regular? filename
Function file-directory? filename
Function file-symbolic-link? filename
Function file-readable? filename
Function file-writable? filename
Function file-executable? filename
Returns file type or permission of given filename.

Function file-stat-ctime filename
Function file-stat-mtime filename
Function file-stat-atime filename
Returns file statistics time in nano sec.

The file-stat-ctime procedure returns last change time of filename.

The file-stat-mtime returns last modified time of filename.

The file-stat-atime returns last accesse time of filename.

Function create-symbolic-link old-filename new-filename
Creates symbolic link of old-filename as new-filename.

Function rename-file old-filename new-filename
Renames given old-filename to new-filename.

If old-filename does not exist, it raises &assertion.

If new-filename exists, it overwrite the existing file.

Function create-directory path
Function delete-directory path
Creates/deletes given directory. If it fails, it raises condition &assertion.

Function read-directory path
Reads directory and returns contents as a string list. If path does not exist, it returns #f.

Function copy-file src dst :optional overwrite
src and dst must be string and indicating existing file path.

Copies given src file to dst and returns #t if it's copied otherwise #t.

If optional argument overwrite is #t then it will over write the file even if it exists.

Function current-directory :optional path
Returns current working directory.

If optional argument path is given, the current-directory sets current working directory to path and returns unspecified value.

Sets current working directory to path.

Function build-path path1 path2
path1 and path2 must be string.

Concatenate given parameter with platform dependent path separator.

6.1.5Hashtables

Function make-equal-hashtable :optional k
Function make-string-hashtable :optional k
Creates a hashtable. The same as make-eq-hashtable and make-eqv-hashtable. It uses equal? or string=? as comparing procedure, respectively.

Function hashtable-values hashtable
Returns all hashtable's values. This procedure is for consistancy of hashtable-keys.

Function hashtable-keys-list hashtable
Function hashtable-values-list hashtable
Returns given hashtable's keys or values, respectively.

The R6RS required procedure hashtable-keys and hashtable-values are implemented with these procedures.

Function hashtable-type hashtable
Returns hashtable's hash type as a symbol. The possible return values are eq, eqv, equal, string and general.

6.1.6I/O

Function port-closed? port
Returns #t if given port is closed, otherwise #f.

Function read/ss :optional (port (current-input-port))
Function write/ss obj :optional (port (current-output-port))
[SRFI-38] The read/ss reads a datum from given port.

The write/ss writes obj to given port.

These are the same as read and write procedure, but it can handle circular list.

Function format port string arg ...
Function format string arg ...
[SRFI-28+] Formats arg accoding to string. Port specifies the destination; if it is an output port, the formatted result is written to it; if it is #t, the result is written to current output port; if it is #f, the formatted result is returned as a string. Port can be omitted and the result is the same as when #f is given.

String is a string that contains format directives. A format directive is a character sequence begins with tilda '~', and ends with some specific characters. A format directive takes the corresponding arg and formats it. The rest of string is copied to the output as is.

(format #f "the answer is ~a" 48)=>the anser is 48

The format directive can take one or more parameters, separated by comma characters. A parameter may be an integer or a character; if it is a character, it should be preceded by a quote character. Parameter can be omitted, in such case the system default value is used. The interpretation of the parameters depends on the format directive.

Furthermore, a format directive can take two additional flags: atmark '@' and colon ':'. One or both of them may modify the behaviour of the format directive. Those flags must be placed immediately before the directive character.

The following complete list of the supported directives. Either upper case or lower case character can be used for the format directive; usually they have no distinction, except noted.

~mincol,colinc,minpad,padchar,maxcolA
Ascii output. The corresponding argument is printed by display. If an integer mincol is given, it specifies the minimum number of characters to be output; if the formatted result is shorter than mincol, a whitespace is padded to the right (i.e. the result is left justified).

The colinc, minpad and padchar parameters control, if given, further padding. A character padchar replaces the padding character for the whitespace. If an integer minpad is given and greater than 0, at least minpad padding character is used, regardless of the resulting width. If an integer colinc is given, the padding character is added (after minpad) in chunk of colinc characters, until the entire width exceeds mincol.

If atmark-flag is given, the format result is right justified, i.e. padding is added to the left.

The maxcol parameter, if given, limits the maximum number of characters to be written. If the length of formatted string exceeds maxcol, only maxcol characters are written. If colon-flag is given as well and the length of formatted string exceeds maxcol, maxcol - 4 characters are written and a string " ..." is attached after it.

(format #f "|~a|" "oops")=>|oops|
(format #f "|~10a|" "oops")=>|oops      |
(format #f "|~10@a|" "oops")=>|      oops|
(format #f "|~10,,,'*a|" "oops")=>|******oops|
(format #f "|~,,,,10a|" '(abc def ghi jkl))=>|abc def gh|
(format #f "|~,,,,10:a|" '(abc def ghi jkl))=>|abc de ...|
~mincol,colinc,minpad,padchar,maxcolS
S-expression output. The corresponding argument is printed by write. The semantics of parameters and flags are the same as ~A directive.

(format #f "|~s|" "oops")=>|"oops"|
(format #f "|~10s|" "oops")=>|"oops"    |
(format #f "|~10@s|" "oops")=>|    "oops"|
(format #f "|~10,,,'*s|" "oops")=>|****"oops"|
~mincol,padchar,commachar,intervalD
Decimal output. The argument is formatted as an decimal integer. If the argument is not an integer, all parameters are ignored and it is formatted by ~A directive.

If an integer parameter mincol is given, it specifies minimum width of the formatted result; if the result is shorter than it, padchar is padded on the left (i.e. the result is right justified). The default of padchar is a whitespace.

(format #f "|~d|" 12345)=>|12345|
(format #f "|~10d|" 12345)=>|     12345|
(format #f "|~10,'0d|" 12345)=>|0000012345|

If atmark-flag is given, the sign '+' is printed for the positive argument.

If colon-flag is given, every intervalth digit of the result is grouped and commachar is inserted between them. The default of commachar is ',', and the default of interval is 3.

(format #f "|~:d|" 12345)=>|12,345|
(format #f "|~,,'_,4:d|" -12345678)=>|-1234_5678|
~mincol,padchar,commachar,intervalB
Binary output. The argument is formatted as a binary integer. The semantics of parameters and flags are the same as the ~D directive.
~mincol,padchar,commachar,intervalO
Octet output. The argument is formatted as a octal integer. The semantics of parameters and flags are the same as the ~D directive.
~mincol,padchar,commachar,intervalX
~mincol,padchar,commachar,intervalx
Hexadecimal output. The argument is formatted as a hexadecimal integer. If 'X' is used, upper case alphabets are used for the digits larger than 10. If 'x' is used, lower case alphabets are used. The semantics of parameters and flags are the same as the ~D directive.
(format #f "~8,'0x" 259847592)=>0f7cf5a8
(format #f "~8,'0X" 259847592)=>0F7CF5A8
Note: The format procedure's implementation and most of documentation is quoted from Gauche.

Function port-ready? :optional (port (current-input-port))
Returns #t when port data are ready, otherwise #f.

If the given port implementation does not support this functionality, the return value will be always #t. Following example describes when this always returns #t;

;; Assume read! is provided.
(define user-port (make-custom-binary-input-port "my-port" read! #f #f))
(port-ready user-port)
=>#t

Function make-codec symbol getc putc data
Creates a custom codec. Symbol is the name of the codec. Getc and putc must be procedures. Data is an user data used in getc and putc.

Getc must take 4 arguments, input-port, error-handling-mode, check-bom? and userdata. Input-port is binary input port. Error-handling-mode is symbol can be ignore, raise or replace depending on a transcoder which uses this custom codec. Check-bom? is boolean, if getc is being called first time, it is #t, otherwise #f. Userdata is user defined data which is given when the codec is created.

The basic process of getc is reading binary data from input-port and converting the data to UCS4. Returning UCS4 must be integer and does not have to be 4 byte.

Putc must take 4 arguments, output-port, char, error-handling-mode and userdata. Output-port is binary output port. Char is character object which needs to be converted from UCS4. Error-handling-mode is symbol can be ignore, raise or replace depending on a transcoder which uses this custom codec. Userdata is user defined data which is given when the codec is created.

The basic process of putc is converting given UCS4 charactner to target encoding data and putting it to output-port as binary data.

For sample implementation, see sitelib/encoding directory. You can find some custom codecs.

6.1.7Keywords

Sagittarius has keyword objects which starts with ':'. It has almost the same feature as symbol, however it can not be bounded with any values. The keyword objects are self quoting so users don't have to put ' explicitly.

Function make-keyword symbol
Function symbol->keyword symbol
Creates a new keyword from symbol.

Function string->keyword string
Creates a new keyword from string.

Function keyword? obj
Returns #t if obj is keyword, otherwise #f.

Function keyword->symbol keyword
Returns a symbol representation of given keyword keyword.

Function keyword->string keyword
Returns a string representation of given keyword keyword.

Function get-keyword keyword list :optional fallback
Returns the element after given keyword from given list.

The elements count of the list should be even number, otherwise the procedure might raise &error when keyword is not found in list.

If fallback is given and the procedure could not find the keyword from the list, the fallback will be return. Otherwise it raises &error.

(get-keyword :key '(a b c :key d))=>d
(get-keyword :key '(a b c d e))=>&error
(get-keyword :key '(a b c d e) 'fallback)=>&error
(get-keyword :key '(a b c d e f) 'fallback)=>fallback

6.1.8Weak Pointer

A weak pointer is a reference to an object that doesn’t prevent the object from being garbage-collected. Sagittarius provides weak pointers as a weak vector object. A weak vector is like a vector of objects, except each object can be garbage collected if it is not referenced from objects other than weak vectors. If the object is collected, the entry of the weak vector is replaced for #f.

Function weak-vector? obj
Returns #t if obj is weak vector otherwise #f.

Function make-weak-vector size
Creates and returns a weak vector of size size.

Returns the length of given weak vector wvec

Function weak-vector-ref wvec k :optional fallback
Returns k-th element of a weak vector wvec.

By default, weak-vector-ref raise an &assertion if k is negative, or greater than or equal to the size of wvec. However, if an optional argument fallback is given, it is returned for such case.

If the element has been garbage collected, this procedure returns fallback if it is given, #f otherwise.

Function weak-vector-set! wvec k value
Sets k-th element of the weak vector wvec to value. It raises an &assertion if k is negative or greater than or equal to the size of wvec.

6.1.9Weak hashtable

A weak hashtable is a reference to an object that doesn’t prevent the object from being garbage-collected the same as weak vector. A weak hashtable is like a hashtable, except each entry can be garbage collected if it is not referenced from objects other than weak hashtable according to the constructed condition.

Returns #t if obj is weak hashtable otherwise #f.

Function make-weak-eq-hashtable :key (init-size 200) (weakness 'both) default
Function make-weak-eqv-hashtable :key (init-size 200) (weakness 'both) default
Make a weak hashtable with the hash procedure eq? and eqv?, respectively.

The keyword argument init-size specifies the initial size of the weak hashtable.

The kwyword argument weakness specifies the place where the weak pointer is. This must be one of the key, value and both. If the key is specified, then weak hashtable's weak pointer will be the key so is value. If the both is specified, then it will be both.

The keyword argument default specifies the default value when the entry is garbage collected. If this is not spceified, then undefined value will be used.

Function weak-hashtable-ref weak-hashtable key :optional (default #f)
Returns the value in weak-hashtable associated with key. If weak-hashtable does not contain an association for key, default is returned.

Function weak-hashtable-set! weak-hashtable key obj
Changes weak-hashtable to associate key with obj, adding a new association or replacing any existing association for key, and returns unspecified values.

Function weak-hashtable-delete! weak-hashtable key
Removes any association for key within weak-hashtable and returns unspecified values.

Function weak-hashtable-keys-list weak-hashtable
Function weak-hashtable-values-list weak-hashtable
Returns a list of keys and values in the given weak-hashtable, respectively.

Function weak-hashtable-copy weak-hashtable
Returns a copy of weak-hashtable.

Function weak-hashtable-shrink weak-hashtable
Shrink the given weak-hashtable and returns the number of removed entry. This is only for GC friendliness.

6.1.10Bytevector operations

Function bytevector->sinteger bytevector :optional start end
Function bytevector->uinteger bytevector :optional start end
Function bytevector->integer bytevector :optional start end
Converts given bytevector bytevector to exact integer. If optional argument start is given, conversion starts with index start. If optional argument end is given, convertion ends by index end. The conversion only happens in big endian.

The first form converts to signed integer and the rest convert to unsigned integer.

Function sinteger->bytevector ei :optional size
Function uinteger->bytevector ei :optional size
Function integer->bytevector ei :optional size
Ei must be exact integer. Converts exact integer ei to a bytevector.

The first form can accept signed integer and converts with two's complement form. The rest forms only accept unsigned integer and simply convert to bytes.

If optional argument size is given, then the procedure returns size size bytevector.

NOTE: The conversion is processed from right most byte so if the size is smaller than given ei bytes, then the rest of left bytes will be dropped.

NOTE: the endianness is always big integer.

(integer->bytevector #x12345678 5)=>#vu8(#x00 #x12 #x34 #x56 #x78)
(integer->bytevector #x12345678 3)=>#vu8(#x34 #x56 #x78)

Function bytevector-append bvs ...
Returns a newly allocated bytevector that contains all elements in order from the subsequent locations in bvs ....

Function bytevector-concatenate list-of-bytevectors
Appends each bytevectors in list-of-bytevectors. This is equivalent to:

(apply bytevector-append list-of-bytevectors)

6.1.11List operations

Function circular-list? list
Function dotted-list? list
[SRFI-1] Returns #t if list is circular or dotted list, respectively. Otherwise #f.

Function acons obj1 obj2 obj3
Returns (cons (cons obj1 obj2) obj3). Useful to put an entry at the head of an associative list.

Function append! list ...
[SRFI-1] Returns a list consisting of the elements of the first list followed by the elements of the other lists. The cells in the lists except the last one may be reused to construct the result. The last argument may be any object.

Function reverse! list ...
[SRFI-1] Returns a list consisting of the elements of list in reverse order. The cells of list may be reused to construct the returned list.

6.1.12Vector operations

Function vector-copy vector :optional start end fill
[SRFI-43] Copies a vector vector. Optional start and end arguments can be used to limit the range of vector to be copied. If the range specified by start and end falls outside of the original vector, the fill value is used to fill the result vector.

Function vector-append vector ...
[SRFI-43] Returns a newly allocated vector that contains all elements in order from the subsequent locations in vector ....

Function vector-concatenate list-of-vectors
[SRFI-43] Appends each vectors in list-of-vectors. This is equivalent to:

(apply vector-append list-of-vectors)

Function vector-reverse vector :optional start end
Function vector-reverse! vector :optional start end
[SRFI-43] Reverse the given vector's elements.

The second form reverses the given vector destructively.

Optional arguments start and end must be non negative integer if it's given. And it restricts the range of the target elements.

6.1.13String operations

Function string-scan string item :optional return
Scan item (either a string or a character) in string.

The return argument specified what value should be returned when item is found in string. It must be one of the following symbols;

index
Returns the index in string if item is found, or #f. This is the default behaviour.
before
Returns a substring of string before item, or #f if item is not found.
after
Returns a substring of string after item, or #f if item is not found.
before*
Returns a substring of string before item, and the substring after it. If item is not found then return (values #f #f).
after*
Returns a substring of string up to the end of item, and the rest. after it. If item is not found then return (values #f #f).
both
Returns a substring of string before item and after item. If item is not found, return (values #f #f).

Function string-concatenate list-of-strings
[SRFI-13] Appends each strings in list-of-strings. This is equivalent to:

(apply string-append list-of-strings)

6.1.14Debugging aid

Function disasm closure
Disassembles the compiled body of closure and print it.

Library (time)
Exports time macro

Macro time expr
Evaluate expr and shows time usage.

The macro return the result of expr.

6.2(sagittarius control) - control library

This library provides some useful macros using Sagittarius specific functions.

Macro define-macro name procedure
Macro define-macro (name . formals) body ...
Defines name to be a macro whose transformer is procedure. The second form is a shorthand notation of the following form:

(define-macro name (lambda formals body ...))

Macro let-optionals* restargs (var-spec ...) body ...
Macro let-optionals* restargs (var-spec ... . restvar) body ...
Given a list of values restargs, binds variables according to var-spec, then evaluates body.

Var-spec can be either a symbol, or a list of two elements and its car is a symbol. The symbol is the bound variable name. The values in restargs are bound to the symbol in order. If there are not as many values in restargs as var-spec, the rest of symbols are bound to the default values, determined as follows:

If var-spec is just a symbol, the default value is undefined.

If var-spec is a list, the default value is the result of evaluation of the second element of the list.

In the latter case the second element is only evaluated when there are not enough arguments. The binding proceeds in the order of var-spec, so the second element may refer to the bindings of previous var-spec.

In the second form, restvar must be a symbol and bound to the list of values whatever left from restargs after binding to var-spec.

It is not an error if restarg has more values than var-specs. The extra values are simply ignored in the first form.

Macro get-optionals restargs default
Macro get-optionals restargs default test
This is a short version of let-optionals* where you have only one optional argument. Given the optional argument list restargs, this macro returns the value of optional argument if one is given, or the result of default otherwise.

If latter form is used, test must be procedure which takes one argument and it will be called to test the given argument. If the test failed, it raises &error condition.

Default is not evaluated unless restargs is an empty list.

Macro let-keywords restargs (var-spec ...) body ...
Macro let-keywords restargs (var-spec ... . restvar) body ...
This macro is for keyword arguments. Var-spec can be one of the following forms:

(symbol expr)

If the restrag contains keyword which has the same name as symbol, binds symbol to the corresponding value. If such a keyword doesn't appear in restarg, binds symbol to the result of expr.

(symbol keyword expr)

If the restarg contains keyword keyword, binds symbol to the corresponding value. If such a keyword doesn't appear in restarg, binds symbol to the result of expr.

The default value expr is only evaluated when the keyword is not given to the restarg.

If you use the first form, let-keyword raises &error condition when restarg contains a keyword argument that is not listed in var-specs. When you want to allow keyword arguments other than listed in var-specs, use the second form.

In the second form, restvar must be either a symbol or #f. If it is a symbol, it is bound to a list of keyword arguments that are not processed by var-specs. If it is #f, such keyword arguments are just ignored.

(define (proc x . options)
  (let-keywords options ((a 'a)
                         (b :beta 'b)
                         (c 'c)
                         . rest)
    (list x a b c rest)))

(proc 0)=>(0 a b c ())
(proc 0 :a 1)=>(0 1 b c ())
(proc 0 :beta 1)=>(0 a 1 c ())
(proc 0 :beta 1 :c 3 :unknown 4)=>(0 a 1 3 (unknown 4))

Macro let-keywords* restargs (var-spec ...) body ...
Macro let-keywords* restargs (var-spec ... . restvar) body ...
Like let-keywords, but the binding is done in the order of var-specs. So each expr can refer to the variables bound by preceding var-specs.

These let-keywords and let-keywords* are originally from Gauche.

Macro define-with-key variable expression
Macro define-with-key variable
Macro define-with-key (variable formals) body ...
Macro define-with-key (variable . formals) body ...
The define-with-key is synonym of define.

See more detail Variable definitions.

Macro begin0 exp0 exp1 ...
Evaluate exp0, exp1, ..., then returns the result(s) of exp0.

Macro let1 var expr body ...
A convenient macro when you have only one variable. Expanded as follows:
(let ((var expr)) body ...)

Macro rlet1 var expr body ...
A convenient macro when you have only one variable and is the returning value. Expanded as follows:
(let ((var expr)) body ... var)

Macro dotimes (variable limit [result]) body ...
Macro dolist (variable lexpr [result]) body ...
Imported from Common List. These are equivalent to the following forms, respectively.

(dotimes (variable limit result) body ...)
=>
(do ((tlimit limit)
     (variable 0 (+ variable 1)))
    ((>= variable tlimit) result)
  body ...)

(dolist (variable lexpr result) body ...)
=>
(begin
  (for-each (lambda (variable) body ...) lexpr)
  (let ((variable '())) result))

Macro push! place item
Conses item and the value of place. The place must be either a variable or a form (proc arg ...), as the second argument of set!. The result will be the same as set!.

Macro pop! place
Retrieves the value of place, sets its cde back to place.

Macro check-arg pred val proc
Check the given val satisfies pred. If the pred returns #f then &assertion is raised.

The proc should be the procedure name which uses this macro and is for debugging purpose.

Macro with-library library exprs ...
library must be a library name. ex. (srfi :1 lists)

exprs must be expressions.

Evaluate given expressions one by one in the specified library and returns the last result of the expressions.

This should not be used casually however you want to use some procedures or variables which are not exported, such as a procedure written in C but not exported or non exported record accessor. For thoese purpose, this might be a quick solution.

Macro unwind-protect body cleanups ...
Execute body then execute cleanups and returns the result(s) of body.

It is not guaranteed to invoke the cleanups only once if a continuation is captured in body and call it.

6.3(sagittarius ffi) - Foreign Function Interface

This library provides FFI (Foreign Function Interface) procedures. The library is constructed on libffi.

This library makes user to be able to re-use existing useful C library. However it might cause SEGV or unexpected behaviours. It is users responsibility to avoid those errors.

Following is the simple example to use;

;; Scheme file
;; load shared library (on Windows the extension might be '.dll')
;; On Unix like environment, the shared library must be full path or
;; located in the same directory as the script.
;; On Windows it can be on PATH environment variable as well.
(define so-library (open-shared-library "my-quick-sort.so"))
(define quick-sort 
  (c-function so-library ;; shared library
              void       ;; return type
              quicksort  ;; exported symbol
              ;; argument types
              ;; if you need pass a callback procedure, 'callback' mark needs to
              ;; be passed to the arguments list
              (void* size_t size_t callback)))

(let ((array (u8-list->bytevector '(9 3 7 5 2 6 1 4 8))) ;; callback procedure (compare (c-callback int ;; return type (void* void*) ;; argument types (lambda (a b) (- (pointer-ref-c-uint8 x 0) (pointer-ref-c-uint8 y 0)))))) ;; call c function. all loaded c functions are treated the same as ;; usual procedures. (quick-sort array (bytevector-length array) 1 compare) ;; release callback procedure. ;; NOTE: this will be release at GC time. (free-c-callback compare) array)

;; Close shared library. (close-shared-library so-library)

;; End of Scheme file

/* C file, must be compiled as a shared library and named 'my-quick-sort.so' */ #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h>

#ifdef _MSC_VER # define EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) #else # define EXPORT #endif

static void quicksort_(uintptr_t base,const size_t num,const size_t size, void *temp,int (*compare)(const void *,const void *)) { size_t pivot = 0,first2last = 0,last2first = num-1; while(pivot+1 != num && !compare(base+size*pivot,base+size*(pivot+1))){ pivot++; } if(pivot+1 == num){ return; } if(0 > compare(base+size*pivot,base+size*(pivot+1))){ pivot++; } while(first2last < last2first){ while(0 < compare(base+size*pivot,base+size*first2last) && first2last != num-1){ first2last++; } while(0 >= compare(base+size*pivot,base+size*last2first) && last2first){ last2first--; } if(first2last < last2first){ if(pivot == first2last || pivot == last2first){ pivot = pivot^last2first^first2last; } memcpy(temp,base+size*first2last,size); memcpy(base+size*first2last,base+size*last2first,size); memcpy(base+size*last2first,temp,size); } } quicksort_(base,first2last,size,temp,compare); quicksort_(base+size*first2last,num-first2last,size,temp,compare); }

EXPORT int quicksort(void *base, const size_t num, const size_t size, int (*compare)(const void *, const void *)) { void *temp = malloc(size); if(!temp){ return -1; } quicksort_((uintptr_t)base,num,size,temp,compare); free(temp); return 0; }

=>#vu8(1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9)

The document describes higher APIs to lower APIs.

6.3.1Shared library operations

Function open-shared-library file :optional (raise #f)
file must be a string.

Opens given file shared library and returns its pointer.

The internal process of open-shared-library is depending on the platform, for example if your platform is POSIX envirionment then it will use dlopen. So the resolving the file depends on it. If you know the absolute path of the shared library, then it's always better to use it.

If then internal process of the procedure failed and raise is #f then it returns NULL pointer, if raise is #t then it raises an error.

Function close-shared-library pointer
Closes given shared library pointer and returns unspecified value.

If the given pointer does not indicate proper shared library, the behaviour is platform dependent. It might cause SEGV.

Returns platform specific shared library extension as a string value. eg. ".dll" in Windows, ".so" in Linux or Unix.

6.3.2Creating C functions

This section describes more details to create a corresponding C functions.

Macro c-function shared-library return-type name (argument-types ...)
Creates a c-function object and returns a Scheme procedure.

shared-library must be opened shared-library.

return-type must be one of the followings;

  void 
  bool  char
  short int long long-long
  unsigned-short unsigned-int unsigned-long unsigned-long-long
  intptr_t uintptr_t
  float double
  void* char* wchar_t*
  int8_t  int16_t  int32_t  int64_t
  uint8_t uint16_t uint32_t uint64_t
The return value will be converted corresponding Scheme value. Following describes the conversion;
bool
Scheme boolean
char*
Scheme string from UTF-8
wchar_t*
Scheme string from UTF-16 (Windows) or UTF-32.
char
short int long long-long
unsigned-short unsigned-int unsigned-long unsigned-long-long
intptr_t uintptr_t
int8_t int16_t int32_t int64_t
uint8_t uint16_t uint32_t uint64_t
Scheme integer
float double
Scheme flonum
void*
Scheme FFI pointer type
NOTE: char returns a Scheme integer not Scheme character.

name must be a symbol indicating a exported C function name.

argument-types must be zero or more followings;

  bool
  char short int long long-long
  unsigned-short unsigned-int unsigned-long unsigned-long-long
  size_t
  void* char* wchar_t*
  float double
  int8_t  int16_t  int32_t  int64_t
  uint8_t uint16_t uint32_t uint64_t
  callback
  ___
When the C function is called, given Scheme arguments will be converted to corresponding C types. Following describes the conversion;
bool
Scheme boolean to C 0 (#f) or 1 (#t).
char short int long long-long unsigned-short
int8_t int16_t int32_t uint8_t uint16_t
Scheme integer to C signed long int
unsigned-int unsigned-long uint32_t size_t
Scheme integer to C unsigned long int
int64_t long-long
Scheme integer to C int64_t
uint64_t unsigned-long-long
Scheme integer to C uint64_t
float
Scheme flonum to C float
double
Scheme flonum to C double
void* char*
void* and char* are actually treated the same, internally. The conversion will be like this;
Scheme string
Converts to UTF-8 C char*
Scheme bytevector
Convert to C char*
Scheme FFI pointer
Convert to C void*
wchar_t*
Wide character string conversion only happens when the given argument was Scheme string and depends on the platform. On Windows, more specifically size of wchar_t is 2 platform, it converts to UTF-16 string without BOM. On other platform, size of wchar_t is 4 platform, it converts to UTF-32. Both case detects endianness automatically.

If the given argument was bytevector, it won't convert. This case is useful when users need to pass buffer to a C-function.

callback
Scheme FFI callback to C void*
Note: passing Scheme string needs to be careful when users want to use it as a buffer. It doesn't work like it. Use bytevector or FFI pointer object for that purpose.

___ is for variable length argument and it must be the last position of the argument type list, otherwise it raises an error.

Macro address pointer
Convenient macro for address passing.

When you need to pass an address of a pointer to C function, you can write like this;

(c-func (address pointer))

This is equivalent of following C code;

c_func(&pointer)

NOTE: this works only FFI pointer object.

Macro c-callback return-type (argument-types ...) proc
Creates a C callback.

return-type must be a symbol and the same as c-function's return-type.

argument-types must be zero or following;

  bool
  char short int long long-long intptr_t
  unsigned-char unsigned-short unsigned-int unsigned-long-long uintptr_t
  int8_t int16_t int32_t int64_t
  uint8_t uint16_t uint32_t int64_t
  float double
  size_t
  void*
The conversion of C to Scheme is the same as c-function's return-type.

NOTE: if the content of void* won't be copied, thus if you modify it in the callback procedure, corresponding C function will get affected.

NOTE: callback doesn't support char* nor wchar_t*. It is because the conversion loses original pointer address and you might not want it. So it is users responsibility to handle it.

proc must be a procedure takes the same number of arguments as argument-types list.

Function free-c-callback callback
Release callback.

6.3.3Pointer operations

Using C functions, users can not avoid to use raw pointers. This section describes how to create or convert a pointer.

Function pointer? obj
Returns #t if obj is FFI pointer object, otherwise #f.

Function integer->pointer integer
Converts given integer to pointer object.

To represents NULL pointer, you can write like this;

(integer->pointer 0)=>#<pointer 0x0>

Function pointer->integer pointer :optional bits
Function pointer->uinteger pointer :optional bits
Converts given pointer to integer/uinteger, respectively.

The optional argument bits must be an exact integer range of fixnum.

If the optional argument bits is specified, then the procedure mask the pointer value. If the bits is negative or more than pointer size bits then it returns non masked value.

This is useful when C procedure sets the pointer value however it only sets a half of bits and returning value is needed only a half of bits. For example, a C procedure takes 2 arguments, one is buffer pointer the other one is buffer size pointer. When buffer size is -1 then it allocates sufficient buffer and sets buffer size pointer the allocated size. In this case. In this case, if you are using 64 bit environment and buffer size pointer is 32 bit value's pointer returning value's upper 32 bit would be 0xFFFFFFFF. If the optional argument is specified to 32 then the procedure only returns lower 32 bit value.

Function pointer->string pointer :optional (transcoder (native-transcoder))
Converts given pointer to Scheme string.

The given pointer must be terminated by 0 otherwise it won't stop until it reaches 0.

If NULL pointer is given, it raises &assertion.

Function pointer->bytevector pointer size
Size must be an exact integer.

Converts given pointer to Scheme bytevector.

If NULL pointer is given, it raises &assertion.

Function pointer->object pointer
CAUTION: These operations are really dangerous especially pointer->object.

Converts Scheme object to pointer and pointer to Scheme object respectively. The operations are useful to pass Scheme object to callbacks and restore it.

Function deref pointer offset
offset must be a fixnum.

Returns a pointer offset offset of given pointer. The same as following C code;

void* deref(void **pointer, int offset) {
  return pointer[offset]; 
}
If NULL pointer is given, it raises &assertion.

Function pointer-address pointer
Returns an address of given pointer.

NOTE: This creates a newly allocated Scheme FFI pointer object.

NOTE: If the returned value is modified then given pointer will be affected.

Function allocate-pointer size
size must be a fixnum.

Allocates a size of byte memory and returns an pointer object.

The allocated memory will be GCed.

Function c-malloc size
size must be a fixnum.

Allocates a size of byte memory and returns an pointer object using C's malloc.

The allocated memory won't be GCed. So releasing the memory is users' responsibility.

Function c-free pointer
pointer must be a pointer created by c-malloc.

Release the pointer.

The procedure won't check if the pointer is allocated by c-malloc or not. And the behaviour when GCable pointer is passed is undefined.

A pointer represents NULL.

This value is not a constant and if you modify this by using address, you might break some codes.

Function null-pointer? obj
Returns #t when obj is a pointer representing NULL otherwise #f.

Creates a NULL pointer. This is for convenience.

Function pointer-ref-c-type pointer offset
offset must be a fixnum.

Returns an integer value of offset offset of pointer depending on the type.

Following type are supported; int8 int16 int32 int64 uint8 uint16 uint32 uint64 char wchar short int long long-long unsigned-char unsigned-short unsigned-int unsigned-long unsigned-long-long intptr uintptr float double pointer NOTE: if the type is flonum or double, then it returns Scheme flonum

NOTE: if the type is pointer, then it returns Scheme FFI pointer.

Function pointer-set-c-type! pointer offset value
offset must be a fixnum.

Sets value to offset offset of pointer. Supporting types are the same as pointer-ref-c-type

The type conversion is the same as c-function's return-type.

There is no direct procedures to handle C arrays. Following is an example of how to handle array of pointers;

(import (rnrs) (sagittarius ffi))

(define (string-vector->c-array sv) (let ((c-array (allocate-pointer (* (vector-length sv) size-of-void*)))) (do ((i 0 (+ i 1))) ((= i (vector-length sv)) c-array) ;; pointer-set-c-pointer! handles Scheme string (converts to UTF-8) ;; If you need other encoding, then you need to write other conversion ;; procedure. (pointer-set-c-pointer! c-array (* i size-of-void*) (vector-ref sv i)))))

;; how to use (let ((p (string-vector->c-array #("abc" "def" "ghijklmn")))) (do ((i 0 (+ i 1))) ((= i 3)) ;; deref handles pointer offset. ;; it can be also (pointer-ref-c-pointer p (* i size-of-void*)) (print (pointer->string (deref p i)))))

Following is an example for Scheme string to UTF-16 bytevector;

(import (rnrs) (sagittarius ffi))
;; Converts to UTF16 big endian (on little endian environment)
(define (string->c-string s)
  (let* ((bv (string->utf16 s (endianness big)))
         ;; add extra 2 bytes for null terminated string
         (p  (allocate-pointer (+ (bytevector-length bv) 2))))
    (do ((i 0 (+ i 2)))
        ((= i (bytevector-length bv)) p)
      ;; pointer-set-c-uint16! uses native endianness to set the value
      ;; so this is platform dependent code.
      (pointer-set-c-uint16! p i 
        (bytevector-u16-ref bv i (endianness little))))))

Function set-pointer-value! pointer value
value must be exact integer up to size-of-void* bytes.

Sets the pointer value. This is useful to reuse the existing pointer object.

CAUTION: this operation is really dangerous so be aware of it!

6.3.4C struct operations

C's struct is mere memory chunk so it is possible to access its member directly, if you know exact offset of it. However it is convenient if you can operate similar structure. This section describes how to define C structure in Scheme world.

Macro define-c-struct name clauses ...
Defines C structure.

clauses must be following form;

(type name)
(type array size name)
(struct struct-name name)
name must be a symbol.

The first form is the simple C type form. type must be a symbol and the same as one of the c-function's return-types or callback. Following describes the equivalent C structure is like this;

(define-c-struct st
  (int foo)
  (callback fn))
#|
struct st
{
  int foo;
  void* fn; /* function pointer */
};
|#

The second form is defining C type array with size. Following describes the equivalent C structure is like this;

(define-c-struct st
  (int array 10 foo))
#|
struct st
{
  int foo[10];
};
|#

The third form is defining internal structure. Following describes the equivalent C structure is like this;

(define-c-struct st1
  (int array 10 foo))
(define-c-struct st2
  (struct st1 st)
  (int bar))
#|
struct st1
{
  int foo[10];
};
struct st2
{
  struct st1 st;
  int bar;
};
|#
So far, we don't support direct internal structure so users always need to extract internal structures.

The macro also defines accessors for the c-struct. Following naming rules are applied;

  • For getter: name-member-name-ref
  • For setter: name-member-name-set!

Function size-of-c-struct struct
struct must be a C structure defined by define-c-struct.

Returns the size of given struct.

Function allocate-c-struct struct
Allocates memory for struct and returns a pointer.

Function struct-name-member-name-ref struct-pointer inner-member-names ...
Function struct-name-member-name-set! struct-pointer value inner-member-names ...
A getter/setter of struct-name c-struct.

This is automatically defined by define-c-struct macro.

The optional argument inner-member-names can be passed to get inner struct values.

Following describes how it works.

(define-c-struct in
  (int  i)
  (char c))
(define-c-struct out
  (int  i)
  (struct in in0))

(define out (allocate-c-struct out)) (out-i-set! out 100 'i) ;; -> unspecified (out-in0-set! out 200 'i) ;; -> unspecified (out-i-ref out) ;; -> 100 (out-in0-ref out 'i) ;; -> 200 (out-in0-ref out) ;; -> pointer object (indicating the inner struct address)

6.3.4.1Low level C struct accessors

Function c-struct-ref pointer struct name
struct must be a C structure defined with define-c-struct. name must be a symbol and struct has the same member. pointer should be a pointer allocated by allocate-c-struct with struct.

Returns a member name's value of struct from pointer.

Function c-struct-set! pointer struct name value
struct must be a C structure defined with define-c-struct. name must be a symbol and struct has the same member. pointer should be a pointer allocated by allocate-c-struct with struct.

Sets value to pointer offset of member name of struct.

6.3.5Typedef operations

Macro define-c-typedef original new-names ...
Convenient macro.

Defines other name of original with new-names.

new-names must be following forms;

()
((* new-p) rest ...)
((s* new-sp) rest ...)
(new rest ...)
The first for defines nothing.

If the rest of form is used and rest is not null, then it will recursively define.

The second form's * defines new-p as void*.

The third form's s* defines new-sp as char*.

The forth form defines new as original.

Following example describes how to will be expanded approximately.

(define-c-typedef char (* char_ptr) byte (s* string))

=>

(begin (define char_ptr void*) (define byte char) (define string char*) )

6.3.6Sizes and aligns

a size or align of type, respectively.

Following types are supported;

  bool char
  short int long long-long
  unsigned-short unsigned-int unsigned-long unsigned-long-long
  intptr_t uintptr_t size_t
  float double
  int8_t  int16_t  int32_t  int64_t
  uint8_t uint16_t uint32_t uint64_t
  void*
The values are platform dependent.

6.3.7Finalizer operations

Some of C resource must be released but if you can not decide or do not want to restrict when, then you can release it at GC time.

NOTE: GC might not happen if your script is very short, so it is better not to relay these procedures too much.

Function register-ffi-finalizer pointer proc
pointer must be a pointer allocated with GCable memory.

proc must be a procedure and accepts one argument. The argument will be the pointer.

Register proc as pointer's finalizer and returns pointer.

pointer must be a pointer allocated with GCable memory.

Remove finalizer form pointer and returns pointer.

6.4(sagittarius io) - Extra IO library

This library provided extra IO related procedures.

Function with-input-from-port port thunk
Function with-output-to-port port thunk
Function with-error-to-port port thunk
Calls thunk. During evaluation of thunk, the current input port, current output port, current error port are set to port, respectively.

Function call-with-input-string str proc
Function with-input-from-string str thunk
These utility functions are trivially defined as follows;

(define (call-with-input-string str proc)
  (proc (open-input-string str)))

(define (call-with-output-string proc) (let ((port (open-output-string))) (proc port) (get-output-string port)))

(define (with-input-from-string str thunk) (with-input-from-port (open-input-string str) thunk))

(define (with-output-to-string thunk) (let ((port (open-output-string))) (with-output-to-port port thunk) (get-output-string port)))

6.5Sagittarius MOP

MOP is "meta object protocol". As far as I know, there is no standard specification even the name is really famous and most of CLOS is implemented on MOP.

Then we decided to take the APIs and its behaviour from Tiny CLOS. The following libraries are implemented with the APIs and can be examples for Sagittarius' MOP.

6.5.1(sagittarius mop allocation)

Supporting :allocation option for define-class.

Meta class and mixin class to support :allocation option for class slot definition, respectively.

The meta class must be used with :metaclass option of define-class.

The mixin class must be a parent class.

Currently, we only support :instance and :class keywords.

The following code is the whole definition of this classes.

(define-class <allocation-meta> (<class>) ())
(define-method compute-getter-and-setter ((class <allocation-meta>) slot)
  (cond ((slot-definition-option slot :allocation :instance)
         => (lambda (type)
              (case type
                ((:instance) '())
                ((:class)
                 (let* ((init-value (slot-definition-option
                                     slot :init-value #f))
                        (init-thunk (slot-definition-option 
                                     slot :init-thunk #f))
                        (def (if init-thunk (init-thunk) init-value)))
                   (list
                    (lambda (o) def)
                    (lambda (o v) (set! def v)))))
                (else
                 (assertion-violation '<allocation-meta>
                                      "unknown :allocation type"
                                      type)))))
        (else (call-next-method))))

(define-class <allocation-mixin> () () :metaclass <allocation-meta>)

6.5.2(sagittarius mop validator)

Supporting :validator and observer options for define-class.

Make user be able to add own validation mechanism to slots.

:validator is for before set the value to the slot so that user can check the value if it's correct or not.

:observer is for after set the value to the slot so that user can check which value is set to the slot.

6.5.3(sagittarius mop eql)

The eql specializer is now builtin so this library is only for backward compatibility.

Supporting eql specializer methods.

The following code describes how to use;

(import (clos user) (sagittarius mop eql))
(define-generic eql-fact :class <eql-specializable-generic>)
(define-method eql-fact ((n (eql 0))) 1)
(define-method eql-fact ((n <integer>)) (* n (eql-fact (- n 1))))
(eql-fact 10)
=>3628800

Note: The eql specializer is really slow approximately 200 time slower than usual procedure call.

Subclass of <generic>.

To use eql specializer, generic functions must have this class as a metaclass.

6.6(sagittarius object) - Convenient refs and coercion procedures

This library provides convenient procedures.

Generic ref object key args ...
Generic (setter ref) object key value
Returns given object's values associated with key. The default implementation uses slot-ref.

Following classes are specialised by default.

  • <hashtable> uses hashtable-ref
  • <list> uses list-ref
  • <string> uses string-ref
  • <vector> uses vector-ref

Generic ->string object
Returns string represented object.

Generic ->integer object
Returns integer represented object.

Generic ->number object
Returns number represented object.

The default value is 0.

If the given object is number, it returns given object itself.

If the given object is string, it uses string->number as a conversion procedure.

If the given object is character, it uses char->integer as a conversion procedure.

6.7(sagittarius process) - Process library

In real world, there are a lot of useful programs and you want to re-use it rather than re-write it in Scheme. For that purpose, this library can be useful.

The concept of this library is similar with Java's Process class. Users can create process object and run/call whenever they want. However most of the time process can be invoked immediately, so there are high level APIs for that purpose.

This section describe from top to down.

Exports high level APIs and low level APIs for operating process.

6.7.1High level APIs

Function run name arg1 ...
Function call name arg1 ...
name must be string and indicate the process name be called.

arg1 and the rest must be string which will be passed to process.

The run procedure invokes name process and waits until it ends. Then returns process' exit status.

The call procedure invokes name process and continue the Scheme process, so it does not wait the called process. Then returns process object. If you need to finish the process, make sure you call the process-wait procedure described below.

Both procedures' output will be redirects current-output-port and current-error-port. If you need to redirect it other place use create-process described below.

6.7.2Middle level APIs

Function create-process name args :key (stdout #f) (stderr #f) (call? #t) reader (transcoder #f)
name must be string and indicate a process name.

args must be list of string will be passed to the process.

The create-process procedure creates and invokes a process indicated name. Keyword arguments decide how to invoke and where to redirect the outputs.

If stdout is #f or non output-port and call? is #f then create-process raises &assertion.

stdout keyword argument indicates the port where to redirect the standard output of the process. This can be either binary output port or textual output port.

stderr keyword argument indicates the port where to redirect the standard error of the process. This can be either binary output port or textual output port. If this argument is #f, then stdout will be used.

call? keyword argument decides the behaviour. If this is #t, then the process will be waited until its end. Otherwise just invokes it and returns process object.

reader keyword argument must be procedure which takes 4 arguments, process object, redirection of standard output and error, and transcoder respectively. This procedure decides how to handle the output. the default implementation is like this:

(define (async-process-read process stdout stderr transcoder)
  (define (pipe-read in out reader converter)
    (let loop ((r (reader in)))
      (unless (eof-object? r)
	(display (converter r) out)
	(loop (reader in)))))
  (let ((out-thread (make-thread
		     (lambda ()
		       (let ((in (process-output-port process)))
			 (if transcoder
			     (pipe-read (transcoded-port in transcoder)
					stdout
					get-char
					(lambda (x) x))
			     (pipe-read in stdout get-u8 integer->char))))))
	(err-thread (make-thread
		     (lambda ()
		       (let ((in (process-error-port process)))
			 (if transcoder
			     (pipe-read (transcoded-port in transcoder)
					stderr
					get-char
					(lambda (x) x))
			     (pipe-read in stderr get-u8 integer->char)))))))
    (thread-start! out-thread)
    (thread-start! err-thread)))
This might not be efficient, so user can specify how to behave.

Note: on Windows, both standard output end error has limitation. So if you replace the default behaviour, make sure you must read the output from the process, otherwise it can cause deat lock.

transcoder keyword argument must be transcoder or #f. This can be used in the procedure which specified reader keyword argument.

6.7.3Low level APIs

This section describe low level APIs however some of these might be used even if you use call described above.

Function process? obj
Returns #f if obj is process object, otherwise #f.

Function make-process name args
name must be string and indicates the process name which will be invoked.

args must be empty list or list of strings and will be passed to the process.

Creates a process object.

Function process-input-port process
process must be a process object.

Returns the binary output port which is redirected to the process' standard input.

Function process-output-port process
process must be a process object.

Returns the binary input port which is redirected to the process' standard output.

Function process-error-port process
process must be a process object.

Returns the binary input port which is redirected to the process' standard error.

Function process-run process
process must be a process object.

Invokes the process and wait until it ends.

On POSIX envionment this procesure returns the result status of the process.

Function process-call process
process must be a process object.

Invokes the process and continue the Scheme program.

Function process-wait process
process must be a process object.

Wait the given process until it ends and returns the exit status of the given process.

NOTE: The exit status are platform dependent. On Windows, the value will be 32 bit integer. On POSIX, the value will be 8 bit unsigned integer.

6.8(sagittarius reader) - reader macro library

Unlikely, Sagittarius provides functionalities to modify its reader like Common Lisp. It makes Sagittarius programable. However it has some restriction to use. The following examples explain it.

Using reader macro

;;#<(sagittarius regex)>       ;; this imports only reader macros
                               ;; This form is only for backward compatibility
;; portable way for other R6RS implementation's reader.
#!read-macro=sagittarius/regex
(import (sagittarius regex)) ;; usual import for procedures
#/regex/i                    ;; (sagittarius regex) defines #/regex/ form
                             ;; reader macro in it. it converts it
                             ;; (comple-regex "regex" CASE-INSENSITIVE)

Writing reader macro on toplevel

(import (rnrs) (sagittarius reader))
(set-macro-character #\$
 (lambda (port c) (error '$-reader "invliad close paren appeared")))
(set-macro-character #\! (lambda (port c) (read-delimited-list #\$ port)))
!define test !lambda !$ !display "hello reader macro"$$$
!test$ ;; prints "hello reader macro"

Writing reader macro in library and export it

#!compatible ;; make sure Sagittarius can read keyword
(library (reader macro test)
    ;; :export-reader-macro keyword must be in export clause
    (export :export-reader-macro)
    (import (rnrs) (sagittarius reader))

(define-reader-macro $-reader #\$ (lambda (port c) (error '$-reader "unexpected close paren appeared")))

(define-reader-macro !-reader #\! (lambda (port c) (read-delimited-list #\$ port))) )

#<(reader macro test)> ;; imports reader macro !define test !lambda !$ !display "hello reader macro"$$$ !test$ ;; prints "hello reader macro"

If you need to use reader macro in your library code, you need to define it outside of the library. The library syntax is just one huge list so Sagittarius can not execute the definition of reader macro inside during reading it.

This library provides reader macro procedures and macros.

Macro define-reader-macro name char proc
Macro define-reader-macro name char proc non-term?
Name must be self evaluated expression. Proc must accept two arguments, the first one is a port, the second one is a character which is defined as reader macro character.

define-reader-macro macro associates char and proc as a reader macro. Once it is associated and Sagittarius' reader reads it, then dispatches to the proc with 2 arguments.

If non-term? argument is given and not #f, the char is marked as non terminated character. So reader reads as one identifier even it it contains the given char in it.

Note: the name is only for error message. It does not affect anything.

Macro define-dispatch-macro name char subchar proc
Macro define-dispatch-macro name char proc subchar non-term?
Name must be self evaluated expression. Proc must accept three arguments, the first one is a port, the second one is a character which is defined as reader macro character and the third one is a macro parameter.

define-dispatch-macro creates macro dispatch macro character char if there is not dispatch macro yet, and associates subchar and proc as a reader macro.

If non-term? argument is given and not #f, the char is marked as non terminated character. So reader reads as one identifier even it it contains the given char in it.

Note: the name is only for error message. It does not affect anything.

Returns 2 values if char is macro character; one is associated procedure other one is boolean if the char is terminated character or not. Otherwise returns 2 #f.

Function set-macro-character char proc :optional non-term?
Mark given char as macro character and sets the proc as its reader. If non-term? is given and not #f, the char will be marked as non terminated macro character.

Function make-dispatch-macro-character char :optional non-term?
Creates a new dispatch macro character with given char if it is not a dispatch macro character yet. If non-term? is given and not #f, the char will be marked as non terminated macro character.

Function get-dispatch-macro-character char subchar
Returns a procedure which is associated with char and subchar as a reader macro. If nothing is associated, it returns #f.

Function set-dispatch-macro-character char subchar proc
Sets proc as a reader of subchar under the dispatch macro character of char.

Function read-delimited-list char :optional (port (current-input-port))
Reads a list until given char appears.

6.8.1Predefined reader macros

The following table explains predefined reader macros.

Macro character Terminated Explanation
#\( #t Reads a list until reader reads #\).
#\[ #t Reads a list until reader reads #\].
#\) #t Raises read error.
#\] #t Raises read error.
#\| #t Reads an escaped symbol until reader reads #\|.
#\" #t Reads a string until reader reads #\".
#\' #t Reads a symbol until reader reads delimited character.
#\; #t Discards read characters until reader reads a linefeed.
#\` #t Reads a next expression and returns (quasiquote expr)
#\, #t Check next character if it is @ and reads a next expression.

Returns (unquote-splicing expr) if next character was @, otherwise (unquote expr)

#\: #f Only compatible mode. Reads a next expression and returns a keyword.
#\# #t(R6RS mode) Dispatch macro character.

Sub character Explanation
#\' Reads a next expression and returns (syntax expr).
#\` Reads a next expression and returns (quasisyntax expr)
#\, Check next character if it is @ and reads a next expression.

Returns (unsyntax-splicing expr) if next character was @, otherwise (unsyntax expr)

#\! Reads next expression and set flags described below.
#!r6rs
Switches to R6RS mode
#!r7rs
Switches to R7RS mode
#!compatible
Switches to compatible mode
#!no-overwrite
Sets no-overwrite flag that does not allow user to overwrite exported variables.
#!nocache
Sets disable cache flag on the current loading file
#!deprecated
Display warning message of deprecated library.
#!reader=name
Replace reader with library name. The name must be converted with the naming convention described below. For more details, see Naming convention
#!read-macro=name
The same as #< name > but this is more for compatibility. name must be converted with the naming convention described below. For more details, see Naming convention
#\v Checks if the next 2 characters are u and 8 and reads a bytevector.
#\u Only compatible mode. Checks if the next character is 8 and reads a bytevector.
#\t and #\T Returns #t.
#\f and #\F Returns #f.
#\b and #\B Reads a binary number.
#\o and #\O Reads a octet number.
#\d and #\D Reads a decimal number.
#\x and #\X Reads a hex number.
#\i and #\I Reads a inexact number.
#\e and #\E Reads a exact number.
#\( Reads a next list and convert it to a vector.
#\; Reads a next expression and discards it.
#\| Discards the following characters until reader reads |#
#\\ Reads a character.
#\= Starts reading SRFI-38 style shared object.
#\# Refers SRFI-38 style shared object.
#\< Reads expressions until '>' and imports reader macro from it. Note: if expressions contains symbol, which is illegal library name, at the end #<-reader can not detect the '>' because '>' can be symbol. So the error message might be a strange one.

6.8.1.1#! - Switching mode

Sagittarius has multiple reader and VM modes and users can switch these modes with #!. Following describes details of those modes;

R6RS mode
Symbols are read according to R6RS specification and VM sets the no-overwrite flag. With this mode, keywords are read as symbols; for example, :key is just a symbol and users can not use extended lambda syntax.
R7RS mode
The mode for new specification of Scheme. This mode is less strict than R6RS mode described above. The reader can read keyword and VM sets the no-overwrite flag.
Compatible mode
This mode is least strict mode. In other words, it does not have any restrictions such as described above.

NOTE: If you import reader macro with #< (...) > form and let reader read above hash-bang, the read table will be reset. So following code will raise a read error;

#!read-macro=sagittarius/regex
#!r6rs
#/regular expression/ ;; <- &lexical

6.8.2Replacing reader

Since 0.3.7, users can replace default reader. Following example describes how to replace reader.

#!reader=srfi/:49
define
  fac n
  if (zero? n) 1
    * n
      fac (- n 1)

(print (fac 10))

#!reader= specifies which reader will be used. For this example, it will use the one defined in (srfi :49) library. For compatibility of the other Scheme implementation, we chose not to use the library name itself but a bit converted name.

6.8.2.1Naming convention

The naming convention is really easy. For example, replacing with (srfi :49), first remove all parentheses or brackets then replace spaces to /.

Macro define-reader name expr
Macro define-reader (name port) expr ...
This macro defines replaceable reader.

The forms are similar with define. However if you use the first form then expr must be lambda and it accept one argument.

The defined reader will be used on read time, so it needs to return valid expression as a return value of the reader.

NOTE: Only one reader can be defined in one library. If you define more than once the later one will be used.

NOTE: If you want to export user defined reader to other library, you need to put :export-reader keyword to the library export clause.

6.9(sagittarius record) - Extra record inspection library

This library provides extra record operations.

Function record-type? obj
Returns #t if obj is record type, otherwise #f.

Function make-record-type name rtd rcd
Name must be symbol. Rtd must be record type descriptor. Rcd must be record constructor descriptor.

Returns fresh record type.

Function record-type-rtd record-type
Record-type must be record type.

Returns associated rtd from record-type.

Function record-type-rtd record-type
Record-type must be record type.

Returns associated rcd from record-type.

Note: These procedures are not for using casually.

6.10(sagittarius regex) - regular expression library

As most of script language have own regular expression mechanism, Sagittarius also has own regular expression library. It is influenced by Java's regular expression, so there are a lot of differences between the most famous Perl regular expression(perlre).

This feature may be changed, if R7RS large requires Perl like regular expression.

Following examples show how to use Sagittarius's regular expression.

;; For Perl like
(cond ((looking-at (regex "^hello\\s*(.+)") "hello world!")
            => (lambda (m) (m 1))))
=>world!

;; For Java like
(cond ((matches (regex "(\\w+?)\\s*(.+)") "123hello world!")) ;; this won't match
          (else "incovenient eh?"))

The matches procedure is total match, so it ignores boundary matcher '^' and '$'. The looking-at procedure is partial match, so it works as if perlre.

This library provides Sagittarius regular expression procedures.

6.10.1User level APIs for regular expression

Function regex string :optional flags
String must be regular expression. Returns compiled regular expression. Flags' descriptions are the end of this section. The following table is the supported regular expression constructs.

Construct Matches
Characters
x The character x
\\ The backslash character
\0n The character with octal value 0n (0 <= n <= 7)
\0nn The character with octal value 0nn (0 <= n <= 7)
\0mnn The character with octal value 0mnn (0 <= m <= 3, 0 <= n <= 7)
\xhh The character with hexadecimal value 0xhh
\uhhhh The character with hexadecimal value 0xhhhh
\Uhhhhhhhh The character with hexadecimal value 0xhhhhhhhh. If the value exceed the maxinum fixnum value it rases an error.
\t The tab character ('\u0009')
\n The newline (line feed) character ('\u000A')
\r The carriage-return character ('\u000D')
\f The form-feed character ('\u000C')
\a The alert (bell) character ('\u0007')
\e The escape character ('\u001B')
\cx The control character corresponding to x
Character classes
[abc] a, b, or c (simple class)
[^abc] Any character except a, b, or c (negation)
[a-zA-Z] a through z or A through Z, inclusive (range)
[a-d[m-p]] a through d, or m through p: [a-dm-p] (union)
[a-z&&[def]] d, e, or f (intersection)
[a-z&&[^bc]] a through z, except for b and c: [ad-z] (subtraction)
[a-z&&[^m-p]] a through z, and not m through p: [a-lq-z](subtraction)
Predefined character classes
. Any character (may or may not match line terminators)
\d A digit: [0-9]
\D A non-digit: [^0-9]
\s A whitespace character: [ \t\n\x0B\f\r]
\S A non-whitespace character: [^\s]
\w A word character: [a-zA-Z_0-9]
\W A non-word character: [^\w]
Boundary matchers
^ The beginning of a line
$ The end of a line
\b A word boundary
\B A non-word boundary
\A The beginning of the input
\G The end of the previous match
\Z The end of the input but for the final terminator, if any
\z The end of the input
Greedy quantifiers
X? X, once or not at all
X* X, zero or more times
X+ X, one or more times
X{n} X, exactly n times
X{n,} X, at least n times
X{n,m} X, at least n but not more than m times
Reluctant quantifiers
X?? X, once or not at all
X*? X, zero or more times
X+? X, one or more times
X{n}? X, exactly n times
X{n,}? X, at least n times
X{n,m}? X, at least n but not more than m times
Possessive quantifiers
X?+ X, once or not at all
X*+ X, zero or more times
X++ X, one or more times
X{n}+ X, exactly n times
X{n,}+ X, at least n times
X{n,m}+ X, at least n but not more than m times
Logical operators
XY X followed by Y
X|Y Either X or Y
(X) X, as a capturing group
Back references
\n Whatever the nth capturing group matched
Quotation
\ Nothing, but quotes the following character
\Q Nothing, but quotes all characters until \E
\E Nothing, but ends quoting started by \Q
Special constructs (non-capturing)
(?:X) X, as a non-capturing group
(?imsux-imsux) Nothing, but turns match flags on - off
(?imsux-imsux:X) X, as a non-capturing group with the given flags on - off
(?=X) X, via zero-width positive lookahead
(?!X) X, via zero-width negative lookahead
(?<=X) X, via zero-width positive lookbehind
(?<!X) X, via zero-width negative lookbehind
(?>X) X, as an independent, non-capturing group
(?#...) comment.
Since version 0.2.3, \p and \P are supported. It is cooporated with SRFI-14 charset. However it is kind of tricky. For example regex parser can reads \p{InAscii} or \p{IsAscii} and search charset named char-set:ascii from current library. It must have In or Is as its prefix.

Reader Macro #/-reader
This reader macro provides Perl like regular expression syntax. It allows you to write regular expression like this #/\w+?/i instead of like this (regex "\\w+?" CASE-INSENSITIVE).

Function looking-at regex string
Regex must be regular expression object. Returns closure if regex matches input string.

The matches procedure attempts to match the entire input string against the pattern of regex.

The looking-at procedure attempts to match the input string against the pattern of regex.

Function regex-replace-first pattern text replacement
Function regex-replace-first matcher replacement
Function regex-replace-all pattern text replacement
Function regex-replace-all matcher replacement
Pattern must be pattern object.

The first form of these procedures are for convenience. It is implemented like this;

(define (regex-replace-all pattern text replacement)
  (regex-replace-all (regex-matcher pattern text) replacement))

Text must be string.

Replacement must be either string or procedure which takes matcher object and string port as its arguments respectively.

Replaces part of text where regex matches with replacement.

If replacement is a string, the procedure replace text with given string. Replacement can refer the match result with `$n`. n must be group number of given pattern or matcher.

If replacement is a procedure, then it must accept either one or two arguments. This is for backward compatibility.

The first argument is always current matcher.

If the procedure only accepts one argument, then it must return a string which will be used for replacement value.

If the procedure accepts two arguments, then the second one is string output port. User may write string to the given port and will be the replacement string.

The regex-replace-first procedure replaces the first match.

The regex-replace-all procedure replaces the all matches.

Function string-split text pattern
text must be a string.

pattern must be a string or regex-pattern object.

Split text accoding to pattern.

6.10.2Low level APIs for regular expression

The above procedures are wrapped User level API. However, you might want to use low level API directory when you re-use matcher and recursively find pattern from input. For that purpose, you need to use low level APIs directly.

NOTE: This API might be changed in future depending on R7RS large.

Function regex-pattern? obj
Returns #f if obj is regular expression object, otherwise #f.

Function regex-matcher? obj
Returns #f if obj is matcher object, otherwise #f.

Function compile-regex string :optional flags
The same as regex procedure.

Function regex-matcher regex string
Regex must be regular expression object. Returns matcher object.

Function regex-matches matcher
Matcher must be matcher object. Returns #t if matcher matches the entire input string against input pattern, otherwise #f.

Function regex-looking-at matcher
Matcher must be matcher object. Returns #t if matcher matches the input string against input pattern, otherwise #f.

Function regex-find matcher :optional start
Matcher must be matcher object. Resets matcher and then attempts to find the next subsequence of the input string that matches the pattern, starting at the specified index if optional argument is given otherwise from the beginning.

Function regex-group matcher index
Matcher must be matcher object. Index must be non negative exact integer.

Retrieve captured group value from matcher.

Function regex-capture-count matcher
Matcher must be matcher object.

Returns number of captured groups.

6.10.3Regular expression flags

Regular expression compiler can take following flags.

CASE-INSENSITIVE
Enables case-insensitive matching. i as a flag
COMMENTS
Permits whitespace and comments in pattern. x as a flag
MULTILINE
Enables multiline mode. m as a flag
LITERAL
Enables literal parsing of the pattern.
DOTAIL
Enables dotall mode. s as a flag
UNICODE
Enables Unicode-aware case folding and pre defined charset. u as a flag. NOTE: when this flag is set then pre defined charset, such as \d or \w, expand it's content to Unicode characters. Following properties are applied to charsets.
[[:lower:]]
The lower case charset contains Ll and Other_Lowercase.
[[:upper:]]
The upper case charset contains Lu and Other_Uppercase.
[[:title:]]
The upper case charset contains Lt.
[[:alpha:]]
The upper case charset contains L, Nl and Other_Alphabetic.
[[:numeric:]]
The upper case charset contains Nd.
[[:punct:]]
The upper case charset contains P.
symbol
The upper case charset contains Sm, Sc, Sk and So.
[[:space:]]
The upper case charset contains Zs, Zl and Zp.
[[:cntrl:]]
The upper case charset contains Cc, Cf, Co, Cs, and Cn.

6.11(sagittarius socket) - socket library

This section describes low level socket API on Sagittarius. The APIs are mostly the same signature as Ypsilon and mosh. The following example is simple echo server, it receives input from a client and just returns it to the client.

The example program is from example/socket/echo.scm.

(import (rnrs) (sagittarius socket))
;; creates echo server socket with port number 5000
(define echo-server-socket (make-server-socket "5000"))
;; addr is client socket
(let loop ((addr (socket-accept echo-server-socket)))
  (call-with-socket addr
   (lambda (sock)
     ;; socket-port creates binary input/output port
     ;; make it transcoded port for convenience.
     (let ((p (transcoded-port (socket-port sock)
			       ;; on Sagittarius Scheme native-transcoder
			       ;; uses utf8 codec for ASCII compatibility.
			       ;; For socket programming it might be better
			       ;; to specify eol-style with crlf.
			       ;; But this sample just shows how it goes.
			       (native-transcoder))))
       (call-with-port p
	(lambda (p)
	  (put-string p "please type something\n\r")
	  (put-string p "> ")
	  ;; gets line from client.
	  (let lp2 ((r (get-line p)))
	    (unless (eof-object? r)
	      (print "received: " r)
	      ;; just returns message from client.
	      ;; NB: If client type nothing, it'll throw assertion-violation.
	      (put-string p r)
	      (put-string p "\r\n> ")
	      ;; waits for next input.
	      (lp2 (get-line p)))))))))
  ;; echo server waits next connection.
  (loop (socket-accept echo-server-socket)))

This library provides procedures for socket programming.

Function make-client-socket node srvice :opational (ai_family AF_INET) (ai_socktype SOCK_STREAM) (ai_flags (+ AI_V4MAPPED AI_ADDRCONFIG)) (ai_protocol 0)
Node and service must be string or #f. Other optional arguments must be exact integer.

Returns a client socket connected to an Internet address. The Internet address is identified by node and service. The make-client-socket uses getaddrinfo(3) to look it up. The arguments node, service, ai-family, ai-socktype, ai-flags and ai-protocol are passed to getaddrinfo(3) as corresponding parameters. For more detail, see reference of getaddrinfo(3).

Node is a network address, ex) "www.w3.org", "localhost", "192.168.1.1".

Service is a network service, ex) "http", "ssh", "80", "22".

Ai-family is an address family specifier. Predefined specifiers are listed below.

  • AF_INET
  • AF_INET6
  • AF_UNSPEC

Ai-sockettype is a socket type specifier. Predefined specifiers are listed below.

  • SOCK_STREAM
  • SOCK_DGRAM
  • SOCK_RAW

Ai-flags is an additional options specifier. Predefined specifiers are listed below.

  • AI_ADDRCONFIG
  • AI_ALL
  • AI_CANONNAME
  • AI_NUMERICHOST
  • AI_NUMERICSERV
  • AI_PASSIVE
  • AI_V4MAPPED

Ai-protocol is a protocol specifier. Predefined specifiers are listed below.

  • IPPROTO_TCP
  • IPPROTO_UDP
  • IPPROTO_RAW

Function make-server-socket service :optional (ai_family AF_INET) (ai_socktype SOCK_STREAM) (ai_protocol 0)
Service must be string or #f. Other optional arguments must be exact integer. Returns a server socket waiting for connections. The argument details are the same as the make-client-socket.

Function socket? obj
Returns #t if obj is socket object, otherwise #f.

Function socket-port socket :optional (close? #t)
Socket must be a socket object. Returns a binary input/output port associated with socket.

If optional argument close? is #f then the port won't close socket when port is closing or being GCed.

Function socket-input-port socket
Function socket-output-port socket
[SRFI-106] Socket must be a socket object. Returns a binary input and output port associated with socket, respectively.

Function call-with-socket socket proc
Socket must be a socket object. Proc must accept one argument.

The call-with-socket calls a procedure with socket as an argument.

This procedure is analogy with call-with-port.

Function shutdown-port port how
Port must be associated with a socket.

Shutdowns associated port according to how.

Port must be associated with a socket.

The shutdown-output-port and shutdown-input-port shutdown output or input connection of a socket associated with port respectively.

Function socket-accept socket
Socket must be a socket object created by make-server-socket.

Wait for an incoming connection request and returns a fresh connected client socket.

This procedures is a thin wrapper of POSIX's accept(2).

Function socket-recv socket size :optional (flags 0)
Socket must be a socket object.

Receives a binary data block from given socket. If zero length bytevector is returned, it means the peer connection is closed.

This procedures is a thin wrapper of POSIX's recv(2).

Function socket-send socket bytevector :optional (flags 0)
Socket must be a socket object.

Sends a binary data block to given socket and returns the sent data size.

This procedures is a thin wrapper of POSIX's send(2).

Function socket-shutdown socket how
Socket must be a socket object. How must be one of the SHUT_RD, SHUT_WR or SHUT_RDWR.

The socket-shutdown shutdowns socket.

SHUT_RD
shutdowns input.
SHUT_WR
shutdowns output.
SHUT_RDWR
shutdowns input and output.

Function socket-close socket
Socket must be a socket object. Closes socket.

6.11.1Socket information

Function socket-peer socket
Socket must be a socket object.

Returns socket info object or #f. The socket info object contains hostname, IP address and port number. These information is retrieved from getpeername(2).

Function socket-name socket
Socket must be a socket object.

Returns the name string of socket or #f if the socket doesn't have name.

Function socket-info socket
Socket must be a socket object.

Returns socket info object or #f. The socket info object contains hostname, IP address and port number. These information is retrieved from getsockname(2).

Function socket-info-values socket
Socket must be a socket object.

Returns 3 values; hostname, IP address and port number. This procedures is for convenience to handle socket info object.

6.11.2IP address operations

ip must be an IP address object returned from the second value of socket-info-values.

Converts given IP address object to human readable string.

ip must be an IP address object returned from the second value of socket-info-values.

Converts given IP address object to bytevector.

6.12(sagittarius debug) - Debugging support

This library provides debugging support reader macro.

Reader Macro #?= expr
This reader macro reads the next expression as followings;

(debug-print expr)

debug-print is an internal macro of this library which prints the read expression and its result.

Following example shows how to enable this;

#!read-macro=sagittarius/debug
#!debug
(let ((a (+ 1 2)))
  #?=(expt a 2))

#| #?=(expt a 2) #?- 9 |#

#!debug enables the debug print.

7Utility libraries

7.1(archive) - Generic archive interface

Library archive
This library provides generic interface to access archive libraries. Sagittarius supports tar and zip.

Following code describes a typical use of the library;

(import (rnrs) (archive))

;; extract file "bar.txt" from "foo.zip" (call-with-input-archive-file 'zip "foo.zip" (lambda (zip-in) (do-entry (e zip-in) (when (string=? (archive-entry-name e) "bar.txt") (call-with-output-file "bar.txt" (lambda (out) (extract-entry e out)) :transcoder #f)))))

;; archive "bar.txt" into foo.tar (call-with-output-archive-file 'tar "foo.tar" (lambda (tar-out) (append-entry! tar-out (create-entry tar-out "bar.txt"))))

Following sections use type as a supported archive type. More precisely, if it's a supported archive type then there must be a library named (archive type).

7.1.1Archive input

Function make-input-archive type input-port
type must be a symbol and supported archive type. input-port must be a binary input port.

Creates an archive input which represents the specified type of archive.

Method next-entry! archive-input
Retrieves next entry of the given archive input. If there is no entry, then it returns #f.

Macro do-entry (entry archive-input) body ...
Macro do-entry (entry archive-input result) body ...
Convenient macro. Iterates the given archive-input's entries.

The macro is expanded like this;

(do ((entry (next-entry! archive-input) (next-entry! archive-input)))
    ((not entry) result)
  body ...)

If the first form is used, then result is #t.

Method extract-entry entry output-port
Extract the given archive entry entry to binary output port output-port.

Function extract-all-entries archive-input :key (destinator archive-entry-name) (overwrite #f)
Convenient function. Extracts all entries in the given archive-input to the file specified by destinator.

The keyword argument destinator must be a procedure which accepts one argument, archive entry, and return a string represents the file/directory path.

The keyword argument overwrite is #t, then it overwrites the file. If it is #f and there is a file, then it raises an error.

Method finish! archive-input
Finalize the given archive input.

Function call-with-input-archive archive-input proc
archive-input must be an archive input. proc must be a procedure which accepts one argument.

Call the proc with archive input and returns the result of the proc.

The archive-input is finalized by finish!.

Function call-with-input-archive-port type input-port proc
Creates an archive input with type and input-port, then call call-with-input-archive.

Function call-with-input-archive-file type file proc
Open file binary input port with given file and call call-with-input-archive-port.

7.1.2Archive output

Function make-output-archive type output-port
type must be a symbol. output-port must be a output port.

Creates an archive output which represents the specified type of archive.

Method create-entry archive-output file
Creates an archive entry from the given file.

Method append-entry archive-output entry
Appends the given entry to archive-output.

Method finish! archive-output
Finalize the given archive output.

Function call-with-output-archive archive-output proc
archive-output must be an archive output. proc must be a procedure which accepts one argument.

Call the proc with archive input and returns the result of the proc.

The archive-output is finalized by finish!.

Function call-with-output-archive-port type output-port proc
Creates an archive output with type and output-port, then call call-with-output-archive.

Function call-with-output-archive-file type file proc
Open file binary output port with given file and call call-with-output-archive-port.

7.1.3Entry accessor

Returns the name of entry.

Returns the type of entry. It is either file or directory.

7.1.4Implementing archive implementation library

To support other archive such as RAR, then you need to create a implementation library.

The library defines all abstract class and method for the generic archive access.

To support foo archive, then the library name must be code{(archive foo)} and it must import (archive interface). So the library code should look like this;

(library (archive foo)
  (export) ;; no export procedure is needed
  (import (rnrs)
          (close user)
          (archive interface)
          ;; so on
          ...)
  ;; class and method definitions
  ...
)

For archiving, the implementation needs to implement following methods and extends following classes;

make-archive-input, next-entry, extract-entry
<archive-input> <archive-entry>

For extracting, the implementation needs to implement following methods and extends following classes;

make-archive-output, create-entry, append-entry!, finish!
<archive-output> <archive-entry>

NOTE: <archive-entry> may be shared between archiving and extracting.

Abstract class of the archive input. This class has the following slot;

source
Source of the archive. For compatibility of other archive, this should be a binary input port.

Abstract class of the archive output. This class has the following slot;

sink
Destination of the archive. For compatibility of other archive, this should be a binary output port.

Abstract class of the archive entry. This class has the following slots;

name
Entry name.
type
Entry type. For compatibility of other archive, this must be file or directory.

Method make-archive-input type (source <port>)
Method make-archive-output type (sink <port>)
Creates an archive input or output. type specifies the archive type. It is recommended to use eql specializer to specify.

Method finish! (in <archive-input>)
The finish! method for archive input has a default implementation and it does nothing.

Users can specialize the method for own archive input.

The other methods must implemented as it's described in above section.

7.2(asn.1) - Abstract Syntas Notation One library

This section describes (asn.1) library. The library supports DER and BER formats. We do not describe DER or BER format here.

Library (asn.1)
Top most library of asn.1 procedure collection libraries. There are multiple of related libraries, however we do not mention those because it might be changed in future. So do not use the child libraries directly, use this.

7.2.1High level user APIs

Function encode obj :key (encoder der-encode)
obj must be asn.1-object which described below sections.

If you specify keyword argument encoder, it must be generic function which accepts an object and a binary output port respectively.

Encodes given obj to bytevector. If obj contains BER object, the procedure encodes it to BER. This might be changed in future to configure which format this should encode.

If you want to encode to other format such as CER or XER, then you need to implement an encoder. This procedure does not check given arguments type, just pass obj to encoder with binary output port.

in must be binary input port.

Reads asn.1-object from given port. The port must be DER or BER encoded stream otherwise it raises &assertion

7.2.2Middle level user APIs

This section is incompleted.

Generic make-der-application-specific <boolean> <integer> <bytevector>
Generic make-der-application-specific <integer> <bytevector>
Generic make-der-application-specific <boolean> <integer> <der-encodable>
Generic make-der-application-specific <integer> <der-encodable>
Creates a DER application specific object.

Generic make-der-bit-string <bytevector> <integer>
Generic make-der-bit-string <bytevector>
Creates a DER bit string object.

Generic make-der-bmp-string <bytevector>
Generic make-der-bmp-string <string>
Creates a DER bmp string object.

Generic make-der-octet-string <bytevector>
Generic make-der-octet-string <der-encodable>
Creates a DER octet string object.

Generic make-der-general-string <bytevector>
Creates a DER general string object.

Generic make-der-ia5-string <string>
Generic make-der-ia5-string <string> <boolean>
Generic make-der-ia5-string <bytevector>
Creates a DER IA5 string object.

Generic make-der-numeric-string <string> <boolean>
Generic make-der-numeric-string <bytevector>
Creates a DER numeric string object.

Generic make-der-printable-string <string> <boolean>
Generic make-der-printable-string <bytevector>
Creates a DER printable string object.

Generic make-der-t61-string <string>
Generic make-der-t61-string <bytevector>
Creates a DER T61 string object.

Generic make-der-universal-string <bytevector>
Creates a DER universal string object.

Generic make-der-utf8-string <string>
Generic make-der-utf8-string <bytevector>
Creates a DER UTF8 string object.

Generic make-der-visible-string <bytevector>
Creates a DER visible string object.

Generic make-der-boolean <boolean>
Generic make-der-boolean <bytevector>
Creates a DER boolean object.

Generic make-der-enumerated <bytevector>
Generic make-der-enumerated <integer>
Creates a DER enumerated object.

Generic make-der-integer <integer>
Generic make-der-integer <bytevector>
Creates a DER integer object.

Generic make-der-object-identifier <bytevector>
Creates a DER OID object.

Generic make-der-sequence <der-encodable>
Creates a DER sequence object.

If the third form is used, os must be list of <der-encodable>.

Generic make-der-set <der-encodable>
Generic make-der-set o ...
Creates a DER set object.

If the third form is used, os must be list of <der-encodable>.

Creates a DER null object.

Generic make-der-generalized-time <bytevector>
Creates a DER generalized time object.

Generic make-der-utc-time <string>
Generic make-der-utc-time <bytevector>
Generic make-der-utc-time <date>
Creates a DER UTC time object.

Generic make-der-tagged-object <boolean> <integer> <der-encodable>
Generic make-der-tagged-object <integer> <der-encodable>
Generic make-der-tagged-object <integer>
Creates a DER tagged object.

Generic make-der-external <der-object-identifier> <der-integer> <asn.1-object> <der-tagged-object>
Generic make-der-external <der-object-identifier> <der-integer> <asn.1-object> <integer> <der-object>
Creates a DER external object.

Creates a BER constructed object.

Generic make-ber-application-specific <integer> l ...
Creates a BER application specific object.

Generic make-ber-tagged-object <boolean> <integer> <der-encodable>
Creates a BER tagged object.

Creates a BER sequence object.

ls must be list of <der-encodable>.

Generic make-ber-set l ...
Creates a BER set object.

ls must be list of <der-encodable>.

Creates a BER null object.

7.2.3Low level User APIs

This section is incompleted. Here must desribe classes defined in (asn.1) library.

7.3(binary data) - Binary data read/write

This library provides yet another binary data structure read/write. The difference between (binary pack) and this is the level of abstraction. This library provides higher abstraction layer of the way how to handle binary data.

Macro define-simple-datum-define name reader writer
Macro define-composite-data-define name reader writer
Defines a macro named name to read binary data by generic method reader and write binary data by writer.

To use defining macros effectively, both forms' reader and writer should be the same name.

The first form defines a macro which takes 5 required arguments and optional keyword arguments. Let's say the name is define-simple, the reader is simple-read and the write is simple-write, Then the definition of defined macro would be like this;

Macro define-simple name parents slots read-proc write-proc :key (parent-metaclass <class>)
Defines name class whose parent classes are parents and slots are slots.

read-proc must be a procedure which takes one argument, a input port and return number of slots values.

write-proc must be a procedure which takes number of slots plus 1 arguments. The first one is an output port and the rest are the value of the slots of the defined class' instance.

The keyword argument parent-metaclass is a parent class of the metaclass of this class.

The slots form must be a list of slot definitions which must be followings;

  • name
  • (name)
  • (name default)
The first and second form define a slot which name is name and its initial value is #f. The third form defines a slot which name is name and its initial is default.

Note that current implemenation does not handle parent classes slots. This is only for seamless operations with other CLOS class.

The second form defines a macro which takes 3 required arguments and optional keyword arguments. Let's say the name is define-composite, the reader is simple-read and the write is simple-write, Then the definition of defined macro would be like this;

Macro define-simple name parents slots :key (parent-metaclass <class>)
Defines a composite data class named name whose parent classes are parents and slots are slots.

It is similar form with define-class however slots must be a list of one of the followings.

  • (name type)
  • (name type default)
  • (name (type count))
  • (name (type count) default)
name must be a symbol which represents the slot name.

type can be class name or eqv? comparable datum. e.g. keyword.

default can be any object.

count must be a non negative exact integer.

The first form is equivalent with the following form; (name type #f). And the third form is equivalent with the following form; (name (type count) #f).

The first 2 forms defines a datum slot which the datum is read by reader passing type and written by writer.

The rest forms defines an array data represented by a vector.

If the type is not defined by neither of the definition forms, then it is users responsibility to define a method which handles the type.

Following is the simple example to show how to use the macros above.

(import (clos user) (binary data))

;; use the same name of reader and writer (define-simple-datum-define define-simple sample-read sample-write) (define-composite-data-define define-composite sample-read sample-write)

(define-simple <simple> () (a b (c 0)) (lambda (in) (values (get-u8 in) (get-u8 in) (get-u8 in))) (lambda (out a b c) (put-u8 out a) (put-u8 out b) (put-u8 out c)))

(define-composite <composite> () ((d :byte 1) (e (:byte 4) #vu8(1 2 3 4)) (f <simple>)))

;; :byte reader and writer (define-method sample-read ((o (eql :byte)) in array-size?) (if array-size? (get-bytevector-n in array-size?) (get-u8 in)))

(define-method sample-write ((type (eql :byte)) o out array-size?) (if array-size? (put-bytevector out o) (put-u8 out o)))

How to use the defined data structure.

;; read as a <composite> object
;; "deeeeabc" in ascii
(define bv #vu8(#x64 #x65 #x65 #x65 #x65 #x61 #x62 #x63))
(call-with-port (open-bytevector-input-port bv)
  (lambda (in)
    (let ((s (sample-read <composite> in)))
      (slot-ref s 'd) ;; => #\d
      (slot-ref s 'f) ;; => <simple>
      )))

;; write <composite> object (call-with-bytevector-output-port (lambda (out) (let* ((s (make <simple> :a 10 :b 20)) (c (make <composite> :f s))) ;; this can be written like this as well (sample-write o out) (sample-write <composite> c out)))) ;; => #vu8(1 1 2 3 4 10 20 0)

7.4(binary io) - Binary I/O utilities

Binary I/O utility. In real world you sometimes want to treat binary port like textual port (e.g. get-line for binary port). This library exports those convenient procedures

7.4.1Binary I/O

Function

7.5(binary pack) - Packing binary data

This library provides an interface for packing and unpacking (writing and reading) binary data with template. The functionality is inspired by Industria's (weinholt struct pack) library.

Macro pack template args ...
template must be a string.

Construct a bytevector with given args according to the given template. Template characters are described below.

Macro pack! template bv offset args ...
template must be a string.

bv must be a bytevector.

offset must a non-negative exact integer.

Converts given args and put it into bv starting from offset. The conversion is done according to the template string.

The template characters are extensible so following description can only cover predefined characters.

x: padding; c: s8; C: u8; s: s16; S: u16; l: s32; L: u32; q: s64; Q: u64; f: ieee-single; d: ieee-double; ! or >: big-endian; <: little-endian; =: native-endian; u: disable natural alignment; a: enable natural alignment. Whitespace is ignored.

(pack "!c" 128)=>#vu8(128)
(pack "s" 100)=>#vu8(100 0)
(pack "!s" 100)=>#vu8(0 100)
(pack "!d" 3.14)=>#vu8(64 9 30 184 81 235 133 31)

Fields are by default aligned to their natural alignment and NUL bytes are inserted as necessary to have a field's index to be aligned to its size.

(pack "!xd" 3.14)=>#vu8(0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 9 30 184 81 235 133 31)
(pack "!uxd" 3.14)=>#vu8(0 64 9 30 184 81 235 133 31)

Digits in front of the syntax characters means repetition. And #\* means indefinite length repetition.

(pack "3c" 1 2 3)=>#vu8(1 2 3)
(pack "*c" 1 2 3 4)=>#vu8(1 2 3 4)

When the macro detects the given template is string, then it tries to expand as much as possible. So it might raises the different condition even if the template strings are the same.

(pack "3c" 1 2 3 4)=>&syntax
(pack (car '("3c")) 1 2 3 4)=>&error

Macro unpack template bv
Macro unpack template bv offset
template must be a string.

Unpack the given bytevector according to the given template and returns the values. The template syntax are the same as pack!.

If the second form is used, then unpacking is done from the given offset.

(unpack "!SS" #vu8(0 1 0 2))=>1 2
(unpack "!SS" #vu8(0 1 0 2 0 3) 1)=>2 3
(unpack "!uSS" #vu8(0 1 0 2 0 3) 1)=>256 512

Macro get-unpack port template
template must be a string.

Utility unpacking macro for binary port.

Macro format-size template
Macro format-size template args ...
template must be a string.

Calculate the size of the result bytevector. If the second form is used, then macro can calculate even if the template contains indefinite length syntax #\*, otherwise #f is returned.

(format-size "!xd")=>16
(format-size "!uxd")=>9
(format-size "*c")=>#f
(format-size "*c" 1 2 3 4)=>4

Macro define-**-packer (char arg) (pack expr1 ...) (unpack expr2 ...)
char must character.

pack and unpack are syntactic keywords.

Defines packing extension to given char. This macro can not overwrite the predefined characters. ** can be followings;

s8, u8, s16, u16, s32, u32, s64, u64, f32, and f64.

;; defining char to u8 converter
(define-u8-packer (#\A v)
  (pack (char->integer v))
  (unpack (integer->char v)))
(pack "AA" #\a #\b)       ;; => #vu8(97 98)
(unpack "AA" #vu8(97 98)) ;; => #\a #\b

7.6(util bytevector) - Bytevector utility library

This library provides bytevector utilities which are not provided as builtin procedures such as bytevector->integer.

All procedures take bytevector as its arguments.

Function bytevector-xor bv1 bv2 ...
Function bytevector-xor! out bv1 bv2 ...
Function bytevector-ior bv1 bv2 ...
Function bytevector-ior! out bv1 bv2 ...
Function bytevector-and bv1 bv2 ...
Function bytevector-and! out bv1 bv2 ...
Compute exclusive or, logical or and logical and for each given bytevectors, respectively.

The procedures without ! freshly allocate a new bytevector as it's return value. If the given bytevectors are not the same sized, then the smallest size will be allocated.

The procedures with ! takes first argument as the storage of the result and return it.

Function bytevector-slices bv k :key (padding #f)
Slices the given bytevector bv into k size and returns a list of bytevectors.

The keyword argument padding is given and it must be a procedure accept one argument, then it will be called when the last chunk of bytevector is not size of k. The procedure should return padded bytevector and it doesn't check the returned value nor it's size so it is caller's responsibility to make sure the returned value is a bytevector and the size is k.

(bytevector-slices #vu8(1 2 3 4 5 6) 3)=>(#vu8(1 2 3) #vu8(4 5 6))
(bytevector-slices #vu8(1 2 3 4) 3)=>(#vu8(1 2 3) #vu8(4))
;; the given bytevector bv is #vu8(4)
(bytevector-slices #vu8(1 2 3 4) 3 :padding (lambda (bv) #vu8(4 5 6)))
=>(#vu8(1 2 3) #vu8(4 5 6))
;; this is valid as well so that bytevector-slices doesn't check the 
;; return value
(bytevector-slices #vu8(1 2 3 4) 3 :padding (lambda (bv) #f))
=>(#vu8(1 2 3) #f)

Function bytevector-split-at* bv k :key (padding #f)
w
Splits bytevector into 2 bytevectors and returns 2 values of bytevectors.

The first returned bytevector size will be k and its content is given bytevector's value starting from 0 to k - 1. The second returned value is the rest of values of bv.

If size of the given bytevector bv is less than k then the second value of returned bytevector will be empty bytevector.

The keyword argument padding is given and it must be a procedure accept one argument, then it will be called when given bytevector's size is less than k and first returned value will the result of padding.

(bytevector-split-at* #vu8(1 2 3 4 5) 3)=>#vu8(1 2 3) and #vu8(4 5)
(bytevector-split-at* #vu8(1 2) 3 :padding (lambda (bv) #vu8(1 2 3)))
=>#vu8(1 2 3) and #vu8()
(bytevector-split-at* #vu8(1 2) 3 :padding (lambda (bv) #f))
=>#f and #vu8()

Function ->odd-parity bv :optional (start 0) (end (bytevector-length bv))
Function ->odd-parity! bv :optional (start 0) (end (bytevector-length bv))
Compute odd parity of the given bytevector bv and return the result of bytevector.

If the second procedure is used, then bv will be modified.

7.7(crypto) - Cryptographic library

This documentation does not describe cryptography itself. For example, it does not describe what initial vector is and how long it must be. So users must know about cryptography's this library supports.

This library uses libtomcrypt's functionalities. The library is public domain. Thank you for the great library.

Note: the libtomcrypt is a huge cryptographic library and I am not so good with cryptographics, so the (crypto) library is not totally tested. Just the functionalities which I usually use are tested. If you find a bug or wrong documentation, pleas report it.

Library (crypto)
This library is the top most library, it exports all the other libraries procedures. Users must import only this and not to use the others.

(crypto) library supports both symmetric cryptography and public/private key mechanism. For public/private key, it only supports RSA for now.

Function crypto-object? obj
Returns #t if obj is crypto-object.

crypto-object can be either cipher or key.

7.7.1Cipher operations

Function cipher type key :key (mode MODE_ECB) (iv #f) (padder pkcs5-padder) (rounds 0) (ctr-mode CTR_COUNTER_LITTLE_ENDIAN) :rest options
Creates a cipher object.

type must be known cryptographic algorithm. Currently, (crypto) library exports the algorithm below.

The symmetric key algorithms.

Constant Blowfish
Constant X-Tea
Constant RC2
Constant RC5-32/12/b
Constant RC6-32/20/b
Constant SAFER+
Constant SAFER-K64
Constant SAFER-SK64
Constant SAFER-K128
Constant SAFER-SK128
Constant AES
Constant Twofish
Constant DES
Constant DES3
Constant DESede
Constant CAST5
Constant CAST-128
Constant Noekeon
Constant Skipjack
Constant Khazad
Constant SEED
Constant KASUMI

The public key algorithm

Constant RSA

key must be a key object which will be created by key generate procedures described below.

mode specifies the symmetric cipher's encryption and description mode. If the cipher type is public key cipher, it will be ignored. Some modes require initial vector iv. The possible mods are below.

Constant MODE_ECB
Constant MODE_CBC
Constant MODE_CFB
Constant MODE_OFB
Constant MODE_CTR

iv must be a bytevector or #f. This is an initial vector which some modes require. cf) MODE_CBC.

rounds specify how many times the cipher rounds the key.

ctr-mode specifies counter mode. The possible mode is blow.

Function cipher-keysize cipher test
Returns given cipher type's recommended keysize.

cipher must cipher object created by cipher procedure.

test must be fixnum.

If test is too small for the cipher, it will raise an error.

Note: this procedure is for helper. It is designed to use check keysize you want to use.

Function cipher? obj
Returns #t if the obj is cipher object.

Function encrypt cipher pt
cipher must be a cipher object.

pt must be a bytevector.

encrypt encrypts given plain text pt according to the given cipher.

Function decrypt cipher ct
cipher must be a cipher object.

ct must be a bytevector.

decrypt decrypts given encrypted text ct according to the given cipher.

Function sign public-cipher data :optional opt
public-cipher must be a cipher object created with public/private key algorithm.

data must be a bytevector.

Signs given data. This procedure is just a wrapper for the real implementations. Currently Sagittarius supports only RSA sign.

opt can specify the signer behaviour. Default supported RSA cipher can accept keyword argument encode.

encode specifies the encoder. The default encoder is pkcs1-emsa-pss-encode. And the rest keyword arguments will be passed to encoder. Supported encoders are described below.

Function verify public-cipher M S :optional opt
public-cipher must be a cipher object created with public/private key algorithm.

M and S must be bytevectors.

M is master message which will be compared with encoded message.

S is signed message.

The verity procedure verifies two messages.

opt can specify the verifier behaviour. Default supported RSA cipher can accept keyword argument verify.

verify specifies the verifier. The defaule verifier is pkcs1-emsa-pss-verify. And the rest keyword arguments will be passed to verifier. Supported verifiers are described below.

7.7.2Key operations

Generic generate-secret-key (type <string>) (key <bytevector>)
type must be one of the supported symmetric algorithm.

key must be a bytevector and its length must satisfy the keysize which the given algorithm requires.

Returns a sercret key object.

Generic generate-key-pair (type <top>) . options
type is for despatch. For default implementation, it must be RSA.

Generates a key pair object.

Default implementation supports RSA key geneartion and options can be keyword arguments described below.

size keyword argument is decides key length. Default value is 1024.

prng keyword argument is given, it will be passed to random-prime. For more detail, see (math random) library. Default value is (secure-random RC4).

e keyword argument is an exponent. Usually it does not have to be specified with other number. Default value is 65537.

Generic generate-private-key type . options
type is for despatch. For default implementation, it must be RSA.

Returns private key object.

Default RSA implementation options can be these arguments.

modulus
The private key's modulus
private-exponent
The private key's exponent
public-exponent
keyword argument. Used for CRT private key object.
p
keyword argument. Used for CRT private key object.
q
keyword argument. Used for CRT private key object.

Function generate-public-key type :optional opt
type is for despatch. For default implementation, it must be RSA.

Returns public key object.

Default RSA implementation opt can be these arguments.

modulus
The public key's modulus
exponent
The public key's exponent

Function keypair? obj
Returns #t if given obj is keypair object, otherwise #f
Function keypair-private keypair
Returns private key from keypair
Function keypair-public keypair
Returns public key from keypair

Function key? obj
Returns #t if given obj is key object, otherwise #f
CLOS class of private key object.
CLOS class of public key object.
Function private-key? obj
Returns #t if given obj is private key object, otherwise #f
Function public-key? obj
Returns #t if given obj is public key object, otherwise #f

Function split-key key :optional (count 3) (prng (secure-random RC4))
key must be a bytevector and plain key.

Splits the given key to count components and returns count values as key components.

The return values might be different each time.

Function combine-key-components component1 components ...
Function combine-key-components! result component1 components ...
Renaming export of bytevector-xor and bytevector-xor! respectively.

For more detail, see (util bytevector).

7.7.3PKCS operations

The procedures described in this section is implemented according to PKCS#1. I don't have any intend to describe functionality. If you need to know what exactly these procedures do, please see the PKCS#1 document.

Function pkcs5-padder bv block-size padding?
bv must be a bytevector.

block-size must be a non negative exact integer.

padding? must be a boolean.

Pads or Unpads paddings from bv according to PKCS#5.

If padding? is #t, the procedure will pad. otherwise it will unpad.

Function pkcs-v1.5-padding prng key block-type
prng must be prng object. See (math random).

key must be either private or public key object.

block-type must be one of these.

Constant PKCS-1-EME
Constant PKCS-1-EMSA

Returns a padding procedure. The procedure signature is the same as pkcs5-padder.

Function pkcs1-emsa-pss-encode m em-bits :key (hash (hash-algorithm SHA-1)) (mgf mgf-1) (salt-length #f) (prng (secure-random RC4))
m must be a bytevector.

em-bits must be non negative exact integer.

Encodes given message m according to the PKCS#1 section 9.1.1.

The keyword arguments specified some behaviour.

hash specifies the hash algorithm. For more detail, see (math hash) library.

mgf specifies mask generation procedure.

Note: PKCS#1 only specifies MGF-1.

salt-length specifies salt's length. If it's #f encoder does not use salt.

prng is a pseudo random see (math random).

Function pkcs1-emsa-pss-verify m em-bits :key (hash (hash-algorithm SHA-1)) (mgf mgf-1) (prng (secure-random RC4))
m must be a bytevector.

em-bits must be non negative exact integer.

Verify given message m according to the PKCS#1 section 9.1.1.

Other keyword arguments are the same as pkcs1-emsa-pss-encode.

Function mgf-1 mgf-seed mask-length hasher
mgf-seed must be a bytevector.

mask-length must be a non negative exact integer.

hasher must be a hash algorithm. See (math random).

Creates a mask bytevector, according to PKCS#1 MGF-1.

Function pkcs1-emsa-v1.5-encode m em-bits :key (hash (hash-algorithm SHA-1))
m must be a bytevector.

em-bits must be non negative exact integer.

Encodes given message m according to the PKCS#1 section 9.2.

Other keyword arguments are the same as pkcs1-emsa-pss-encode.

Function pkcs1-emsa-v1.5-verify m em-bits :key (hash (hash-algorithm SHA-1))
m must be a bytevector.

em-bits must be non negative exact integer.

Verify given message m according to the PKCS#1 section 9.2. Other keyword arguments are the same as pkcs1-emsa-pss-encode.

7.7.4Cryptographic conditions

Condition Type &crypto-error
Function crypto-error? obj
Subcondition of &error.

Base condition type of all cryptographic conditions.

Condition Type &encrypt-error
Function encrypt-error? obj
Function condition-encrypt-mechanism encrypt-error
This condition will be raised when encrypt operation is failed.

Condition Type &decrypt-error
Function decrypt-error? obj
Function condition-decrypt-mechanism decrypt-error
This condition will be raised when decrypt operation is failed.

Condition Type &encode-error
Function encode-error? obj
This condition will be raised when encoding operation is failed.

Condition Type &decode-error
Function decode-error? obj
This condition will be raised when decoding operation is failed.

Function raise-encrypt-error who message mechanism :optional irritants
who, message and irritants are the same as assertion-violation.

mechanism should be a name of cryptographic algorithm.

Raises &encrypt-error.

Function raise-decrypt-error who message mechanism :optional irritants
who, message and irritants are the same as assertion-violation.

mechanism should be a name of cryptographic algorithm.

Raises &decrypt-error.

Function raise-encode-error who message :optional irritants
who, message and irritants are the same as assertion-violation.

Raises &encode-error.

Function raise-decode-error who message :optional irritants
who, message and irritants are the same as assertion-violation.

Raises &decode-error.

7.7.5Creating own cipher

If Sagittarius does not support sufficient cipher algorithm for you, then you can write own cipher such as DSA. For this purpose, you might need to know how this library works. It will be described the bottom of this section. If you just want to create a new cipher, you just need to follow the example.

(import (rnrs) (crypto) (clos user) (sagittarius))

(define (sample-encrypt pt key) pt) (define (sample-decrypt ct key) ct)

(define-class <sample-cipher-spi> (<cipher-spi>) ()) (define-method initialize ((o <sample-cipher-spi>) initargs) (slot-set! o 'name 'sample) (slot-set! o 'key #f) (slot-set! o 'encrypt sample-encrypt) (slot-set! o 'decrypt sample-decrypt) (slot-set! o 'padder #f) (slot-set! o 'signer (lambda _ #vu8())) (slot-set! o 'verifier (lambda _ #t)) (slot-set! o 'keysize (lambda _ 0))) (define-class <sample> () ()) (define sample (make <sample>)) (register-spi sample <sample-cipher-spi>) ;; test sample-cipher (define sample-cipher (cipher sample #f)) (define message (string->utf8 "sample message")) (let ((encrypted-message (encrypt sample-cipher message))) (decrypt sample-cipher encrypted-message)) ;; -> #vu8(115 97 109 112 108 101 32 109 101 115 115 97 103 101)

The sample code actually does nothing. If you want to see real working code, ext/crypto/crypto/key/rsa.scm might be a good example for you.

The basic idea of creating a new cipher is that you need to define own subclass of <cipher-spi> and register it.

The base class for all SPI (Service Provider Interface).

Subclass must set these slots.

encrypt
The value must be a procedure which takes 2 arguments.
decrypt
The value must be a procedure which takes 2 arguments.
padder
The value must be #f or a procedure which takes 2 arguments.

NOTE: Default symmetric key ciphers use pkcs5-padder which takes 3 arguments, bytevector, block-size and padding flag. This is because the procedure can be used by multi ciphers. And custom cipher must know its own block size.

These slots are optional.

name
Describe the cipher.
key
The value will be passed to encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify to be used.
signer
A procedure for signing. The given procedure must accept at least 2 arguments.
verifier
A procedure for verifying. The given procedure must accept at least 3 arguments.
keysize
A procedure to get recommended keysize of this cipher. The given procedure must accept 1 argument.

NOTE: Even required slots, Sagittarius does not check if it's set or not.

Function register-spi mark spi
Register custom cipher spi.

mark can be any thing which returns #t then compared by equal?

spi must be subclass of <cipher-spi>

NOTE: We recommend to make mark the same as example code does and export the registered mark.

The concept of this SPI is influenced by Java's JCE. The toplevel of cipher is just a wrapper for real implementaion (SPI). When a cipher is created, the cipher procedure actually creates an instance of SPI class and set it to the cipher object. So users need not to know about the implementation and if the implementation supply default parameter then users even can use it by default.

This is the class hierarchy of these crypto objects.

+ <top>
  + <crypto>
      + <cipher>
      + <cipher-spi>
          + <builtin-cipher-spi> <- default implementations of symmetric keys.
          + <rsa-cipher-spi>     <- default RSA implementation
      + <key>
          + <symmetric-key>
              + <builtin-symmetric-key> <- default symmetric key. ex. DES
          + <asymmetric-key>
              + <private-key>
                  + <rsa-private-key>
                      + <rsa-private-crt-key>
              + <public-key>
                  + <rsa-public-key>

The <cipher> and builtin- prefixed classes can not have any subclass.

7.8(dbi) - Database independent access layer

Library (dbi)
This library provides database independent access procedures. The database specific operations are provided in database driver (DBD) libraries.

Following example describes how to query a database using (dbd odbc) DBD library.

(import (dbi))
(define conn (dbi-connect "dbi:odbc:server=XE"
                          :username "username"
                          :password "password"))
(let* ((query (dbi-prepare conn "SELECT * FROM table WHERE id > ?"))
       (result (dbi-execute-query! query 1)))
  (do ((row (dbi-fetch! result) (dbi-fetch! result)))
      ((not row))
   (vector-for-each (lambda (col) (print col)) row)))

There is nothing specific to the underlying database system except the argument "dbi:odbc:server=XE" passed to dbi-connect, from which dbi library figures out that it is an access to odbc, loads (dbd odbc) library and let it handle the specific operations.

If you want to use other database named boo, then you just need to pass "dbi:boo:parameter" to dbi-connect instead. As long as you have (dbd boo) installed then everything stays the same.

7.8.1DBI user API

7.8.1.1Database connection

Function dbi-connect dsn . rest
Connects to a database using a data source specified by dsn (data source name). dsn is a string with the following syntax.

dbi:driver:options

driver part names a specific driver. You need to have a corresponding driver library, (dbd driver), installed in your system.

Interpretation of the options part is up to the driver. Usually it is in the form of key1=value1;key2=value2;.... However the DBD implementations can have different format so you need to check the document of each driver for exact specification of options.

rest argument will be passed to the underlying procedure.

NOTE: username, password and auto-commit are strongly encouraged to be implemented in the DBD library.

If a connection to the database is successfully established, a connection object is returned.

Method dbi-open? c <dbi-connection>
Checks if the given connection is still open.

The method shall return #t if the given connection is still open, otherwise it shall return #f.

Method dbi-close c <dbi-connection>
Closes a connection to the database.

NOTE: Users are strongly encouraged to close a connection explicitly. DBD might not close opened connections automatically.

Method dbi-commit! (c <dbi-connection>)
Method dbi-rollback! (c <dbi-connection>)
Commits or rollback transactions on the given connection, respectively.

7.8.1.2Preparing and executing queries

Method dbi-prepare conn sql . args
From a string representation of SQL sql, creates and returns a query object for the database connection conn.

sql may contain parameter slot, denoted by ?.

(dbi-prepare conn "insert into tab (col1, col2) values (?, ?)")
(dbi-prepare conn "select * from tab where col1 = ?")

If args is not null, then the procedure shall bind given parameters to the place holder.

Method dbi-open? (query <dbi-query>)
Checks if the given query is still open.

The method shall return #t if the given query is still open, otherwise it shall return #f.

Method dbi-close (query <dbi-query>)
Closes a query.

NOTE: Users are strongly encouraged to close a query explicitly. DBD might not close opened query automatically.

Method dbi-bind-parameter! query index value
Binds the given value to query at index.

The procedure shall accept integer index and may accept other type of index.

Method dbi-execute! query . args
Method dbi-execute-query! query . args
Executes given query. If the args is not null, then procedure shall bind the given args as its parameters.

The dbi-execute! shall return a integer value representing affected row count.

The dbi-execute-query! shall return a result set object which can be used with dbi-fetch! or dbi-fetch-all!. The implementation may allow to return a specific result set object and it is users' responsibility to use it with fetching the result.

NOTE: There is a default implementation of dbi-execute-query! and returns the given query as a result set object.

Method dbi-fetch! query
Method dbi-fetch-all! query
Fetches a row or all rows from the given query.

The dbi-fetch! shall return a vector representing the query result, if there is no more data available it shall return #f.

The dbi-fetch-all! shall return a list of vectors representing the query result.

NOTE: There is a default implementation of dbi-fetch-all!, it calls dbi-fetch! until it returns #f.

Method dbi-commit! (query <dbi-query>)
Method dbi-rollback! (query <dbi-query>)
Commits or rollback transactions on the given query, respectively.

Method dbi-columns query
Returns a column names affected by the given query.

The procedure shall return a vector as its result.

7.8.2Writing drivers for DBI

Writing a driver for specific data base system means implementing a library (dbd foo) where foo is the name of the driver.

The library have to implement a creating a driver procedure and several classes and methods as explained below.

The method described above section must behave as it expected there, especially behaviours described with shall.

7.8.2.1DBI driver procedure

The driver will be created by the procedure named make-foo-driver. And it is strongly encouraged to be implemented as a subclass of <dbi-driver> for future extension.

7.8.2.2DBI classes to implement

You have to define the following classes.

  • Subclass <dbi-connection>. An instance of this class is created by dbi-make-connection. It needs to keep the information about the actual connections.
  • Optional: subclass <dbi-driver> for actual driver instance.
  • Optional: subclass <dbi-query> to keep driver specific information of prepared statement.

7.8.2.3DBI methods to implement

The driver needs to implement the following methods.

Method dbi-make-connection driver (options <string>) (options-alist <list>) . rest
This method is called from dbi-connect, and responsible to connect to the database and to create a connection object. It must return a connection object or raise an error which should be a sub condition of &dbi-error.

options is the option part of the data source name (DSN) given to dbi-connect. options-alist is an assoc list of the result of parsing options. Both are provided so that the driver may interpret options string in nontrivial way.

For example, given "dbi:foo:myaddressbook;host=dbhost;port=8998" as DSN, foo's dbi-make-connection will receive "myaddressbook;host=dbhost;port=8998" as options, and (("myaddressbook" . #t) ("host" . "dbhost") ("port" . "8998")) as options-alist.

After options-alist, whatever given to dbi-connect are passed. The driver is strongly encouraged to implement :username, :password and :auto-commit (if the database is supported) keyword arguments to specify the authentication information and commit mode.

Method dbi-prepare (c <foo-connection>) (sql <string>) . rest
The method must create and return a prepared query object which is an instance of <dbi-query> or its subclass.

sql is an SQL statement. It may contain placeholders represented by '?'. The implementation must accept it to keep DBI portable even though the database doesn't.

Method dbi-bind-parameter! (q <foo-query>) index value
Binds a parameter value at the place index.

Method dbi-open? (c <foo-connection>)
Method dbi-open? (q <foo-query>)
Method dbi-close (c <foo-connection>)
Method dbi-close (q <foo-query>)
Queries open/close status of a connection and a query, and closes a connection and a query. The close method should cause releasing resources used by connection/query. The driver has to allow dbi-close to be called on a connection or a query which has already been closed.

Method dbi-commit! (c <foo-connection>)
Method dbi-commit! (q <foo-query>)
Method dbi-rollback! (c <foo-connection>)
Method dbi-rollback (q <foo-query>)
Commits/rollbacks a connection or a query.

Method dbi-execute! (q <foo-query>) . args
Method dbi-fetch! (q <foo-query>)
Method dbi-columns q <foo-query>
Implementation must behave as described above section.

7.8.2.4Data conversion guide

Database data type and Scheme type are usually not the same. However to keep DBI portable it is important to follow a guideline. Here I suggest the data conversion between a database and Scheme object.

Following is database data type to Scheme type conversion guideline. The driver implementation should follow.

Text (VARCHAR2 etc)
String
Binary (BINARY etc)
Bytevector
Date
Date from SRFI-19
Time and Timestamp
Time from SRFI-19
Blob
Binary port, preferably not retrieving all data at once.
Clob
Textual port, preferably not retrieving all data at once.

7.9(dbm) - Generic DBM interface

Library (dbm)
The library provides the generic interface to access DBM.

Sagittarius currently supports following DBM implementation;

(dbm dumb)
DBM-like library. Inspired by Python's dbm.dumb. This library must be used as the last resort. It has poor performance and memory usage.

The following code shows a typical usage;

(import (dbm))

;; Open the database (define *db* (dbm-open (dbm-type->class 'dumb) :path "dumb.db"))

;; Put the value to the database (dbm-put! *db* "key1" "value1")

;; Get the value from the database (dbm-get *db* "key1")

;; Iterate over the database (dbm-for-each *db* (lambda (key val) #| do something useful |#))

;; Close the database (dbm-close *db*)

7.9.1Opening and closing a dbm database

Class <dbm>
An abstract class for DBM-like database. The class has the following slots. It must be filled by dbm-open.

path
Pathname of the dbm database.
rw-mode
Specifies read/write mode. Can be one of the following keywords:
:read
The database will be opened in read-only mode.
:write
The database will be opened in read-write mode. If the database file does not exist, dbm-open creates one.
:write
The database will be opened in read-write mode. If the database file exists, dbm-open truncates it.
The keywords are indication so actual implementation may not behave as it described.
key-convert
value-convert
By default, you can use only strings for both key and values. With this option, however, you can specify how to convert other Scheme values to/from string to be stored in the database. The possible values are the followings:
#f
The default value. Keys (values) are not converted. They must be a string.
#t
Keys (values) are converted to its string representation, using write/ss, to store in the database and convert back Scheme values, using read/ss, to retrieve from the database.
a list of two procedures
Both procedure must take a single argument. The first procedure must receive a Scheme object and returns a string. It is used to convert the keys (values) to store in the database. The second procedure must receive a string and returns a Scheme object. It is used to convert the stored data in the database to a Scheme object.

Metaclass <dbm-meta>
A metaclass of <dbm> and its subclasses.

Method dbm-open (dbm <dbm>)
Opens a dbm database. dbm must be an instance of one of the concrete classes derived from the <dbm>.

Method dbm-open (dbm-class <dbm-meta>) options ...
A convenient method that creates dbm instance and opens it.

Method dbm-close (dbm <dbm>)
Closes a dbm database dbm. If the database is not closed, then the database file may not be synchronised properly. So it is user's responsibility to close it.

Method dbm-closed? (dbm <dbm>)
Returns true if the dbm database dbm is closed, otherwise #f.

The returned value may be non boolean value.

Function dbm-type->class dbmtype
Returns DBM class if DBM implementation dbmtype exists, otherwise #f.

The dbmtype must be a symbol that names the type of dbm implementation, and the implementation library name must be (dbm dbmtype). For example, to get the foo DBM then the library name must be (dbm foo).

7.9.2Accessing a dbm database

Once a database is opened, you can use the following methods to access individual key/value pairs.

Method dbm-put! (dbm <dbm>) key value
Put a value with key

Method dbm-get (dbm <dbm>) key :optional default
Get a value associated with key. If no value exists for key and default is specified, it will be returned. If no value exists for key and default is not specified, then an error will be raised.

Method dbm-exists? (dbm <dbm>) key
Return true value if a value exists for key, #f otherwise.

Method dbm-delete! (dbm <dbm>) key
Delete a value associated with key.

7.9.3Iterating on a dbm database

To walk over the entire database, following methods are provided.

Method dbm-fold (dbm <dbm>) procedure knil
The basic iterator. For each key/value pair, procedure is called as procedure key value r, where r is knil for the first call of procedure, and the return value of the previous call for subsequent calls. Returns the result of the last call of procedure. If no data is in the database, knil is returned.

Method dbm-for-each (dbm <dbm>) procedure
For each key/value pair in the database dbm, procedure is called. The procedure must accept 2 arguments, a key and a value respectively. The result of procedure is discarded.

Method dbm-map (dbm <dbm>) procedure
For each key/value pair in the database dbm, procedure is called. The procedure must accept 2 arguments, a key and a value respectively. The result of procedure is accumulated to a list which is returned as a result of dbm-map.

7.9.4Managing dbm database instance

Method dbm-db-exists? (class <dbm-meta>) name
Returns #t if a database of class class specified by name exists.

Method dbm-db-remove (class <dbm-meta>) name
Removes an entire database of class class specified by name.

Method dbm-db-copy (class <dbm-meta>) from to
Copy a database of class specified by from to to.

Method dbm-db-move (class <dbm-meta>) from to
Moves or renames a database of class specified by from to to.

7.10(util deque) - Deque

This library provides deque (double-ended queue) data structure and its operations.

You can create a simple deque, which is not thread-safe, or an MT deque, a thread-safe deque. Basic deque operations work on both type of deques. When a mtdeque is passed to the procedures listed in this section, each operation is done in atomic way, unless otherwise noted.

There are also a set of procedures for mtdeques that can be used for thread synchronisation; for example, you can let the consumer thread block if an mtdeque is empty, and/or the producer thread block if the number of items in the mtdeque reaches a specified limit. Using these procedures allows the program to use an mtdeque as a channel.

NOTE: (util queue) is implemented using this library.

Class <deque>
A class of simple deque.

A class of mtdeque. Inherits <deque>.

Function make-deque
Creates and return an empty simple deque.

Function make-mtdeque :key max-length
Creates and return an empty mtdeque.

The keyword argument max-length specifies the maximum entry count of the deque. Negative number indicates unlimited number of entry. If the given number is zero then the deque cannot hold any item.

Function deque? obj
Returns #t if obj is a deque (either a simple deque or an mtdeque).

Function deque? obj
Returns #t if obj is an mtdeque.

Function deque-empty? deque
Returns #t if deque is an empty deque.

Function deque-length deque
Returns the number of the items in the deque.

Function mtdeque-max-length mtdeque
Returns the maximum number of items mtdeque can hold. #f indicates unlimited.

Function mtdeque-room mtdeque
Returns the number of elements mtdeque can accept at this moment before it hits its maximum length. If the deque has unlimited capacity then the procedure returns +inf.0.

Function copy-deque deque
Returns a copy of deque.

Function deque-push! deque obj more-objs ...
Adds obj to the end of deque. You may give more than one object, and each of them are pushed in order.

If deque is an mtdeque, all the objects are pushed atomically; no other objects from other threads can be inserted between the objects given to a single deque-push! call. Besides, if the value of the result of mtdeque-max-length is positive, and adding objs makes the number of element in deque exceeds it, an error is raised and deque won't be modified. (If the maximum length is zero, this procedure always fail. Use deque-push/wait! below.)

Function deque-unshift! deque obj more-objs ...
Adds obj to in front of deque. You may give more than one object, and each of them are pushed in order.

Like deque-push!, when deque is an mtdeque, all objects are added atomically, and the value of max length is checked. See deque-push! above for more detail.

The name unshift is taken from Perl.

Function deque-push-unique! deque eq-proc obj more-objs ...
Function deque-unshift-unique! deque eq-proc obj more-objs ...
Like deque-push! and deque-unshift!, respectively, except that these don't modify deque if it already contains objs (elements are compared by two-argument procedure eq-proc).

When deque is an mtdeque, all objects are added atomically, and the max length is checked. See deque-push! above for the detail.

Function deque-pop! deque :optional fallback
Function deque-shift! deque :optional fallback
Take one object from the end or the front of deque, respectively, and return it.

If deque is empty, fallback is returned if give, otherwise an error is raised.

If deque is mtdeque and its max length is zero, then the deque is always empty. Use deque-pop/wait! or deque-shift/wait! to use such a deque as a synchronisation device.

The name shift is take from Perl.

Function deque-pop-all! deque
Function deque-shift-all! deque
Returns the whole content of deque by a list, with emptying deque. If deque is empty, returns an empty list.

The the returning list of deque-pop-all! is constructed from the end of queue and deque-shift-all!'s one is constructed from the front of queue.

See also deque->list below.

Function deque-front deque :optional fallback
Function deque-rear deque :optional fallback
Peek the head or the tail of deque and return the object, respectively.

If deque is empty, fallback is returned if give, otherwise an error is raised.

Function list->deque list :optional class :rest initargs
Returns a new deque which content is the elements in list, in the given order.

By default the created deque is a simple deque, but you can create mtdeque or instance of other subclass <deque> by giving the class to the optional class arguments. The optional initargs arguments are passed to the constructor of class.

Function deque->list deque
Returns a list whose content is the items in deque in order. Unlike deque-shift-all!, the content of deque remains intact. The returning list is a copy of the content. So modifying the list won't affect deque.

Function find-in-deque pred deque
Returns the first item in deque that satisfies a predicate pred.

Function any-in-deque pred deque
Apply pred on each item in deque until it evaluates true, and returns that true value. If no item satisfies pred, #f is returned.

Function every-in-deque pred deque
Apply pred on each item in deque. If pred returns #f, stops iteration and returns #f immediately. Otherwise, returns the result of pred on the last item of deque. If the deque is empty, #t is returned.

Function remove-from-deque! pred deque
Removes all items in deque that satisfies pred. Returns #t if any item is removed. Otherwise #f.

Function deque-unshift/wait! mtdeque obj :optional timeout timeout-val
Function deque-push/wait! mtdeque obj :optional timeout timeout-val
Function deque-shift/wait! mtdeque :optional timeout timeout-val
Function deque-pop/wait! mtdeque :optional timeout timeout-val
These synchronising variants work on an mtdeque and make the caller thread block when the mtdeque has reached its maximum length (for deque-unshift/wait! and deque-push/wait!), or the mtdeque is empty (for deque-shift/wait! and deque-pop/wait!). The blocked caller thread is unblocked either the blocking condition is resolved, or the timeout condition is met.

The optional timeout argument specifies the timeout condition. If it is #f, those procedure wait indefinitely. If it is a real number, they wait at least the given number of seconds.

In case the call is blocked then timed out, the value of timeout-val is returned, which default value is #t.

When deque-unshift/wait! and deque-push/wait! succeeds without hitting timeout, they return #t.

7.11(util file) - File operation utility library

This library provides file operation utilities which is not exported from (sagittarius) library.

7.11.1File to Scheme object operations

Function file->list reader path :key (transcoder (native-transcoder))
reader must be a procedure accept one argument which is a port. path must be a string indicating existing file.

Returns a list which elements are read by reader from the given path file. reader reads the file contents until it reads EOF object.

The keyword argument transcoder can specify which transcoder will be used to open a port. It must be either #f or transcoder. The default value is the value (native-transcoder) returns.

Function file->sexp-list path
Thin wrapper of file->list. The procedures defined as following;

(file->list read/ss path)
(file->list get-line path)

respectively.

Function file->string path
Reads all file contents indicated path as a string and return it.

Function file->bytevector path
Reads all file contents indicated path as a bytevector and return it.

7.11.2Temporary directory operations

Function temporary-directory :optional path
Returns operating system specific temporary directory path.

If optional argument path is given, the procedure replace the temporary directory path.

Function make-temporary-file :optional prefix
Creates temporary file and returns 2 values. One is the port, the other one is created file path.

The created temporary file won't be deleted automatically so it is users responsibility to delete.

7.11.3Path operations

Function decompose-path path
path must be a string.

Decompose the given path to directory path, base name, and extension then returns these decomposed elements as 3 values.

The returning value can be #f if the path does not contains corresponding element.

Function path-extension path
Returns the extension of given path. If it does not contains extension then the procedure returns #f.

Removes extension from given path and return it.

Function path-basename path
Returns the basename of given path. If it does not contains basename then the procedure returns #f.

Function find-files target :key (pattern #f) (all #t) (sort string<=?) (recursive #t)
target must be a string indicating existing file system path.

Find files from target if it's a directory and return the found files as a list.

Keyword arguments:

pattern
Specifies the file pattern to be returned. This can be either string or regular expression pattern object.
all
When this keyword argument is #t, then returns all files including hidden files which file name starting with .. If this is #f, the procedure excludes hidden files.
physical
If this is #t, then the proc is only given either directory or file. No symbolic likes are given.
sort
This specifies how to sort the result list. If the value is #f, then the result order is unspecified.
recursive
If this keyword argument is #t then the procedure finds files recursively, otherwise only the first target directory.

Function path-for-each path proc :key (physical #t) (file-only #f) (absolute-path #t) (stop-on-file #f) (all #t) (recursive #t)
path must be a string indicating existing file path. proc must be a procedure accepts 2 arguments, a path string and a symbol. The given symbol can be directory, symbolic-link or file.

Apply given proc to the found paths starting from path and returns unspecified value. The second argument of proc indicates the file type with following meaning;

directory
The path is a directory.
symbolic-link
The path is a symbolic link.
file
The path is a file

The keyword arguments:

file-only
If this is #t, then the proc is only given a file. Otherwise all file types.
absolute-path
If this is #t, then the proc is given absolute path. Otherwise only the filename.
stop-on-false
If this is #t, then when proc returns #f the process will stop. Otherwise it continues the process.
The rest of the keyword arguments are the same as find-files.

Function path-map path proc :key (physical #t) (file-only #f) (absolute-path #t) (all #t) (recursive #t)
path must be a string indicating existing file path. proc must be a procedure accepts 2 arguments, a path string and a symbol. The given symbol can be directory, symbolic-link or file.

Process the path string starting from path with given proc and returns a list which elements are the result value of proc.

The keyword arguments are the same as path-for-each.

Function build-path* paths ...
paths must be list of strings.

Compose given list to platform specific path. This procedure doesn't put path separator at the end of composed string.

7.11.4Directory operations

Convenient procedures to create or delete directories.

These are the same as UNIX command mkdir -p and rm -rf, respectively.

Function copy-directory src dst :key (excludes '()) options ...
src and dst must be string and src must indicates an existing path.

Copies src directory to dst. Keyword argument excludes must be a list of string and the procedure won't copy files which contain the excludes string(s).

The options is passed to path-for-each.

7.12(getopt) - Parsing command-line options

Library (getopt)
This library defines a convenient way to parse command-line options.

The library exports a thin wrapper of SRFI-37: args-fold.

Macro with-args args (bind-spec ... [. rest]) body ...
This macro wraps args-fold provided by SRFI-37. It takes a list of arguments, args, and scans it to find Unix-style command-line options and binds their values to local variables according to bind-spec, then executes body.

Following is the example how to use;

(define (usage args) ...)

(define (main args) (with-args args ((verbose (#\v "verbose") #f #f) (file (#\f "file") #t (usage args)) (debug-level (#\d "debug-level") #t "0") . rest) ...))

The bind-spec must be one of the following forms;

  • (var (short long) value-required? default)
  • (var (short long) * default)

var is variable name. short must be a character represents the short argument name. long must be a string represents the long argument name. value-required? specifies whether or not the optional argument has the value. default is the default form of the variable so it will be evaluated when the input args didn't have the specified option.

If the second form is used, the * is syntactic keyword and the passed value will be packed to list. Thus the script can take more than one the same options.

If rest is not presented and args contains non listed argument, then it raises an &assertion. If it is, then it will pack the rest of non listed argument as a list.

7.13(util hashtables) - Hashtable utilities

This library provides extra utilities for hashtable operation.

Function hashtable-for-each proc hashtable
Function hashtable-map proc hashtable
proc must be a procedure which accepts 2 arguments. hashtable must be a hashtable.

Iterates all keys and values in the given hashtable and passes them to proc respectively.

The hashtable-for-each returns unspecified value. The hashtable-map returns a list of the proc result.

These procedures are analogous to for-each and map respectively.

Function hashtable-fold kons hashtable knil
kons must be a procedure which accepts 3 arguments. hashtable must be a hashtable.

Iterates all keys and values in the given hashtable and passes them and the result of kons to kons respectively. The first iteration of the third argument is knil. The procedure returns the result of all iterations.

Analogous to fold.

Function hashtable->alist hashtable
Converts to hashtable to an alist.

Function alist->hashtable alist :key (compare eq?) (hasher symbol-hash)
Converts alist to hashtable.

The keyword arguments specify how to create the returning hashtable. By default, it will use make-eq-hashtable. If it's specified then it will use make-hashtable to create a hashtable.

7.14(util heap) - Heap

This library provides heap data structure and its operations. The implementation of heap is Fibonacci heap. Running time of heap operations are followings;

  • Insert(key, data): O(1)
  • FindMin(): O(1)
  • DeleteMin(): Amortized O(log n)
  • Delete(node): Amortized O(log n)
  • DecreaseKey(node): Amortized O(1)
  • Merge(heap1, heap2): O(1)
  • Search(key): O(n)

7.15Constructors, predicates and accessors

Class <heap>
A class of Fibonacci heap.

Function heap? obj
Return #t if obj is a heap, otherwise #f.

Function make-heap compare
compare must be a procedure which takes 2 argument and returns an exact integer indicates the order of given arguments.

Creates a heap.

Function copy-heap heap
Creates copy of heap.

Function alist->heap compare alist
compare must be a procedure which takes 2 argument and returns an exact integer indicates the order of given arguments.

Creates a heap whose keys and values are car/cdr part of alist.

Function heap-empty? heap
Returns #t if heap is empty, otherwise #f.

Function heap-size heap
Returns the number of entries of heap.

Function heap-compare heap
Returns comparison procedure of heap.

Function heap-entry? obj
Returns #t if obj is a heap entry, otherwise #f.

Function heap-entry-key entry
Function heap-entry-value entry
Returns key and value of entry, respectively.

Function heap-entry-value-set! entry value
Sets value as entry's value.

7.15.1Heap operations

Function heap-min heap
Returns the smallest entry of heap. If heap is empty, then #f is returned.

To get the key and value from the returning entry, use heap-entry-key and heap-entry-value procedures, respectively.

Function heap-set! heap key value
Inserts an entry whose key is key, value is value and returns the entry.

Removes smallest entry and returns it. It is an error if heap is empty.

Function heap-delete! heap entry/key
Removes target entry/key from heap and returns the removed entry.

If entry/key is an entry then this operation is done in amortized O(log n). If not, then O(n).

NOTE: If entry/key is an entry, then it must exist in heap. However the procedure won't check so it is user's responsibility to make sure.

Function heap-delete! heap entry/key new-key
Change the key value of given entry/key to new-key. The new-key must be smaller than current key in sense of the returning value of heap-compare, otherwise it's an error.

If entry/key is an entry then this operation is done in amortized O(log n). If not, then O(n).

NOTE: If entry/key is an entry, then it must exist in heap. However the procedure won't check so it is user's responsibility to make sure.

Function heap-clear! heap
Clears all entry of heap and returns heap.

Function heap-merge! heap1 heap2
Merge heap2 into heap1 and empty it. Then returns heap1.

This procedure changes both heaps destructively, if you want to kepp heap2 intact, use merge-heaps or merge-heaps! instead.

Function merge-heaps heap1 heap2 more ...
Function merge-heaps! heap1 heap2 more ...
Merges heap and returns merged heap.

If the first procedure is used then the returning heap is freshly created according to heap1. The second form merged the rest of heaps to heap1.

The running time of these procedures is O(nm) where m is number of heaps to merge.

Function heap-ref heap key :optional (fallback #f)
Returns entry value associated with key in heap. If there is no entry, then fallback is returned.

The running time of this procedures is O(n).

Function heap-update! heap key proc default
proc must be a procedure accepts one argument.

Updates the entry value associated to key with the returned value of proc. If the entry doesn't exist then default will be passed to the proc.

The running time of this procedures is O(n).

Function heap-search heap key :optional finish
Searches the entry associated to key and returns it. If there is no entry then #f is returned.

If optional argument finish given then it must be a procedure which takes one argument. The procedure is called when search process is finished. The given argument is either an entry of #f.

7.16(util list) - Extra list utility library

This library provides extra list utility procedures.

Function for-each-with-index proc list1 list2 ...
Function map-with-index proc list1 list2 ...
Like for-each and map, expect proc receives the index as the first argument.

(map-with-index list '(a b c) '(e f g))=>((0 a e) (1 b f) (2 c g))

Function intersperse item list
Inserts item between elements in the list.

(intersperse '+ '(1 2 3))=>(1 + 2 + 3)
(intersperse '+ '(1))=>(1)
(intersperse '+ '())=>()

Function slices list k :optional fill? padding
Splits list into the sublists (slices) where the length of each slice is k. If the length of list is not multiple of k, the last slice is dealt in the same way as take*; this is, it is shorter than k by default, or added padding if fill? is true.

(slices '(a b c d e f g) 3)=>((a b c) (d e f) (g))
(slices '(a b c d e f g) 3 #t 'z)=>((a b c) (d e f) (g z z))

Function split-at* list k :optional (fill? #t) (padding #f)
Splits the list list at index k. This is more tolerant version of split-at defined in SRFI-1 library. Returns the results of take* and drop*.

(split-at* '(a b c d) 6 #t 'z)=>(a b c d z z) and ()

Function take* list k :optional (fill? #f) (padding #f)
Function drop* list k
More tolerant version of take and drop defined in SRFI-1 library. These won't raise an error when k is larger than the size of the given list.

If the list is shorter than k elements, take* returns a copy of list by default. If fill? is true, padding is added to the result to make its length k.

On the other hand, drop* just returns as empty list when the input list is shorter than k elements.

(take* '(a b c d) 3)=>(a b c)
(take* '(a b c d) 6)=>(a b c d)
(take* '(a b c d) 6 #t)=>(a b c d #f #f)
(take* '(a b c d) 6 #t 'z)=>(a b c d z z)
(drop* '(a b c d) 3)=>(d)
(drop* '(a b c d) 5)=>()

Macro cond-list clause ...
Construct a list by conditionally adding entries. Each clause must have a test and expressions. When its test yields true, then result of associated expression is used to construct the resulting list. When the test yields false, nothing is inserted.

Clause must either one of the following form:

(test expr ...)
Test is evaluated, and when it is true, expr ... are evaluated, and the return value becomes a part of the result. If no expr is given, the result of test is used if it is not false.
(test => proc)
Test is evaluated, and if it is true, proc is called with the value, and the return value is used to construct the result
(test expr ...)
Like (test expr ...), except that the result of the last expr must be a list, and it is spliced into the resulting list, like unquote-splicing.
(test => proc)
Like (test => proc), except that the result of the last proc must be a list, and it is spliced into the resulting list, like unquote-splicing.

(let ((alist '((x 3) (y -1) (z 6))))
 (cond-list ((assoc 'x alist) 'have-x)
            ((assoc 'w alist) 'have-w)
            ((assoc 'z alist) => cadr)))
=>(have-x 6)

(let ((x 2) (y #f) (z 5))
  (cond-list (x   `(:x ,x))
             (y   `(:y ,y))
             (z   `(:z ,z))))
=>(:x 2 :z 5)

7.17(math) - Mathematics library

This section describes matheatics operations which are used by (crypto) library.

This library also uses libtomcrypt as its implemention except prime number operations.

Library (math)
The top most level library of mathematics. It exports all of procedures from (math random), (math hash), (math prime) and (math helper)

7.17.1Random number operations

This library exports procedures for random numbers.

Function pseudo-random type :key (seed #f) (reader #f)
type must be a string.

Creates a pseudo random object (prng). If keyword argument reader is given it creates a custom prng. The reader must be a procedure which accepts two argument, a bytevector and integer. It must fill the given bytevector with random numbers.

type is used to specify the builtin pseudo random algorithm. The possible algorithms are below:

Constant Yarrow
Constant Fortuna
Constant RC4
Constant SOBER-128

seed is entropy of the pseudo random.

Note: each time if you create pseudo random, it returns exactly the same value. For example:

(do ((i 0 (+ i 1)) (r '() (cons (random (pseudo-random RC4) 10) r)))
    ((= i 10) r))
=>'(0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0)
So if you need different number as I believe, you need to reuse the prng object like this
(let ((rc (pseudo-random RC4)))
  (do ((i 0 (+ i 1)) (r '() (cons (random rc 10) r)))
      ((= i 10) r)))
=>'(3 4 0 6 7 4 3 4 2 0)
If you don't want to care this behaviour, use secure-random below.

Function secure-random type :key (bits 128)
type must be one of the pseudo random algorithms.

Creates secure random object.

bit is initial entropy of the pseudo random. It must be in between 64 to 1028.

Function prng? obj
Function pseudo-random? obj
Function secure-random? obj
Returns #t if obj is prng object, builtin pseudo random objcet, custom random object or secure random object respectively.

Function random-seed-set! prng seed
seed must be a bytevector or integer.

Add entropy to given prng.

Function random prng size :key (read-size 100)
Returns random number according to given prng algorithm. The result number will be less than size.

Keyword argument read-size will be passed to read-random-bytes.

Function random prng size
size must a positive fixnum.

Reads size bytes of random byte from prng.

Method prng-state (prng <prng>)
Returns given prng's state if the pseudo random implementation allows.

For default built in pseudo randoms return #f.

NOTE: if <secure-random> is implemented, then the pseudo random implementation should not return the state.

Function read-random-bytes prng size
Function read-random-bytes! prng bv size
Reads random bytes from given prng.

The first form creates fresh bytevector with size size.

The second form reads random bytes from prng and sets the result into the given bv destructively.

If the second form is used, bv must have the length at least size.

Returns given bits bits of random bytevector.

7.17.1.1Custom pseudo random operations

Since version 0.3.2, pseudo random also has custom operations. Similar with cipher spi or hash algorithm.

The following example describes how to make it.

;; the code snipet is from math/mt-random
(define-class <mersenne-twister> (<user-prng>)
  (;; The array for the state vector
   ;; using bytevector, it needs to be 64 bit aligned.
   (state :init-keyword :state :init-form (make-bytevector (* NN 8)))
   ;; mti==NN+1 means MT[NN] is not initialized
   (mti   :init-keyword :mti   :init-form (+ NN 1))))
(define-method initialize ((o <mersenne-twister>) initargs)
  (call-next-method)
  (let ((seed (get-keyword :seed initargs #f)))
    (slot-set! o 'set-seed! mt-set-seed)
    (slot-set! o 'read-random! mt-read-random!)
    (when seed
      (mt-set-seed o seed))))

User just need to set the slots set-seed! and read-random!. Then other process is done by lower layer.

Following describes the meaning of these slots.

The slot set-seed! requires a procedure which accepts 2 arguments, target pseudo random and seed. seed must be bytevector.

The slot read-random! requires a pseudo which accepts 3 arguments, target pseudo random buffer and bytes. buffer must be a bytevector and have bigger size than given bytes. bytes must be a non negative fixnum.

NOTE: The custom pseudo random interface has been changed since version 0.3.6. Make sure which version of Sagittarius your application using.

7.17.2Hash operations

This library exports procedures for hash (digest) operations.

Function hash-algorithm name . options
name must be a string.

Creates a hash-algorithm object. name specifies its algorithm. The predefined algorithms are blow:

Constant WHIRLPOOL
Constant SHA-512
Constant SHA-384
Constant RIPEMD-320
Constant SHA-256
Constant RIPEMD-256
Constant SHA-224
Constant SHA-224
Constant Tiger-192
Constant SHA-1
Constant RIPEMD-160
Constant RIPEMD-128
Constant MD5
Constant MD4
Constant MD2

If you want to use other hash algorithm, you can also create a new hash algorithm. It is described the section Custom hash algorithm.

Return #t if obj is hash-algorithm object otherwise #f.

Function hash-oid hash-algorithm
Return OID of given hash-algorithm if it has otherwise #f.

7.17.2.1User level APIs of hash operations

Function hash type bv . options
type must be a string which specifies hash algorithms or hash-algorithm object.

The hash procedure generates digest from given bytevector bv according to the given algorithm. The result digest will be a bytevector.

If type is not a hash algorithm object nor predefined hash algorithm, then options will be passed to the custom hash algorithm creation.

Function hash-size hash-algorithm
Returns hash size of given hash-algorithm.

Function hash-block-size hash-algorithm
Returns hash block size of given hash-algorithm.

7.17.2.2Low level APIs of hash operations

Most of the time User level APIs are sufficient enough, however for some cases, for example multiple input datas, you might need to use these low leve APIs.

Function hash-init! hash-algorithm
Initialise given hash-algorithm.

Function hash-process! hash-algorithm bv
bv must be a bytevector.

Process hash process with input data bv. The result will be stored in the hash-algorithm.

Function hash-done! hash-algorithm out
out must be a bytevector and must have hash size which the hash-size procedure returns.

Flushes stored hash result in hash-algorithm into out.

Once this procedure is called hash-algorithm's state will be changed. If you want to reuse it, you need to call hash-init!.

7.17.2.3Custom hash algorithm

Since version 0.3.1, user can create a custom hash algorithm. Similar with cipher spi described section Creating own cipher.

The following example describes how to make it.

(import (rnrs) (sagittarius) (math) (clos user))
;; hash operations
(define (foo-init hash) #t)
(define (foo-process hash bv)
  (let ((len (bytevector-length bv)))
    (bytevector-copy! bv 0 (slot-ref hash 'buffer) 0 (min len 16))))
(define (foo-done hash out)
  (let ((v (integer->bytevector (equal-hash (slot-ref hash 'buffer)))))
    (bytevector-copy! v 0 out 0 (min 8 (bytevector-length v)))))

(define-class <foo-hash> (<user-hash-algorithm>) ((buffer :init-form (make-bytevector 16)))) (define-method initialize ((o <foo-hash>) initargs) (call-next-method) (slot-set! o 'init foo-init) (slot-set! o 'process foo-process) (slot-set! o 'done foo-done) (slot-set! o 'block-size 16) (slot-set! o 'hash-size 8) (slot-set! o 'oid #f) (slot-set! o 'state #f)) ;; marker (define-class <foo-marker> () ()) (define FOO (make <foo-marker>)) (register-hash FOO <foo-hash>)

;; use with APIs (hash FOO (string->utf8 "hash")) ;; -> #vu8(245 221 54 232 0 0 0 0)

The slots init, process and done must be set with a procedure which will be called by hash-init!, hash-process! and hash-done! respectively.

The slots block-size and hash-size must be non negative exact integer and will be returned by hash-block-size and hash-size procedures respectively.

The slot oid must be set #f or string which represent OID of the custom hash algorithm. If you don't have it, it's better to set #f.

The slot state can be anything, this slot is for storing the hash state if you need.

7.17.3Prime number operations

This library exports procedures for prime number operations.

Function prime? q :optional (k 50) (rand (secure-random RC4))
Function is-prime? q :optional (k 50) (rand (secure-random RC4))
Tests if given q is a prime number or not.

This procedure uses Miller Rabin primality test. So there is slight possibility to pass non prim number.

The optional argument k is the test times. The default 50 makes failure ratio very low. And rand specifies whith pseudo random algorithm uses in the test.

The latter form is for backward compatibility.

Function random-prime size :key (prng (secure-random RC4))
Find a prime number from size bytes. So the minimum range will be 1 <= p <= 251.

Keyword argument prng specifies which pseudo random uses to find a prime number.

7.17.4Misc arithmetic operations

This library exports procedures for misc arithmetic operations.

Function mod-inverse x m
Re exporting mod-inverse defined in (sagittarius) library.

Function mod-expt x e m
Re exporting mod-expt defined in (sagittarius) library.

7.18(net oauth) - OAuth library

This section describes the APIs for OAuth. OAuth is new secure authentication method for web service. For more detail, see OAuth Community Site.

The following example shows how to obtain an access token from Twitter.

(import (rnrs) (net oauth) (sagittarius control) (srfi :13 strings))
;; obtain a request token.
;; type consumer key and secret you have got issued by Twitter
(define token (obtain-request-token
	       "http://api.twitter.com/oauth/request_token"
	       (make-consumer-token
		:key "consumer key"
		:secret "consumer secret")))

(define (get-pin url) (print "Open the following url and type in the shown PIN.") (print url) (let loop () (display "Input PIN: ") (flush-output-port (current-output-port)) (let1 pin (get-line (current-input-port)) (cond ((eof-object? pin) #f) ((string-null? pin) (loop)) (else pin)))))

(define (report token) (print "(begin") (print " (define consumer-key \"" (token-key (token-consumer token)) "\")") (print " (define consumer-secret \"" (token-secret (token-consumer token))"\")") (print " (define access-token \""(token-key token)"\")") (print " (define access-token-secret \""(token-secret token)"\")") (print ")"))

(define (main args) (let1 pin (get-pin (make-authorization-uri "http://api.twitter.com/oauth/authorize" token)) ;; authorize the request token manually. (authorize-request-token token pin) ;; obtain the access token (let1 access-token (obtain-access-token "http://api.twitter.com/oauth/access_token" token) (report access-token))))

Now you get the access token to tweet, let's tweet something on Sagittarius:

(import (rnrs) (srfi :26 cut) (text sxml ssax) (net oauth) (sagittarius io))
(define consumer-key "your consumer key")
(define consumer-secret "your consumer secret")
(define access-token "your access token")
(define access-token-secret "your access token secret")

;; creates an access token to tweet. (define access-token (make-access-token :key access-token :secret access-token-secret :consumer (make-consumer-token :key consumer-key :secret consumer-secret)))

(define (call/twitter-api->sxml token method path params . opts) (define (call) (access-protected-resource (string-append "http://api.twitter.com" path) token :request-method method :user-parameters params)) (define (retrieve body status hint advice) (if hint (print hint)) (if advice (print advice)) (call-with-input-string body (cut ssax:xml->sxml <> '()))) (call-with-values call retrieve))

(define (twitter-update/sxml token message . opts) (call/twitter-api->sxml token 'POST "/1/statuses/update.xml" `(("status" ,message))))

;; if you want to use this from command line. (import (getopt))

(define (main args) (with-args args ((message (#\m "message") #t (usage))) (print (twitter-update/sxml access-token message))))

The examples explain basic flows. To obtain an access token, and access to protected resource with it.

This library provides OAuth 1.0 procedures. The API's names are compatible with cl-oauth.

Function obtain-request-token uri consumer-token :key (version :1.0) (user-parameters '()) (timestamp (time-second (current-time))) (auth-location :header) (request-method 'POST) (callback-uri #f) (additional-headers '()) (signature-method :hmac-sha1) (error-translator default-message-translator)
uri must be string and URI format.

consumer-token must be a consumer token object.

Obtains request token from given uri with given consumer token.

if the keyword arguments are specified:

version specifies which version uses. We only support 1.0 so this must not be specified.

user-parameters is an alist of the extra parameters to be sent to the server. This parameters are in the body message if the request-method is POST or query string if the request-method is GET.

timestamp specifies timestamp to send to the server.

auth-location specifies the place where the authentication information located. This can be either :header or :parameters.

request-method specifies which request method is used. This can be either GET or POST. POST is recommended.

callback-uri specifies call back uri described in OAuth specification. If users don't use specific location to be redirected, this must not be specified.

additional-headers is alist of additional header to be sent to the server.

signature-method specifies which hash method is used. For now we only support :hmac-sha1.

error-translator specifies how to treat the error message sent by the server when error occurred. This must be a procedure which accepts 3 arguments, http status, headers and body respectively.

Function make-authorization-uri uri request-token :key (version :1.0) (callback-uri #f) (user-parameters '())
uri must be string and URI format.

request-token must be a request token retrieved by the procedure obtain-request-token.

Creates a authorization URI which user must agree.

The other keyword arguments are the same as obtain-request-token.

Function authorize-request-token request-token verificateion-code
request-token must be a request token which retrieved by the procedure obtain-request-token.

verificateion-code must be a string returned by the URI generated by the procedure make-authorization-uri

Sets the given verificateion-code to the request token and authorized flag #t, manually.

Function obtain-access-token uri token :key (consumer-token (token-consumer token)) (version :1.0) (user-parameters '()) (timestamp (time-second (current-time))) (auth-location :header) (request-method 'POST) (callback-uri #f) (additional-headers '()) (signature-method :hmac-sha1) (error-translator default-message-translator)
uri must a string URI formatted.

token must be either request token or access token.

Obtains access token from the given URI.

The keyword arguments consumer-token specifies which consumer token is used. And must the same one as when you request the request token.

The rest keyword arguments are the same as obtain-request-token.

Function access-protected-resource uri access-token :key (consumer-token (token-consumer access-token)) (on-refresh #f) (version :1.0) (user-parameters '()) (timestamp (time-second (current-time))) (auth-location :header) (request-method 'POST) (callback-uri #f) (additional-headers '()) (signature-method :hmac-sha1) (error-translator default-message-translator)
uri must a string URI formatted.

access-token must be an access token which obtained by the procedure obtain-access-token or created by make-access-token.

Accesses to protected resource.

The keyword argument on-refresh is a hook for when token is expired and refreshed. It must accept be a procedure which accepts 1 argument that is a refreshed access token.

The rest keyword arguments are the same as the obtain-request-token.

Function oauth-uri-encode string
Encodes given URI and make it OAuth required form.
Function oauth-compose-query parameters
Composes given alist to http query form and make it OAuth required form.

Function make-consumer-token :key (key (random-key)) (secret random-secret) (user-data #f) (last-timestamp 0)
Creates a consumer token.

Function make-access-token :key (key (random-key)) (secret random-secret) (user-data #f) consumer (session-handle #f) (expires #f) (authorization-expires #f) (origin-uri #f)
Creates a access token.

Method token-consumer token
token must be an access token or request token.

Retrieves consumer token from given token.

7.19(odbc) - ODBC binding

Library (odbc)
This library provides ODBC access procedures.

ODBC is a common database access interface so that it doesn't depend on specific APIs. This library is for implementing ODBC DBD for DBI, using this library directly is not recommended.

NOTE: the library is supported only your platform is supporting ODBC.

Creates and returns ODBC environment object.

Function odbc-env? obj
Returns #t if the given obj is ODBC environment object.

Function free-handle odbc-ctx
Releases given ODBC resource.

Function connect! ocbc-env server username password :optional (auto-commit #t)
odbc-env must be an ODBC environment object created by create-odbc-env.

server must be a string indicating ODBC database name.

username and password must be string.

Connects to server with authentication of username and password and returns ODBC database connection object. If optional argument auto-commit is #f then the connection won't commit transaction automatically.

Returns #t if the given obj is ODBC connection object.

Function disconnect! odbc-dbc
Disconnect from the database.

Function connection-open? odbc-dbc
Returns #t if the given ODBC connection is available, otherwise #f.

Function prepare odbc-dbc sql
Creates and returns a ODBC statement object.

Returns #t if the given obj is ODBC statement object.

Function statement-open? odbc-stmt
Returns #t if the given ODBC statement is available, otherwise #f.

Function num-prams odbc-stmt
Returns number of parameters in an SQL statement.

Function bind-parameter! odbc-stmt index value
Binds the given value at position index.

Function execute! odbc-stmt
Execute given ODBC statement.

Function fetch! odbc-stmt
Forwarding current cursor to next and returns #t if there is data otherwise #f.

Function get-data! odbc-stmt index
Retrieve data from statement at position index.

Function row-count odbc-stmt
Returns the number of rows affected by UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE statement.

Function column-count odbc-stmt
Returns the number of columns in a result statement.

Function result-columns odbc-stmt
Returns the column names in a result statement.

Function commit! odbc-ctx
Function rollback! odbc-ctx
Commits/rollbacks given ODBC context.

7.19.1(dbd odbc) - DBD for ODBC

Library (dbd odbc)
This library provides database driver (DBD) for ODBC .

Importing this library is done by DBI automatically so users should not use this directly.

The DSN should specify the connecting database name with server keyword. Following DSN is connecting foo database configured in ODBC.

"dbi:odbc:server=foo"

The dbi-connect supports :username, :password and :auto-commit keyword arguments. The detail about DBI see (dbi) - Database independent access layer.

7.20(rsa pkcs :5) - Password Based Cryptography library

This section describes the implementation of PKCS#5 specification library. However we do not describe PKCS#5 itself and I don't think it is necessary to know it if you just want to use it.

This example is the simplest way to use.

(import (rnrs) (crypto) (rsa pkcs :5))
(define salt (string->utf8 "salt"))
(define iteration-count 1024)
(define pbe-parameter (make-pbe-parameter salt iteration-count))
(define pbe-key (generate-secret-key pbe-with-sha1-and-des "password"))
(define pbe-cipher (cipher pbe-with-sha1-and-des pbe-key 
                           :parameter pbe-parameter))
(encrypt pbe-cipher (string->utf8 "This is an example."))
;; -> #vu8(254 229 155 168 167 192 249 43 33 192 161 215 28 117
;;         169 129 147 60 16 52 235 79 90 23)
(decrypt pbe-cipher 
	 #vu8(254 229 155 168 167 192 249 43 33 192 161 215
              28 117 169 129 147 60 16 52 235 79 90 23))
;; -> #vu8(84 104 105 115 32 105 115 32 97 110 32 101 120 97
;;         109 112 108 101 46)

The library itself defines simply its cipher and key generate methods. Hence user can use it with (crypto) library (see (crypto) - Cryptographic library)

NOTE: Currently the library only supports encryption and decryption, not MAC generation nor verification.

NOTE: When you create cipher object with PBE related algorithms, the you need to pass :parameter keyword to cipher procedure, otherwise raises an error.

This library exports PKCS#5 related cryptographic procedures.

7.20.1User level APIs

The algorithms used in PBES1 encryption and decryption and key generation.

The names describe the using hash functions and cryptographic schemes. For example, pbe-with-md5-and-des uses MD5 hash and DES algorithm.

Function make-pbe-parameter salt iteration-count
salt must be a bytevector.

iteration-count must be a non negative exact integer.

Creates a parameter for PBE key generation. salt is salt and iteration-count is the iteration count for key derivation.

Generic generate-secret-key algorithm (password <string>)
algorithm must be one of the algorithms describes above.

Creates PBE secret key based on given password and algorithm.

7.20.2Low level APIs

These APIs are for users who want to create own PBE mechanism such as PKCS#12.

Function pbkdf-1 P S c dk-len :key (hash (hash-algorithm SHA-1)
Implementation of PBKDF1 describes in PKCS#5 specification.

The arguments are plain text (bytevector), salt (bytevector), iteration count (non negative exact integer) and key length (non negative exact integer) respectively.

The keyword argument hash specifies which hash algorithm will be used. The default is SHA-1.

Function pbkdf-2 P S c dk-len :key (hash (hash-algorithm SHA-1) (prf (hash-algorithm HMAC :key P :hash hash))
Implementation of PBKDF2 describes in PKCS#5 specification.

The arguments are plain text (bytevector), salt (bytevector), iteration count (non negative exact integer) and key length (non negative exact integer) respectively.

The keyword argument hash specifies which hash algorithm will be used in PRF function. The default is SHA-1 and if you don't have any reasonable reason, this must not be changed.

The keyword argument prf specifies underlying pseudo random function which must be hash object implemented with <user-hash-algorithm> describes in Custom hash algorithm. The default is HMAC and if you don't have any reasonable reason, this must not be changed.

Function derive-key P S c dk-len :key (kdf pbkdf-2) :allow-other-keys
The implementation of key derive function. The required arguments are the same as above pbkdf-1 and pbkdf-2.

This procedure just calls given kdf with given arguments and returns derived key bytevector.

Generic derive-key&iv marker (key <pbe-secret-key>) (parameter <pbe-parameter>)
marker is user defined cipher type. key must be subclass of <pbe-secret-key>. parameter must be subclss of <pbe-parameter>.

This method is called in the initialize method of <pbe-cipher-spi> and must return 2 values; the first one is derived key as bytevector and second one is initial vector as bytevector.

The PKCS#5 encryption and decryption procedures require to derive both key and initial vector from given password and parameter (salt and iteration count). This method is used in PBE cipher to derive key and initial vector.

The purpose of this method is to re-use <pbe-cipher-spi>. For example, PKCS#12 can use this cipher, however it requires different key derivation mechanism.

7.20.3Supporting PBES2 functionality

Since I could not find any standard implementation, Sagittarius actually does not support PBES2 encryption and decryption. However supporting it is not so difficult. This is the sample code to support it.

(import (rnrs) (clos user) (rfc hmac) (math))
(define-class <pbkef2-with-hmac-sha1-des3> () ())
(define pbkdf2-with-hmac-sha1-des3 (make <pbkef2-with-hmac-sha1-des3>))
(define-method generate-secret-key ((mark <pbkef2-with-hmac-sha1-des3>)
				    (password <string>))
  (make <pbe-secret-key> :password  password :hash (hash-algorithm HMAC)
	:scheme DES3 :iv-size 8 :length 24
	:type PKCS5-S2))
(register-spi pbkdf2-with-hmac-sha1-des3 <pbe-cipher-spi>)

And using this supported PBES2 cipher is like this;

(let* ((param (make-pbe-parameter (string->utf8 "saltsalt") 1024))
       (key (generate-secret-key pbkdf2-with-hmac-sha1-des3 "password"))
       (pbe-cipher (cipher pbkdf2-with-hmac-sha1-des3 key :parameter param))
       (ciphertext (encrypt pbe-cipher (string->utf8 "This is an example."))))
  (utf8->string (decrypt pbe-cipher ciphertext)))

I suppose this is correct, but I could not find any implementation which supports PBES2. I usually test with JCE, so if you have some recommendation, please let me know.

7.21(util queue) - Queue

This library provides queue (FIFO) data structure and its operations.

You can create a simple queue, which is not thread-safe, or an MT queue, a thread-safe queue. Basic queue operations work on both type of queues. When a mtqueue is passed to the procedures listed in this section, each operation is done in atomic way, unless otherwise noted.

There are also a set of procedures for mtqueues that can be used for thread synchronisation; for example, you can let the consumer thread block if an mtqueue is empty, and/or the producer thread block if the number of items in the mtqueue reaches a specified limit. Using these procedures allows the program to use an mtqueue as a channel.

The simple queue API is a super set of SLIB's queue implementation.

NOTE: (util deque) is used as underlying library.

Class <queue>
A class of simple queue.

A class of mtqueue. Inherits <queue>.

Function make-queue
Creates and return an empty simple queue.

Function make-mtqueue :key max-length
Creates and return an empty mtqueue.

The keyword argument max-length specifies the maximum entry count of the queue. Negative number indicates unlimited number of entry. If the given number is zero then the queue cannot hold any item.

Function queue? obj
Returns #t if obj is a queue (either a simple queue or an mtqueue).

Function mtqueue? obj
Returns #t if obj is an mtqueue.

Function queue-empty? queue
Returns #t if queue is an empty queue.

Function queue-length queue
Returns the number of the items in the queue.

Function mtqueue-max-length mtqueue
Returns the maximum number of items mtqueue can hold. #f indicates unlimited.

Function mtqueue-room mtqueue
Returns the number of elements mtqueue can accept at this moment before it hits its maximum length. If the queue has unlimited capacity then the procedure returns +inf.0.

Function copy-queue queue
Returns a copy of queue.

Function enqueue! queue obj more-objs ...
Adds obj to the end of queue. You may give more than one object, and each of them are enqueued in order.

If queue is an mtqueue, all the objects are enqueued atomically; no other objects from other threads can be inserted between the objects given to a single enqueue! call. Besides, if the value of the result of mtqueue-max-length is positive, and adding objs makes the number of element in queue exceeds it, an error is raised and queue won't be modified. (If the maximum length is zero, this procedure always fail. Use enqueue/wait! below.)

Function queue-push! queue obj more-objs ...
Adds obj to in front of queue. You may give more than one object, and each of them are pushed in order.

Like enqueue!, when queue is an mtqueue, all objects are added atomically, and the value of max length is checked. See enqueue! above for more detail.

Function enqueue-unique! queue eq-proc obj more-objs ...
Function queue-push-unique! queue eq-proc obj more-objs ...
Like enqueue! and queue-push!, respectively, except that these don't modify queue if it already contains objs (elements are compared by two-argument procedure eq-proc).

When queue is an mtqueue, all objects are added atomically, and the max length is checked. See enqueue! above for the detail.

Function dequeue! queue :optional fallback
Function queue-pop! queue :optional fallback
Take one object from the front of queue and return it. Both function work the same, but queue-pop! may be used to emphasize it works with queue-push!.

If queue is empty, fallback is returned if give, otherwise an error is raised.

If queue is mtqueue and its max length is zero, then the queue is always empty. Use dequeue/wait! to use such a queue as a synchronisation device.

Function dequeue-all! queue
Returns the whole content of queue by a list, with emptying queue. If queue is empty, returns an empty list. See also queue->list below.

Function queue-front queue :optional fallback
Function queue-rear queue :optional fallback
Peek the head or the tail of queue and return the object, respectively.

If queue is empty, fallback is returned if give, otherwise an error is raised.

Function list->queue list :optional class :rest initargs
Returns a new queue which content is the elements in list, in the given order.

By default the created queue is a simple queue, but you can create mtqueue or instance of other subclass <queue> by giving the class to the optional class arguments. The optional initargs arguments are passed to the constructor of class.

Function queue->list queue
Returns a list whose content is the items in queue in order. Unlike dequeue-all!, the content of queue remains intact. The returning list is a copy of the content. So modifying the list won't affect queue.

Function find-in-queue pred queue
Returns the first item in queue that satisfies a predicate pred.

Function any-in-queue pred queue
Apply pred on each item in queue until it evaluates true, and returns that true value. If no item satisfies pred, #f is returned.

Function every-in-queue pred queue
Apply pred on each item in queue. If pred returns #f, stops iteration and returns #f immediately. Otherwise, returns the result of pred on the last item of queue. If the queue is empty, #t is returned.

Function remove-from-queue! pred queue
Removes all items in queue that satisfies pred. Returns #t if any item is removed. Otherwise #f.

Function enqueue/wait! mtqueue obj :optional timeout timeout-val
Function queue-push/wait! mtqueue obj :optional timeout timeout-val
Function dequeue/wait! mtqueue :optional timeout timeout-val
Function queue-pop/wait! mtqueue :optional timeout timeout-val
These synchronising variants work on an mtqueue and make the caller thread block when the mtqueue has reached its maximum length (for enqueue/wait! and queue-push/wait!), or the mtqueue is empty (for dequeue/wait! and queue-pop/wait!). The blocked caller thread is unblocked either the blocking condition is resolved, or the timeout condition is met.

The optional timeout argument specifies the timeout condition. If it is #f, those procedure wait indefinitely. If it is a real number, they wait at least the given number of seconds.

In case the call is blocked then timed out, the value of timeout-val is returned, which default value is #t.

When enqueue/wait! and queue-push/wait! succeeds without hitting timeout, they return #t.

7.22(rfc :5322) - Internet message format library

This library provides the procedures for internet message format defined in RFC5322(RFC 5322).

7.22.1Parsing message headers

Function rfc5322-read-headers input-port :key (strict? #f) reader
input-port must be input port and will be passed to reader.

Reads RFC5322 format message from the given port until it reaches the end of the message header and returns a list of the following format;

((name body) ...)

name ... are the field names and body ... are the correspoinding field body. Both are as string. Field names are converted to lower-case characters.

The keyword argument strict? switches the behaviour when the procedure encounter EOF. If it's #f, then it simply ignore the field and return the composed list. And if it's #t, it raises &rfc5322-parse-error.

The keyword argument reader reads a line from given port. The default is rfc5322-line-reader and it treats both LF and CRLF eof style. If you want to read from binary port, you need to pass own reader.

Function rfc5322-line-reader input-port
input-port must be textual input port.

Reads a line from given port. If the last character is CR chop it off.

Function rfc5322-header-ref header-list field-name . maybe-default
An utility procedure to get a specific field from the parsed header list, which is returned by rfc5322-read-headers.

field-name specifies the field name in lowercase string. If the field with given name is in header-list, the procedure returns its value in a string. Otherwise, if default is given, it is returned, and if not, #f is returned.

7.22.2Basic field parsers

Function rfc5322-next-token input-port :optional tokenizer-spec
input-port must be textual input port.

A basic tokenizer. First it skips whitespaces and/or comments (CFWS) from input-port, if any. Then reads one token according to var{tokenizer-specs}. If input-port reaches EOF before any token is read, EOF is returned.

tokenizer-specs is a list of tokenizer spec. which is a cons of a char-set and a procedure.

After skipping CFWS, the procedure peeks a character at the head of input-port, and checks it against the char-sets in tokenizer-specs one by one. If a char-set that contains the character belongs to is found, then a token is retrieved with calling the procedure with input-port to read a token.

If the head character doesn’t match any char-sets, the character is taken from input-port and returned.

The default tokenizer-specs is as follows:

(list (cons (string->char-set ":") rfc5322-quoted-string)
      (cons *rfc5322-atext-chars* rfc5322-dot-atom))

Function rfc5322-field->tokens field :optional tokenizer-spec
A convenience procedure. Creates a string input port from given field and calls rfc5322-next-token repeatedly on it until it consumes all input, and returns a list of tokens.

Function rfc5322-skip-cfws input-port
Consumes whitespace characters and/or any comments from input-port and returns a non comment and whitespace character. The returned character remains in input-port.

A character set which is defined RFC 5322 section 3.2.3 Atom.

Default tokenizer.

Function rfc5322-dot-atom input-port
Function rfc5322-quoted-string input-port
Tokenizers for dot-atom and quoted-string respectively.

7.22.3Specific field parsers

Function rfc5322-parse-date string
Takes RFC-5322 type date string and returns eight values:

year, month, day-of-month, hour, minute, second, time-zone, day-of-week.

time-zone is an offset from UT in minutes. day-of-week is a day from sunday, and may be #f if that information is not available. month is an integer between 1 and 12, inclusive. If the string is not parsable, all the elements are #f.

7.22.4Message constructors

Function rfc5322-write-headers headers :key (output (current-output-port)) (check :error) (continue #f)
Writes the given header to the port output.

date must be SRFI-19 date.

Returns RFC 5322 date formatted string.

7.23(rfc base64) - Base 64 encode and decode library

This library provides Base 64 encoding and decoding procedures.

7.23.1Encoding procedures

Function base64-encode in :key (line-width 76)
in must be a bytevector or binary input port.

Encodes given input in to Base 64 encoded bytevector.

The keyword argument line-width specifies where the encode procedure should put linefeed. If this is less than 1 or #f, encoder does not put linefeed.

Function base64-encode-string string :key (line-width 76) (transcoder (native-transcoder))
Convenient procedure for string.

Encodes given string to Base 64 encoded string.

The keyword argument transcoder is used to convert given string to bytevector. The converted bytevector will be passed to the base64-encode procedure.

7.23.2Decoding procedures

Function base64-decode in
in must be a bytevector or binary input port.

Decode Base 64 encoded input in to original bytevector.

Function base64-decode-string string :key (transcoder (native-transcoder))
Convenient procedure.

Decode Base 64 encoded string to original string. The procedure is using base64-decode.

The keyword argument specifies how to convert the decoded bytevector to string. If this is #f, the procedure returns raw bytevector.

7.24(rfc cmac) - CMAC library

This section describes the CMAC extension of hash algorithm. The CMAC itself is described RFC 4493. The provided library make user be able to use the algorithm with the APIs of math library's hash algorithm APIs. For the APIs detail, see Hash operations.

Library (rfc cmac)
Provides CMAC hash algorithm.

Variable CMAC
The name for CMAC hash algorithm.

The following example explains, how to use it.

(import (rnrs) (rfc cmac) (math) (crypto))

(define K (generate-secret-key AES (integer->bytevector #x2b7e151628aed2a6abf7158809cf4f3c)))

(define aes-cipher (cipher AES K))

(hash CMAC #vu8() :cipher aes-cipher) ;; => #vu8(187 29 105 41 233 89 55 40 127 163 125 18 155 117 103 70)

;; for AES-CMAC-96 (hash CMAC #vu8() :cipher aes-cipher :size (/ 96 8)) ;; => #vu8(187 29 105 41 233 89 55 40 127 163 125 18)

The RFC is defined for only AES block cipher however the implementation can take any block cipher such as DES3.

CAUTION: only AES cipher is tested.

7.25(rfc hmac) - HMAC library

This section describes the HMAC extension of hash algorithm. The HMAC itself is described RFC 2104. The provided library make user be able to use the algorithm with the APIs of math library's hash algorithm APIs. For the APIs detail, see Hash operations.

Library (rfc hmac)
Provides HMAC hash algorithm.

Variable HMAC
The name for HMAC hash algorithm.

The following example explains, how to use it.

(import (rnrs) (rfc hmac) (math))
;; the keyword arguments can be omitted, then it will use an empty bytevector
;; as HMAC key and SHA-1 algorithm as digest algorithm.
(define hmac (hash-algorithm HMAC :key (string->utf8 "hmac key") :hash SHA-1))
(hash hmac (string->utf8 "test"))
;; -> #vu8(57 255 153 118 15 133 255 73 12 199 199 115 185 32 43 225 61 254 159 94)

7.26(rfc http) - HTTP client

Library (rfc http)
This library provides simple HTTP client defined in RFC 2616.

The library only talks to HTTP 1.1 and provides part of the specified features. We may implement complete specification in future.

Following is the simple example to send GET method to a HTTP server.

(import (rfc http))

(define url "http://example.com/path")

(let-values (((server path) (url-server&path url))) (http-get server path)) ;; -> return 3 values ;; status ;; header ;; body

Condition &http-error
HTTP error condition.
Function http-error? obj
Return #t if given obj is HTTP condition, otherwise #f.

7.26.1Request APIs

Function http-get server path options ...
Function http-head server path options ...
Function http-post server path body options ...
Function http-put server path body options ...
Function http-delete server path options ...
Sends HTTP request to given path on server. The using methods are GET, HEAD, POST, PUT, and DELETE, respectively.

The body argument of http-post and http-put can be UTF-8 string, bytevector or list of body parameters. The parameters are used for sending multipart form data. The detail parameter form is described in the http-compose-form-data.

The keyword :value and file should not be represented simultaneously, if both keywords are found then :file is used.

Optional arguments options are passed to underling procedure http-request.

Function http-request method server request-uri :key (no-redirect #f) (auth-handler #f) (auth-user #f) (auth-password #f) (user-agent (*http-user-agent*)) (secure #f) (receiver (http-string-receiver)) (sender #f) :allow-other-keys opts
Sends HTTP request to request-uri on server with method.

The keyword argument receiver is used to receive the response data. The value must be a procedure which takes four arguments, status code, headers, size of content, and thunk to retrieve remote binary port and its size.

The keyword argument sender is used for POST and PUT HTTP method to send data. If it's specified then it must be a procedure which takes three arguments, headers, encoding and header-sink.

NOTE: Users can define own receiver and sender however the API may change in the future. So if the predefined ones are sufficient, it is safe to use them.

The keyword arguments start with auth- handle authentication. If the server respond status code 401 then those values are used. auth-handler must be a procedure and takes five arguments alist of connection-info, auth-user, auth-password, response headers and response body. If the handler returns list of "authorization" value then http-request sends it as the authentication data. For example, if the server requires BASIC authentication then the procedure should return something like following value;

(("authorization" "Basic dXNlcjpwYXNz"))

Following is the complete example of auth-handler;

(define (basic-auth-handler info user pass headers body)
  (let ((m (format "~a:~a" user pass)))
    `(("authorization" ,(format "Basic ~a" (base64-encode-string m))))))

http-request supports BASIC authentication and Digest authentication by default. If you know that the server requires one of each then specifying auth-user and auth-password is sufficient.

If keyword argument secure is true value then TLS socket is used for physical connection.

The rest arguments opts is converted to request header.

This parameter value is used for user-agent header.

7.26.2Senders and receivers

Creates a sender which sends nothing.

Creates a sender which content is str.

The string will be converted to bytevector according to the encoding argument when the sender is called.

Function http-blob-sender blob
blob must be a string or bytevector.

Creates a sender which content is blob. If the blob is string, it will be converted to bytevector with string->utf8.

Creates a sender which send multipart/form-data with content of param.

The content will be created by http-compose-form-data procedure passing param.

Creates a receiver which returning content is string, bytevecotor and unspecified value, respectively.

(http-get "google.com" "/" :receiver (http-string-receiver))
=>status headers and string representation of received content

(http-get "google.com" "/" :receiver (http-binary-receiver))
=>status headers and bytevector representation of received content

(http-get "google.com" "/" :receiver (http-null-receiver))
=>status headers and unspecified value

Function http-oport-receiver sink flusher
The sink must be a binary output port, flusher must be a procedure takes two arguments, sink and headers.

Creates a receiver which stores the content of response to sink and returns the result of flusher.

(http-get "google.com" "/"
          :receiver (let-values (((port extract) 
                                  (open-bytevector-output-port)))
                      (http-oport-receiver port 
                                           (lambda (port size) (extract)))))
=>status headers and bytevector representation of received content

Function http-file-receiver filename :key (temporary? #f)
filename must be a string.

Creates a receiver which stores the content to a file. The receiver returns the file name.

If keyword arguments temporary? specified with true value, then the returning file name is temporary file.

If there is no response or content-length header contains non number value, then the file will be cleaned.

(http-get "google.com" "/" :receiver (http-file-receiver "google.html"))
=>status headers and "google.html"

7.26.3Utilities

Function http-compose-query path params :optional (encoding 'utf-8)
Composes query string.

If given path is #f then only composed query string is returned, otherwise this returns path?composed query form.

params must be a list of name & value list or null list.

Function http-compose-form-data params port :optional (encoding 'utf-8)
Composes multipart form data.

If port is #f then it returns composed string. if it's a port then the result is stored in the given port.

The params must be following form;

 <params> : (<params> ...)
 <param>  : (<name> <value>)
          | (<name> <key> <value> <key2> <value2> ...)
 <key>    : :value | :file | :content-type | :content-transfer-encoding
          | other keyword (used as a header name)

<value> is the content of <name> parameter. It can be any of Scheme object however it is converted to string representation except bytevector.

If :file keyword is used then it read the content of <value>.

Decompose the given url and returns auth part of URL and path + query + fragment.

7.27(rfc pem) - PEM format library

Library (rfc pem)
This library provides PEM format file parser.

Currently only supports RFC 1421 format.

7.27.1Conditions

This library defines these conditions.

Condition Type &pem-error
Super condition of all PEM file process related conditions.
Condition Type &invalid-pem-format
This condition indicates, given PEM file contains invalid format.

7.27.2Operations

Function parse-pem in :key (multiple #f) (builder #f) (asn1 #f)
in must be textual input port.

Parses given input port in and returns 2 values, parameter alist and decoded bytevector.

Keyword arguments

multiple
When this keyword argument is #t, then the procedure returns a list which contains alist of parameter and content.

This parameter is useful for the PEM files which contains multiple contents.

builder
This keyword argument must take a procedure which accept one argument or #f. If builder is specified then the given procedure will be called to build then contents of the PEM.

This argument is not correspond with asn1 keyword argument and has higher priority. So if both arguments are specified, then builder will be used.

asn1
When this keyword argument is #t, then the procedure converts BASE64 bytevector to ASN.1 object defined in (asn.1) library.

The procedure may raise following condition.

&invalid-pem-format
When given in contains invalid PEM format.

Function parse-pem-file file :rest options
Function parse-pem-string pem-string :rest options
Convenient procedures.

Parse given file and PEM string, respectively.

option will be passed to the parse-pem.

7.28(rfc quoted-printable) - Base 64 encode and decode library

This library provides quoted printable encoding and decoding procedures.

7.28.1Encoding procedures

Function quoted-printable-encode bv :key (line-width 76) (binary? #f)
bv must be a bytevector.

Encodes given bytevector to quoted printable encoded bytevector.

The keyword argument line-width specifies where the encode procedure should put linefeed. If this is less than 1 or #f, encoder does not put linefeed.

If the keyword argument binary? is not #f, then the procedure encodes #x0a and #x0b to =0A and =0D respectively.

Function quoted-printable-encode-string string :key (line-width 76) transcoder (binary? #f)
Convenient procedure for string.

Encodes given string to quoted printable encoded string.

The keyword argument transcoder is used to convert given string to bytevector. The converted bytevector will be passed to the quoted-printable-encode procedure. The default is utf-8 codec with NONE eol style.

7.28.2Decoding procedures

bv must be a bytevector.

Decode quoted printable encoded bytevector to original bytevector.

Function quoted-printable-decode-string string :key (transcoder (native-transcoder))
Convenient procedure.

Decode quoted printable encoded string to original string. The procedure is using quoted-printable-decode.

The keyword argument specifies how to convert the decoded bytevector to string. If this is #f, the procedure returns raw bytevector.

7.29(rfc sftp) - SFTP library

Library rfc sftp
This library provides SFTP programmatic operations.

Following example code describes how to use in high level.

(import (rfc sftp) (pp) (srfi :26))

(call-with-sftp-connection "localhost" ;; hostname "23" ;; port number (lambda (conn) ;; read directory (pp (sftp-readdir conn ".")) ;; only short names (pp (sftp-readdir-as-filenames conn ".")) ;; only long names (usually POSIX 'ls -l' format) (pp (sftp-readdir-as-longnames conn "."))

;; retrieve a file as a bytevector (print (utf8->string (sftp-read! conn "reading/file" (sftp-binary-receiver)))) ;; store a file to local file directly (sftp-read! conn "/a/file/path" (sftp-file-receiver "where/to/store" :options (file-options no-fail)))

;; upload a file (let ((handle (sftp-open conn "boo" (bitwise-ior +ssh-fxf-creat+ +ssh-fxf-write+)))) (call-with-input-file "a/local/file" (cut sftp-write! conn handle <>)))

;; rename a file (sftp-rename! conn "boo" "foo") ;; remove a file (sftp-remove! conn "foo") ;; create a directory (sftp-mkdir! conn "boo") ;; remove a directory (sftp-rmdir! conn "boo")

;; create a symbolic link (pp (sftp-symlink! conn "/tmp" "tmp")) ;; get a actual path of symbolic link (pp (sftp-readlink conn "tmp")) ;; get a real path. (usually an absolute path) (pp (sftp-realpath conn "../"))) :username "username" :password "password")

7.29.1High level APIs

Function call-with-sftp-connection server port proc . opts
server and port must be string, indicating hostname, port number/service name respectively. proc must accept one argument.

Creates a SFTP connection, executes given proc with the connection and closes it after the execution.

The opts will be passed to make-client-sftp-connection.

Function sftp-open conn filename pflags
conn must be a SFTP connection. filename must be a string. pflags must be an exact integer which value must be the result of inclusive or of following values;

Open the given filename read mode.
Open the given filename write mode.
Open the given filename append mode.
Creates the given filename if it doesn't exist.
Truncate the given filename if it exists. +ssh-fxf-creat+ must be specified as well.
Raises and error filename if it exists. +ssh-fxf-creat+ must be specified as well.

If filename opened successfully, the procedure will return a handle.

Function sftp-close conn handle
conn must be a SFTP connection.

Closes given handle created by sftp-open.

Function sftp-read conn handle/filename receiver :key (offset 0) buffer-size
conn must be a SFTP connection. handle/filename must be either a handle or string. receiver must be a procedure accepts 2 arguments, offset and data, respectively.

Reads the given handle/filename content from the server and call receiver with the returned value. When it reaches the end of file, then it will pass -1 as offset and eof value as data.

The keyword argument offset specifies starting where to read. It is useful to read only diff.

The keyword argument buffer-size specifies how many bytes it tries to read in one read call. The default value is 1048576 (1MB). This value is only an indication so that server can decide actual data length to sent.

Creates a in memory receiver for sftp-read.

Function sftp-file-receiver filename :key options
Creates a file receiver for sftp-read.

The keyword argument option must be created by file-options. By default no option.

Function sftp-oport-receiver output-port
output-port must be a binary output port.

Creates a output port receiver for sftp-read.

Function sftp-write! conn handle input-port :key (offset 0) buffer-size
conn must be a SFTP connection. handle must be a handle. input-port must be a binary input port.

Reads the content from given input-port and writes it to given handle.

The keyword argument offset specifies where to write. This is useful to write a file separately or simply append.

The keyword argument buffer-size specifies how many bytes of data the procedure sends in one packet. The default value is 131072 (128KB). The RFC defines the minimum value 32768 (3KB) so it is safe to use the value. However too small buffer size makes writing extremely slow so we use a bit larger value to make performance better. If you meet a problem with writing a file, consider to change this size.

Function sftp-exists? conn filename
conn must be a SFTP connection. filename must be a string indicating existing filename.

Checks if the given filename exists.

Function sftp-remove! conn filename
conn must be a SFTP connection. filename must be a string indicating existing filename.

Removes the given filename. It is an error if the file doesn't exist or user doesn't have proper permission to remove.

The result value is raw SFTP status object.

Function sftp-rename! conn oldpath newpath
conn must be a SFTP connection. oldpath and newpath must be strings indicating existing path.

Renames the given oldpath to newpath. It is an error if the file doesn't exist or user doesn't have proper permission to rename.

The result value is raw SFTP status object.

Function sftp-mkdir! conn path
conn must be a SFTP connection. path must be a string.

Creates the given path directory. It is an error if the directory exists or user doesn't have proper permission to create.

The result value is raw SFTP status object.

Function sftp-rmdir! conn path
conn must be a SFTP connection. path must be a string.

Removes the given path directory. It is an error if the directory doesn't exists, user doesn't have proper permission to create or the directory isn't empty.

The result value is raw SFTP status object.

Function sftp-opendir conn path
conn must be a SFTP connection. path must be a string indicating existing path.

Opens the given path directory and returns its handle.

Function sftp-readdir conn handle/path
conn must be a SFTP connection. handle/path must be either a handle opened by sftp-opendir or a string indicating existing path.

Reads the given handle/path and returns the list of contents. The content is an object of <sftp-name> which has filename, longname and attribute slots.

Function sftp-readdir-as-filenames conn handle/path
Function sftp-readdir-as-longnames conn handle/path
conn must be a SFTP connection. handle/path must be either a handle opened by sftp-opendir or a string indicating existing path.

Calls sftp-readdir and strips out the result object to string by calling (slot-ref c 'filename) or (slot-ref c 'longname) respectively.

7.29.2Mid level APIs

Function make-client-sftp-connection server port :key (username #f) (password #f)
Creates a SFTP connection object.

Function sftp-close-connection connection
Closes the given SFTP connection object.

7.30(rfc tls) - TLS protocol library

Library (rfc tls)
This library provides TLS protocol socket APIs.

CAUTION: This library is not well tested. So it may have security hole or incompatible behaviour. If you find such bugs, please let me know.

Function make-client-tls-socket node service :key (prng (secure-randome RC4)) (version *tls-version-1.2*) (session #f) (handshake #t) (certificates '()) (private-key #f) :allow-other-keys opt
node and service must be string.

Creates a client TLS socket. node, service and opt will be passed to make-client-socket described in (sagittarius socket).

The keyword argument prng specifies which pseudo random algorithm will be used for generating security parameters.

The keyword argument version specifies which TLS protocol version will be used for negotiation. However the real version will be decided by target server.

The keyword argument session is for future extension, so do not specify.

If the keyword argument handshake #f then the procedure won't do TLS handshake after the socket creation so users must do it manually with tls-client-handshake procedure described below.

The keyword argument certificates is for certificate request message. The value must be a list of x509 certificates. If the certificates argument is null, then the procedures send empty certificate list to the server as a response of certificate request message.

The keyword argument private-key specifies which private key is used. The value must be private key object described in "(crypto)". This is needed if the target server only supports RSA key exchange protocol.

Do client side handshake and return a TLS socket. The procedure must *NOT* be called if the socket is created with handshake keyword argument #t.

CAUTION: This procedure needs to be called only once and calling more than once might cause infinite loop or raise an error.

Function make-server-tls-socket service certificates :key (prng (secure-randome RC4)) (version *tls-version-1.2*) (private-key #f) (authorities '()) :allow-other-keys opt
service must be string. certificates must be a list of x509 certificate.

Creates a server TLS socket. service and opt will be passed to make-server-socket described in (sagittarius socket).

The keyword arguments prng and version are the same meaning as make-client-tls-socket.

The keyword argument private-key is used the same as client socket the difference is that it is used if the client side only supports RSA key exchange.

The keyword argument authorities must be a list of x509 certificate and if this is not empty list then the server socket will send certificate request message to the client.

CAUTION: the authorities keyword argument currently doesn't check the certificate signature but only issuer DN.

tls-socket must be the socket created by the procedure make-client-tls-socket.

flags must be non negative exact integer.

Sends given bytevector to tls-socket. flags are described in the section (sagittarius socket). The packet will be encrypted by tls-socket.

tls-socket must be the socket created by the procedure make-client-tls-socket.

size and flags must be non negative exact integer.

Receives decrypted packet from tls-socket. size indicates how many octets the procedure should receive, however it might return less octet. flags will be passed to socket-recv.

NOTE: tls-socket have its own buffer to return the value, so that the procedure can take size argument.

Function tls-socket-close tls-socket
tls-socket must be the socket created by the procedure make-client-tls-socket.

Sends close notify alert to the socket and close it.

Function tls-socket-closed? tls-socket
tls-socket must be the socket created by the procedure make-client-tls-socket.

Returns #t if the given socket is closed, otherwise #f.

NOTE: this procedure checks if session is closed. So the real socket might not be closed yet.

Function tls-socket-accept tls-socket :key (handshake #t) (raise-error #t)
tls-socket must be a server TLS socket created by make-server-tls-socket.

Wait for an incoming connection request and returns a fresh connected client socket.

If the keyword argument handshake is #f then the handshake must be done by manually with tls-server-handshake described blow.

The keyword argument raise-error will be passed to tls-server-handshake.

Function tls-server-handshake tls-socket :key (raise-error #t)
Do server side TLS handshake and returns a TLS socket. The procedure must *NOT* be called if the socket is created with handshake keyword argument #t.

If the keyword argument raise-error is #f then it won't raise an error when something happens.

Function tls-socket-peer tls-socket
Return peer of given tls-socket or #f.

For more details, see (sagittarius socket).

Function tls-socket-peer tls-socket
Return peer of given tls-socket or #f. This procedure is TLS version of socket-peer.

For more details, see (sagittarius socket).

Function tls-socket-name tls-socket
Return peer of given tls-socket or #f. This procedure is TLS version of socket-name.

For more details, see (sagittarius socket).

Function tls-socket-info-values tls-socket
Return peer of given tls-socket or #f. This procedure is TLS version of socket-info-values.

For more details, see (sagittarius socket).

Constant value of #x0303 for TLS 1.2

Constant value of #x0302 for TLS 1.1

Constant value of #x0301 for TLS 1.0

Function tls-socket-port tls-socket :optional (close? #t)
tls-socket must be the socket created by the procedure make-client-tls-socket.

Returns input/output-port of given tls-socket.

If optional argument close? is #f then it won't close the socket when the port is closed or GCed.

Function tls-socket-input-port tls-socket
Function tls-socket-output-port tls-socket
Convert the given TLS socket to input and output port, respectively.

The given socket won't be closed when the port is closed or GCed. So it is the users responsibility to close.

7.30.1Integration methods

The methods listed below are convenience methods to use TLS socket and usual socket without changing code.

Method socket-close (socket <tls-socket>)
Method socket-send (socket <tls-socket>) data :optional (flags 0)
Method socket-recv (socket <tls-socket>) size :optional (flags 0)
Method socket-accept (socket <tls-socket>) . opt
Method socket-accept (socket <tls-socket>) (key <keyword>) . dummy
Method call-with-socket (socket <tls-socket>) proc
Method socket-peer (socket <tls-socket>)
Method socket-name (socket <tls-socket>)
Method socket-info-values (socket <tls-socket>)
Method socket-port (socket <tls-socket>) :optional (close? #t)
Method socket-input-port (socket <tls-socket>)
Method socket-output-port (socket <tls-socket>)

7.31(rfc uri) - Parse and construct URIs

Library (rfc uri)
This library provides RFC3986 'URI Generic Syntax' procedures.

Function uri-parse uri
uri must be string.

Parses given uri and returns following 7 values;

  • scheme
  • user-info
  • host
  • port
  • path
  • query
  • fragment

Following examples are from RFC3986 text;

   foo://example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret#nose
   \_/   \______________/\_________/ \_________/ \__/
    |           |            |            |        |
 scheme     authority       path        query   fragment
    |   _____________________|__
   / \ /                        \
   urn:example:animal:ferret:nose

authority = [ user-info "@" ] host [ ":" port ]

If given uri does not contain the part described above, it will be #f. ex)

(uri-parse "http://localhost")=>(values http #f localhost #f #f #f #f)

uri must be string.

Parse given uri into scheme and rest. Returns the 2 values.

specific must be string.

specific is a URI without scheme. For example, the specific of following URI 'http://localhost/foo.html' if '//localhost/foo.html'.

Parse given specific into 4 values authority, path, query and fragment.

If the specific does not contain the part, it will be #f.

Function uri-decompose-authority authority
authority must be string.

Parse given authority into 3 values, user-info, host and post.

If the authority does not contain the part, it will be #f.

Function uri-decode in out :key (cgi-decode #f)
in must be binary input port.

out must binary output port.

Reads and decodes given in and put the result into out.

If the keyword argument cgi-decode is #t, the procedure decodes #x2b('+') to #x20('#\space').

Function uri-decode-string string :key (encoding 'utf-8) (cgi-decode #f)
Decodes given string and returns decoded string.

Function uri-encode in out :key (noescape *rfc3986-unreserved-char-set*) (upper-case #t)
in must be binary input port.

out must binary output port.

Reads and encodes given in and put the result into out.

The keyword argument noescape specifies which character must be escaped.

The keyword argument upper-case specifies the result case of encoded value. If the value is true value then it encodes to upper case (default), otherwise lower case.

Function uri-encode-string string :key (encoding 'utf-8) :allow-other-keys
Encodes given string and returns encoded string.

Function uri-compose :key (scheme #f) (userinfo #f) (host #f) (port #f) (authority #f) (path #f) (path* #f) (query #f) (fragment #f) (specific #f)
Composes URI from given arguments.

If all keyword arguments are #f, the procedure returns empty string.

The procedure put priority on bigger chunk of URI part. For example, if keyword argument specific is specified, the procedure uses only scheme and specific. Following describes the priority hierarchy;

scheme
specific
  +- authority
       +- userinfo
       +- host
       +- port
  +- path*
       +- path
       +- query
       +- fragment

Function uri-merge base-uri relative-uri1 relative-uri2 ...
Merges given relative-uris to base-uri according to RFC 3986 section 5.

Charsets which contains no escape needed characters.

There is slight difference between RFC2396 and RFC3986. This library uses RFC3986 charset by default to encode.

7.32(rfc uuid) - UUID generate library

Library (rfc uuid)
This library provides RFC 4122 a Universally Unique IDentifier (UUID) URN Namespace procedures.

Class <uuid>
The class representing UUID.

7.32.1Predicates

Function uuid? obj
Returns #t if the obj is an instance of <uuid>, otherwise #f.

Function uuid=? uuid1 uuid2
Compares given 2 uuids and return #t if both have the same values, otherwise #f.

7.32.2Constructors

Creates a null (empty) uuid.

The returning object will be represented like this UUID;

00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000.

Function make-v3-uuid namespace name
Function make-v4-uuid :optional prng
Function make-v5-uuid namespace name
Creates version 1, 3, 4 and 5 UUIDs respectively.

For version 3 and 5, procedures need to take 2 arguments, namespace and name. namespace must be a UUID object, and name must be a string.

For version 4, it can take an optional argument prng which specifies pseudo random generator. The default value is (*uuid-random-state*).

7.32.3Predefined namespaces and parameters

Constant predefined namespace of UUIDs.

Pseudo random generator used by version 4 UUID.

The number of allowed UUIDs in the same time. Used by version 1 UUID.

The default value is 1000.

7.32.4Converters

Function uuid->bytevector uuid
Returns bytevector converted from given uuid.

(uuid->bytevector (make-null-uuid))=>#vu8(0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0)

Function uuid->string uuid
Returns string represented uuid converted from given uuid.

(uuid->string (make-null-uuid))=>00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000

Returns uuid object generated from bv.

Given bytevector must have length at least 16.

Function string->uuid string
Returns uuid object generated from string.

Given string must be proper format of UUID defined in RFC 4122.

Function uuid->urn-format uuid
Returns URN formatted string of given uuid.

7.33(rfc x.509) - X.509 certificate utility library

This library does not support whole feature of X.509, it just parse and verify a message and signature. So it can not verify certificate itself.

Exports X.509 utility procedures.

Generic make-x509-certificate (in <port>)
Generic make-x509-certificate (sequence <asn.1-sequence>)
Creates an X.509 certificate object from given binary input port or ASN.1 sequence object (second form).

Return #t if the o is X.509 certificate object, otherwise #f.

Return version of given X.509 certificate object.

Return serial number of given X.509 certificate object.

Return issuer DN of given X.509 certificate object as X.509 principal.

Return subject DN of given X.509 certificate object as X.509 principal.

NOTE: These Issuer DN and Subject DN getters return <x.509-principal> object, however I did not implement any utility for this class, so it's just useless for now.

Return start date of given X.509 certificate object.

Return end date of given X.509 certificate object.

Return signature of given X.509 certificate object.

NOTE: This signature is not for verify described below.

Return signature algorithm of given X.509 certificate object as an OID string.

Return public key of given X.509 certificate object. The return value is <public-key> described in the section (crypto) - Cryptographic library.

Function verify x509 message signature :key (verify pkcs1-emsa-v1.5-verify) (hash SHA-1)
message and signature must be bytevector.

Verify given message with signature and x509 certificate.

This procedure uses the verify procedure in (crypto) library. The keyword arguments will be passed to it. For more detail, see (crypto) - Cryptographic library.

Function check-validity x509 :optional (date (current-date))
Validate if the given certificate is valid in given date. Return #t if it's valid, otherwise raises &assertion.

7.34(rfc zlib) - zlib compression library

Library (rfc zlib)
This library provides the binding for zlib compression library. For now, it only provides the highest level APIs.

Condition Type &zlib-error
Function zlib-error? obj
Function condition-zlib-stream zlib-error
Subcondition of &error.

This condition is raised when zlib process is finished unsuccessfully. You can obtain the cause z-stream with the condition-zlib-stream procedure and get the detail message with the zlib-error-message procedure. When error occurred, however, it is raised with message-condition and it has the error message with. So you can simply get it with condition-message procedure.

Function zlib-error-message z-stream
Z-stream must be z-stream object.

Retrieve error message from z-stream. If z-stream does not have any error message and this procedure is called, the behaviour is unspecified.

Function open-deflating-output-port sink :key compression-level buffer-size window-bits memory-level strategy dictionary owner?
Sink must be binary output port. Creates a custom binary output port. The port deflates its input and put the result to sink. With the optional keys, you can specify the following conditions:

compression-level
You can specify an exact integer between 1 and 9 (inclusive) to compression-level. When it is omitted, a default compression level is used, which is usually 6.

The following constants are defined to specify compression-level conveniently:

buffer-size
It specifies the buffer size of the port in bytes. The default is 4096.
window-bits
It specifies the size of the window in exact integer. Typically the value should be between 8 and 15, inclusive, and it specifies the base two logarithm of the window size used in compression. Larger number yields better compression ratio, but more memory usage. The default value is 15.
memory-level
It specifies how much memory should be allocated to keep the internal state during compression. 1 means smallest memory which causes slow and less compression. 9 means fastest and best compression with the largest amount of memory. The default value is 8.
strategy
To fine tune compression algorithm, you can use the strategy argument. The following constants are defined as the valid value as strategy.
The default strategy, suitable for most ordinary data.
Constant Z_FILTERED
Suitable for data generated by filters (or predictors). Filtered data consists mostly of small values with a somewhat compress them better. The effect of this is to force more huffman coding and less string matching.
Force to use huffman encoding only.
Constant Z_RLE
This is designed to be almost as fast as Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY, but gives better compression for PNG image data.
Constant Z_FIXED
This prevents the use of dynamic huffman codes, allowing for a simpler decoder for special applications.
The choice of strategy only affects compression ratio and speed. Any choice produces correct and decompressable data.
dictionary
You can give an initial dictionary to the dictionary argument to be used in compression. The compressor and decompressor must use exactly the same dictionary.
owner?
If this argument is specified true value, the created port automatically closes the given output port sink when it is closed.

Function open-inflating-input-port source :key buffer-size window-bits dictionary owner?
Source must be a binary input port.

The open-inflating-input-port creates a custom binary input port, which reads compressed binary data from the given port source and decompresses the read data. When source port supports both port-position and set-port-position! then the procedure will set source position to offset of used bytes length when the created custom port is being closed. Thus if the source port contains mixture of deflated data and non deflated data then the custom port will only read deflated data and won't forward the original port position beyond it no matter how big the buffer-size is specified.

The meaning of buffer-size is the same as open-deflating-output-port.

The meaning of window-bits is almost the same, except if a value increased by 32 is given, the inflating port automatically detecs whether the source stream is zlib or gzip by its header.

If the input data is compressed with specified dictionary, the same dictionary must be given to dictionary argument. Otherwise &zlib-error condition is raised.

Function inflate-bytevector bv opts ...
Function deflate-bytevector bv opts ...
Inflate/deflate given bytevector bv respectively.

These are convenient procedures. It uses open-inflating-input-port or open-deflating-output-port to inflate/deflate.

The opts will be passed to underlying procedures.

Function crc32 bv :optional (checksum 0)
Function adler32 bv :optional (checksum 0)
Returns CSC32/Adler32 checksum of bytevector bv, respectively.

If optional checksum is given, then returned checksum is an update of checksum by bv.

7.35RPC support framework

RPC is basically separated in 2 parts. One is message marshalling and other one is transporting. Following sections and libraries provide some framework for generic use.

7.35.1Message framework

This library provides generic functions for marshalling message.

These generic function will be used transport layer to marshall or unmarshall messages.

7.35.2Http transport

Currently there is no generic transport framework and support HTTP transport.

For future, we may provide more generic way to send/receive request and response.

This library provides procedures and generic function of HTTP transport for RCP
.

Function rpc-http-request url message :key (unmarshall? #t) :allow-other-keys options
Send given message to url and returns 3 values, http status, header and response.

If the keyword argument unmarshall? is #f then the returning response value will not be unmarshalled.

options will be passed to http-request procedure.

7.35.2.1Http transport hook

Method rpc-http-method request
Returns http method. Default implementation returns POST
.

Returns content type. Default implementation returns application/octet-stream
.

Method rpc-http-sender request
Returns http sender. Default implementation returns http-blob-sender with marshalled request
.

Method rpc-http-receiver request
Returns http receiver. Default implementation returns http-binary-receiver
.

Returns a marker type to be used rpc-http-unmarshall-message. Default implementation returns given request itself
.

Method rpc-http-unmarshall-message type header body
Unmarshall the given body according to the given type. Default implementation ignores header and passes type and body to rpc-unmarshall-message.

7.36(rpc json) - JSON RPC library

Library (rpc json)
This library provides procedures handling JSON RPC 2.0.

This library doesn't provide transport layer. To send request and receive response, use Http transport.

This library uses JSON parser library and its JSON representation.

Following piece of code describes how to use;

(import (rnrs) (rpc json) (rpc transport http))

(define (json-rpc-send&request url method param) (let ((request (make-json-request method :param param))) (let-values (((status header response) (rpc-http-request url request))) ;; rpc-http-request unmarshalls only when HTTP status starts with "2" ;; for this example we don't check it. (json-response-result response))))

(json-rpc-send&request "http://localhost/json-rpc" "sample" "parameter") ;; -> result of method execution

These classes represents JSON RPC request and response respectively.

The class instance should be created by make-json-request, json-string->json-request or json-string->json-response. Users should not create an instance directly using make.

7.36.1Predicates

Function json-request? object
Function json-response? object
Returns #t if the given object is an instance of <json-request> and <json-response> respectively.

7.36.2Constructors

Function make-json-request method :key (params '()) id
Creates a JSON RPC request.

method must be a symbol or string represents method name to be invoked.

The keyword argument params is the params field of the JSON RPC protocol.

The keyword argument id is the id field of the JSON RPC protocol. If this is not specified then a value generated by UUID v4 will be used.

Creates JSON RPC request and response from given JSON string json.

7.36.3Accessors

Function json-request-method json-request
Function json-request-params json-request
Function json-request-id json-request
Retrieves JSON RPC request's method, params and id respectively from given json request object json-request.

Function json-response-result json-response
Function json-response-id json-response
Retrieves JSON RPC response's result and id respectively from given json response object json-response.

7.36.4Converters

Function json-request->json-string json-request
Function json-response->json-string json-response
Converts given json-request and json-response to JSON string.

7.36.5Implemented methods

Following methods are currently used only in (rpc http transport). When we support other transport, this implementation may change.

7.36.5.1Message methods

Method rpc-marshall-message (message <json-request>)
Converts to given JSON RPC request object to UTF8 bytes.

Method rpc-unmarshall-message (type (eql 'json)) body
Converts to given UTF8 bytes to JSON RPC response object.

7.36.5.2Transport methods

Method rpc-http-content-type (message <json-request>)
Returns application/json content type header value

Method rpc-http-response-type (message <json-request>)
Returns json symbol.

7.37(text csv) - Comma separated values parser library

Library (text csv)
This library provides comma separated values parser and write procedures. The implementation conforms RFC 4180.

7.37.1High level APIs

The high level APIs are implemented as object oriented style. So we have CSV object and its accessors.

Function csv? object
Returns #t if object is csv object, otherwise #f.

Generic csv-header (csv <csv>)
Retrieves CSV header from given CSV object csv if it has, otherwise '().

Generic csv-records (csv <csv>)
Retrieves CSV records from given CSV object csv if it has, otherwise '().

Generic csv-read (port <port>) . option
Generic csv-read (string <string>) . option
Reads CSV data from given port and returns csv object.

If the second form is called, the procedure opens string input port from given string and passes it to the first form.

The option will be passed to csv->list described below.

Generic csv-write (csv <csv>) :optional (out (current-output-port))
Writes given CSV object csv to the output port port.

7.37.2Middle level APIs

Function csv->list port :optional (first-line-is-header? #f)
Reads CSV data from given input port port and returns alist representing CSV data.

If optional argument first-line-is-header? is #t, then the procedure reads the first line as header line.

The returning alist is following format;

alist  := (header{0,1} record*)
header := (:header value*)
record := (:record value*)
value  := string

Note: the value returning from csv-records or csv-header do not have meta values :record and :header.

7.37.3Low level APIs

Class <csv>
The class representing CSV. If you need to create empty CSV object, you can do like following code;

(make <csv>)
.

Make sure, you import (clos user) library.

Generic add-record! (csv <csv>) (list <list>)
Adds a CSV representing record list to given CSV object csv.

The record must have :record keyword in the first element of the list.

Generic set-header! (csv <csv>) (list <list>)
Generic set-header! (csv <csv>) (string <string>)
Sets a CSV header list to given CSV object csv.

If the second form is called, then first parse the string to CSV header and calls the first form with parsed CSV header.

The list must have :header keyword in the first element of the list.

Generic add-records! (csv <csv>) (list <list>)
Generic add-records! (csv <csv>) (string <string>)
Convenient procedures.

Adds given CSV records list to given CSV object csv.

If the second form is called, then first parse the given string to CSV representing list and call the first form.

7.38(text html-lite) - Simple HTML document builder library

This library provides simple HTML builder procedures based on HTML5.

Function html-escape :optional (in (current-input-port))
Function html-escape-string string
Escapes the unsafe characters in HTML and returns escaped string.

The html-escape reads the string from optional argument in which must be an textual input port and returns an escaped string.

The html-escape-string takes a string and returns an escaped string.

Function html-doctype :key (type :html-4.01-strict)
Returns a doctype declaration for an HTML document. type can be one of the followings;

:html-5
HTML 5
:html-4.01-strict :html-4.01, :strict, :html-strict
HTML 4.01 Strict DTD
:html-4.01-transitional :html-transitional, :transitional
HTML 4.01 Transitional DTD
:xhtml-1.0-strict :xhtml-1.0
XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD
:xhtml-1.0-transitional
XHTML 1.0 Transitional DTD
:xhtml-1.0-frameset
XHTML 1.0 Frameset DTD
:xhtml-1.1
XHTML 1.1 DTD

Function html:element args ...
Construct an HTML element element. Currently following elements are provided.

   a       abbr    address  area       article  aside
   audio   b       base     bdi        bdo      blockquote
   body    br      button   canvas     caption  cite
   code    col     colgroup command    datalist dd
   del     details dfn      div        dl       dt
   em      embed   fieldset figcaption figure   footer
   form
   h1      h2      h3       h4         h5       h6
   head    header  hgroup   hr         html
   i       iframe  img      input      ins      kbd
   keygen  label   legend   li         link     map
   mark    menu    meta     meter      nav      noscript
   object  ol      optgroup option     output   p
   param   pre     progress q          rp       rt
   ruby    s       samp     script     section  select
   small   source  span     strong     style    sub
   summary sup     table    tbody      td       textarea
   tfoot   th      thead    time       title    tr
   track   u       ul       var        video    wbr

The result of these functions is a tree of text segments, which can be written out to a port by write-tree or can be converted to a string by tree->string (text tree) - Lightweight text generation.

You can specify attributes of the element by using a keyword-value notation before the actual content.

(tree->string (html:a :href "http://example.com" "example"))
=><a href="http://example.com">example</a>

The boolean value given to the attribute has special meaning. If #t is given, the attribute is rendered without a value. If #f is given, the attribute is not rendered.

(tree->string (html:table :border #t))=><table border></table>
(tree->string (html:table :border #f))=><table></table>

Special characters in attribute values are escaped by the function, but the ones in the content are not.

(tree->string (html:div :foo "<>&\"" "<not escaped>"))
=><div foo="&lt;&gt;&amp;&quot;"><not escaped></div>

7.39(text tree) - Lightweight text generation

Defines simple but commonly used functions for a text construction.

This library is ported from Gauche.

Generic write-tree tree :optional out
Write out an tree as a tree of text, to the output port out. If the out is omitted, then current output port is used.

Function tree->string tree
Just calls the write-tree method for tree] using an output string port, and returns the result string.

7.40(tlv) - TLV library

Library (tlv)
This library provides TLV (tag length value) data operation procedures.

7.40.1High level APIs

Function make-emv-tlv-parser :key (object-builder tlv-builder)
Creates EMV type TLV parser.

This procedure returns a procedure which accepts a binary port as its argument.

The keyword argument object-builder specifies how to construct a TLV object. The default value is tlv-builder.

Function tlv-object? o
Returns #t if the given object is TLV object otherwise #f.

Function tlv-tag tlv
Returns TLV tag of given TLV object tlv.

Function tlv-data tlv
Returns TLV binary data if the given TLV object tlv is not constructed, otherwise #f.

Function tlv-components tlv
Returns TLV components of given TLV object tlv. If the tlv is not constructed, this returns ().

Converts given TLV object tlv to bytevector.

Function write-tlv tlv :optional (out (current-output-port))
out must be binary output port.

Writes given TLV object tlv to out as TLV data.

Function dump-tlv :optional (out (current-output-port))
Dump given TLV object tlv as human readable form.

7.40.2Custom object builder

Sometimes default TLV object is not convenient to use. Then users can create own object from TLV data passing own object builder to the make-emv-tlv-parser procedure.

Function tlv-builder first-byte tag data constructed?
Default TLV object builder. User should not use this procedure directly.

first-byte is the first byte of the leading TLV object.

tag is the read tag of the TLV object.

data is either a list of TLV object or bytevector. User can check it with constructed? argument.

constructed? indicates if the TLV object is constructed or not. If this is #t then data is a list of TLV objects.

7.41(util treemap) - Treemap

This library provides treemap data structure and operations.

This section uses the following name convention;

tm - treemap

7.41.1Predicate and constructurs

Function treemap? object
Returns #t when given object is a treemap.

Function make-rb-treemap compare
compare must be a procedure which accepts 2 arguments and returns integer indicating the order of given 2 arguments.

Creates red black treemap.

7.41.2Basic operations

Function treemap-ref tm key :optional (fallback #f)
Returns a value associated with key in tm. If it doesn't exist, then fallback will be returned.

Function treemap-contains? tm key
Returns #t if there is an entry associated to the given key, otherwise #f.

Function treemap-set! tm key value
Associate the value to key in tm and returns unspecified value.

Function treemap-update! tm key proc default
proc must be a procedure accepts one argument.

Updates the entry value associated to key with the returned value of proc. If the entry doesn't exist then default will be passed to the proc.

Function treemap-delete! tm key
Deletes entry of key in tm and returns unspecified value.

Removes all entries and returns unspecified value.

Function treemap-copy tm
Returns the copy of given tm.

Function treemap-size tm
Returns the number of entry in the given tm.

7.41.3Conversions

Returns an alist of key and value in tm.

Function alist->treemap alist compare
alist must be an alist. compare must be a procedure which accepts 2 arguments.

Converts alist to a treemap. The car part of an element of alist is a key, then cdr part of an element of alist is a value.

7.41.4Keys and values

Function treemap-keys tm
Returns a vector or a list of keys in tm, respectively.

Returns a vector or a list of entry values in tm, respectively.

Returns vectors or lists of entry key and values in tm, respectively. This procedure returns 2 values.

7.41.5Iterations

Function treemap-fold kons tm knil
kons must be a procedure which accepts 3 arguments.

Iterates all keys and values in the given tm and passes them and the result of kons to kons respectively. The first iteration of the third argument is knil. The procedure returns the result of all iterations.

Analogous to fold.

Function treemap-map proc tm
Function treemap-for-each proc tm
proc must be a procedure which accepts 2 arguments.

Iterates all keys and values in the given tm and passes them to proc respectively.

The treemap-for-each returns unspecified value. The treemap-map returns a list of the proc result.

These procedures are analogous to for-each and map respectively.

8Ported libraries

In this world, there are a lot of useful Scheme programs including SRFIs. It is better if you can use it, instead of writing the same functionality from scrach. For this purpose, I have ported some libraries which I though useful.

In this section, I describe these libraries. However most of the documentations are from its manual or comments. I hava just derived from their source, manuals, or documents.

8.1(match) -- Pattern matching

The match is originally from Alex Shin's `portable hygineic pattern matcher' The documents below are derived from his source code.

Library (match)
This is a full superset of the popularmatch package by Andrew Wright, written in fully portable syntax-rules and thus preserving hygiene.

The most notable extensions are the ability to use non-linear patterns - patterns in which the same identifier occurs multiple times, tail patterns after ellipsis, and the experimental tree patterns.

8.1.1Patterns

Patterns are written to look like the printed representation of the objects they match. The basic usage is

(match expr (pat body ...) ...)

where the result of expr is matched against each pattern in turn, and the corresponding body is evaluated for the first to succeed. Thus, a list of three elements matches a list of three elements.

(let ((ls (list 1 2 3))) (match ls ((1 2 3) #t)))

If no patterns match an error is signalled.

Identifiers will match anything, and make the corresponding binding available in the body.

(match (list 1 2 3) ((a b c) b))

If the same identifier occurs multiple times, the first instance will match anything, but subsequent instances must match a value which is equal? to the first.

(match (list 1 2 1) ((a a b) 1) ((a b a) 2))

The special identifier _ matches anything, no matter how many times it is used, and does not bind the result in the body.

(match (list 1 2 1) ((_ _ b) 1) ((a b a) 2))

To match a literal identifier (or list or any other literal), use quote.

(match 'a ('b 1) ('a 2))

Analogous to its normal usage in scheme, quasiquote can be used to quote a mostly literally matching object with selected parts unquoted.

(match (list 1 2 3) (`(1 ,b ,c) (list b c)))

Often you want to match any number of a repeated pattern. Inside a list pattern you can append ... after an element to match zero or more of that pattern (like a regexp Kleene star).

(match (list 1 2) ((1 2 3 ...) #t))
(match (list 1 2 3) ((1 2 3 ...) #t))
(match (list 1 2 3 3 3) ((1 2 3 ...) #t))

Pattern variables matched inside the repeated pattern are bound to a list of each matching instance in the body.

(match (list 1 2) ((a b c ...) c))
(match (list 1 2 3) ((a b c ...) c))
(match (list 1 2 3 4 5) ((a b c ...) c))

More than one ... may not be used in the same list, since this would require exponential backtracking in the general case. However, ... need not be the final element in the list, and may be succeeded by a fixed number of patterns.

(match (list 1 2 3 4) ((a b c ... d e) c))
(match (list 1 2 3 4 5) ((a b c ... d e) c))
(match (list 1 2 3 4 5 6 7) ((a b c ... d e) c))

___ is provided as an alias for ... when it is inconvenient to use the ellipsis (as in a syntax-rules template).

The ..1 syntax is exactly like the ... except that it matches one or more repetitions (like a regexp "+").

(match (list 1 2) ((a b c ..1) c))
(match (list 1 2 3) ((a b c ..1) c))

The boolean operators and, or and not can be used to group and negate patterns analogously to their Scheme counterparts.

The and operator ensures that all subpatterns match. This operator is often used with the idiom (and x pat) to bind x to the entire value that matches pat (c.f. "as-patterns" in ML or Haskell). Another common use is in conjunction with not patterns to match a general case with certain exceptions.

(match 1 ((and) #t))
(match 1 ((and x) x))
(match 1 ((and x 1) x))

The or operator ensures that at least one subpattern matches. If the same identifier occurs in different subpatterns, it is matched independently. All identifiers from all subpatterns are bound if the or operator matches, but the binding is only defined for identifiers from the subpattern which matched.

(match 1 ((or) #t) (else #f))
(match 1 ((or x) x))
(match 1 ((or x 2) x))

The not operator succeeds if the given pattern doesn't match. None of the identifiers used are available in the body.

(match 1 ((not 2) #t))

The more general operator ? can be used to provide a predicate. The usage is (? predicate pat ...) where predicate is a Scheme expression evaluating to a predicate called on the value to match, and any optional patterns after the predicate are then matched as in an and pattern.

(match 1 ((? odd? x) x))

The field operator = is used to extract an arbitrary field and match against it. It is useful for more complex or conditional destructuring that can't be more directly expressed in the pattern syntax. The usage is (= field pat), where field can be any expression, and should result in a procedure of one argument, which is applied to the value to match to generate a new value to match against pat.

Thus the pattern (and (= car x) (= cdr y)) is equivalent to (x . y), except it will result in an immediate error if the value isn't a pair.

(match '(1 . 2) ((= car x) x))
(match 4 ((= sqrt x) x))

The record operator $ is used as a concise way to match records defined by SRFI-9 (or SRFI-99). The usage is ($ rtd field ...), where rtd should be the record type descriptor specified as the first argument to define-record-type, and each field is a subpattern matched against the fields of the record in order. Not all fields must be present.

(let ()
  (define-record-type employee
    (make-employee name title)
    employee?
    (name get-name)
    (title get-title))
  (match (make-employee "Bob" "Doctor")
    (($ employee n t) (list t n))))

The set! and get! operators are used to bind an identifier to the setter and getter of a field, respectively. The setter is a procedure of one argument, which mutates the field to that argument. The getter is a procedure of no arguments which returns the current value of the field.

(let ((x (cons 1 2))) (match x ((1 . (set! s)) (s 3) x)))
(match '(1 . 2) ((1 . (get! g)) (g)))

The new operator *** can be used to search a tree for subpatterns. A pattern of the form (x *** y) represents the subpattern y located somewhere in a tree where the path from the current object to y can be seen as a list of the form (x ...). y can immediately match the current object in which case the path is the empty list. In a sense it's a 2-dimensional version of the ... pattern.

As a common case the pattern (_ *** y) can be used to search for y anywhere in a tree, regardless of the path used.

(match '(a (a (a b))) ((x *** 'b) x))
(match '(a (b) (c (d e) (f g))) ((x *** 'g) x))

8.1.2Syntax

Macro match expr (pattern . body) ...
Macro match expr (pattern (=> failure) . body) ...
turn, according to the pattern rules described in the previous section, until the the first pattern matches. When a match is found, the corresponding bodys are evaluated in order, and the result of the last expression is returned as the result of the entire match. If a failure is provided, then it is bound to a procedure of no arguments which continues, processing at the next pattern. If no pattern matches, an error is signalled.

Macro match-lambda clause ...
Shortcut for lambda + match. Creates a procedure of one argument, and matches that argument against each clause.

Macro match-lambda* clause ...
Similar to match-lambda. Creates a procedure of any number of arguments, and matches the argument list against each clause.

Macro match-let ((pat expr) ...) body-expr ...
Macro match-let name ((pat expr) ...) body-expr ...
Matches each var to the corresponding expression, and evaluates the body with all match variables in scope. Raises an error if any of the expressions fail to match. Syntax analogous to named let can also be used for recursive functions which match on their arguments as in match-lambda*.

Macro match-letrec ((pat expr) ...) body-expr ...
Similar to match-let, but analogously to letrec matches and binds the variables with all match variables in scope.

Macro match-let* ((pat expr) ...) body-expr ...
Similar to match-let, but analogously to let* matches and binds the variables in sequence, with preceding match variables in scope.

8.2(text parse) - Parsing input stream

The (text parse) library is inspired and compatible with Oleg Kiselyov's input parsing library. You can use this library in place of his 'input-parse.scm' and 'look-for-str.scm'.

Function find-string-from-port? str in-port :optional max-no-char
Looks for a string str from the input port in-port. The optional argument max-no-char limits the maxmum number of characters to be read from the port; the search span is until EOF.

If str is found, the function returns the number of characters it has read from the port, and the port is set to read the first char after that (that is, after the str). If str is not found, the function returns #f.

Note: Although this procedure has `?' in its name, it may return non-boolean value, contrary to the Scheme convention.

In the following functions, char-list refers to one of the following.

  • A character set which defined in SRFI-14.
  • A list of characters, character sets and/or symbol *eof*.
That denotes a set of characters. If a symbol *eof* is included, the EOF condition is also included. Without *eof*, the EOF condition is regarded as an error.

Functions assert-curr-char char-list string :optional port
Reads a character from the port and looks it up in the char-list of expected characters. If the read character was found among the expected, it is returned. Otherwise, the procedure writes a nasty message using string as a comment, and quits.

Functions skip-until char-list/number :optional port
Char-list/number must be either char-list or number.

If it is a number; skips the specified number of characters from the port and returns #f.

If it is a char-list; reads and skips characters from the port until one of the break characters is encountered. This break character is returned. The break characters are specified as the char-list. This list may include EOF, which is to be coded as a symbol *eof*.

Functions skip-while char-list :optional port
Advances the port to the first character that is not a member of the char-list -- or till the EOF, whichever occurs sooner. This character or the EOF object is returned. This character is left on the stream.

Functions peek-next-char :optional port
Advances to the next character in the port and peeks at it. This function is useful when parsing LR(1)-type languages.

Functions next-token prefix-char-list break-char-list :optional comment port
Skips any number of characters in prefix-char-list, then collects the characters until it sees break-char-list. The collected characters are returned as a string. The break character remains in the port.

If the function encounters EOF and *eof* is not included in break-char-list, an error is signalled with comment is included in the message.

Functions next-token-of char-list/pred :optional port
Reads and collects the characters as far as it belongs to char-list/pred, then returns them as a string. The first character that doesn't belong to char-list/pred remains on the port.

Char-list/pred may be a char-list or a predicate that takes a character. If it is a predicate, each character is passed to it, and the character is regarded to ``belong to'' char-list/pred when it returns a true value.

Functions read-string n :optional port
Reads up to n characters, collects them into a string, and returns it. If the input stream contains less characters, the returns string contains as many characters available.

This function is similar with get-string-n.

8.3(text sxml ssax) - Functional XML parser

(text sxml *) libraries are the adaptation of Oleg Kiselyov's SXML framework SSAX, which is based on S-expression representation of XML structure.

SSAX is a parser part of SXML framework.

This is a quote from SSAX webpage:

The framework consists of a DOM/SXML parser, a SAX parser, and a supporting library of lexing and parsing procedures. The procedures in the package can be used separately to tokenize or parse various pieces of XML documents. The framework supports XML Namespaces, character, internal and external parsed entities, xml:space, attribute value normalization, processing instructions and CDATA sections. The package includes a semi-validating SXML parser: a DOM-mode parser that is an instantiation of a SAX parser (called SSAX).

The parsing framework offers support for XML validation, to the full or any user-specified degree. Framework's procedures by themselves detect great many validation errors and almost all well-formedness errors. Furthermore, a user is given a chance to set his own handlers to capture the rest of the errors. Content is validated given user-specified constraints, which the user can derive from a DTD, from an XML schema, or from other competing doctype specification formats.

SSAX is a full-featured, algorithmically optimal, pure-functional parser, which can act as a stream processor. SSAX is an efficient SAX parser that is easy to use. SSAX minimizes the amount of application-specific state that has to be shared among user-supplied event handlers. SSAX makes the maintenance of an application-specific element stack unnecessary, which eliminates several classes of common bugs. SSAX is written in a pure-functional subset of Scheme. Therefore, the event handlers are referentially transparent, which makes them easier for a programmer to write and to reason about. The more expressive, reliable and easier to use application interface for the event-driven XML parsing is the outcome of implementing the parsing engine as an enhanced tree fold combinator, which fully captures the control pattern of the depth-first tree traversal.

Sagittarius supports the latest version of SSAX 5.1.

All procedures and macros are described bottom up. So you might be interested only in user level APIs. If so, see Highest-level parsers: XML to SXML.

8.3.1Introduction

I derived the content of this part of the manual from SSAX source code, just by converting its comments into this manual format. The original text is by Oleg Kiselyov.

This is a package of low-to-high level lexing and parsing procedures that can be combined to yield a SAX, a DOM, a validating parsers, or a parser intended for a particular document type. The procedures in the package can be used separately to tokenize or parse various pieces of XML documents. The package supports XML Namespaces, internal and external parsed entities, user-controlled handling of whitespace, and validation. This module therefore is intended to be a framework, a set of "Lego blocks" you can use to build a parser following any discipline and performing validation to any degree. As an example of the parser construction, this file includes a semi-validating SXML parser.

The present XML framework has a "sequential" feel of SAX yet a "functional style" of DOM. Like a SAX parser, the framework scans the document only once and permits incremental processing. An application that handles document elements in order can run as efficiently as possible. _Unlike_ a SAX parser, the framework does not require an application register stateful callbacks and surrender control to the parser. Rather, it is the application that can drive the framework -- calling its functions to get the current lexical or syntax element. These functions do not maintain or mutate any state save the input port. Therefore, the framework permits parsing of XML in a pure functional style, with the input port being a monad (or a linear, read-once parameter).

Besides the PORT, there is another monad -- SEED. Most of the middle- and high-level parsers are single-threaded through the seed. The functions of this framework do not process or affect the SEED in any way: they simply pass it around as an instance of an opaque datatype. User functions, on the other hand, can use the seed to maintain user's state, to accumulate parsing results, etc. A user can freely mix his own functions with those of the framework. On the other hand, the user may wish to instantiate a high-level parser: ssax:make-elem-parser or ssax:make-parser. In the latter case, the user must provide functions of specific signatures, which are called at predictable moments during the parsing: to handle character data, element data, or processing instructions (PI). The functions are always given the SEED, among other parameters, and must return the new SEED.

From a functional point of view, XML parsing is a combined pre-post-order traversal of a "tree" that is the XML document itself. This down-and-up traversal tells the user about an element when its start tag is encountered. The user is notified about the element once more, after all element's children have been handled. The process of XML parsing therefore is a fold over the raw XML document. Unlike a fold over trees defined in [1], the parser is necessarily single-threaded -- obviously as elements in a text XML document are laid down sequentially. The parser therefore is a tree fold that has been transformed to accept an accumulating parameter [1,2].

Formally, the denotational semantics of the parser can be expressed as

parser:: (Start-tag -> Seed -> Seed) ->
	 (Start-tag -> Seed -> Seed -> Seed) ->
	 (Char-Data -> Seed -> Seed) ->
	 XML-text-fragment -> Seed -> Seed

parser fdown fup fchar "<elem attrs> content </elem>" seed = fup "<elem attrs>" seed (parser fdown fup fchar "content" (fdown "<elem attrs>" seed))

parser fdown fup fchar "char-data content" seed = parser fdown fup fchar "content" (fchar "char-data" seed)

parser fdown fup fchar "elem-content content" seed = parser fdown fup fchar "content" ( parser fdown fup fchar "elem-content" seed)

Compare the last two equations with the left fold fold-left kons elem:list seed = fold-left kons list (kons elem seed)

The real parser created my ssax:make-parser is slightly more complicated, to account for processing instructions, entity references, namespaces, processing of document type declaration, etc.

The XML standard document referred to in this module is http://www.w3.org/TR/1998/REC-xml-19980210.html

The present file also defines a procedure that parses the text of an XML document or of a separate element into SXML, an S-expression-based model of an XML Information Set. SXML is also an Abstract Syntax Tree of an XML document. SXML is similar but not identical to DOM; SXML is particularly suitable for Scheme-based XML/HTML authoring, SXPath queries, and tree transformations. See SXML.html for more details. SXML is a term implementation of evaluation of the XML document [3]. The other implementation is context-passing.

The present frameworks fully supports the XML Namespaces Recommendation: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml-names/

Other links:

[1] Jeremy Gibbons, Geraint Jones, "The Under-appreciated Unfold," Proc. ICFP'98, 1998, pp. 273-279.

[2] Richard S. Bird, The promotion and accumulation strategies in transformational programming, ACM Trans. Progr. Lang. Systems, 6(4):487-504, October 1984.

[3] Ralf Hinze, "Deriving Backtracking Monad Transformers," Functional Pearl. Proc ICFP'00, pp. 186-197.

8.3.2Data Types

TAG-KIND
a symbol START, END, PI, DECL, COMMENT, CDSECT or ENTITY-REF that identifies a markup token
UNRES-NAME
a name (called GI in the XML Recommendation) as given in an xml document for a markup token: start-tag, PI target, attribute name. If a GI is an NCName, UNRES-NAME is this NCName converted into a Scheme symbol. If a GI is a QName, UNRES-NAME is a pair of symbols: (PREFIX . LOCALPART)
RES-NAME
An expanded name, a resolved version of an UNRES-NAME. For an element or an attribute name with a non-empty namespace URI, RES-NAME is a pair of symbols, (URI-SYMB . LOCALPART). Otherwise, it's a single symbol.
ELEM-CONTENT-MODEL
A symbol:
ANY
anything goes, expect an END tag.
EMPTY-TAG
no content, and no END-tag is coming
EMPTY
no content, expect the END-tag as the next token
PCDATA
expect character data only, and no children elements
MIXED
ELEM-CONTENT
URI-SYMB
A symbol representing a namespace URI -- or other symbol chosen by the user to represent URI. In the former case, URI-SYMB is created by %-quoting of bad URI characters and converting the resulting string into a symbol.
NAMESPACES
A list representing namespaces in effect. An element of the list has one of the following forms:
2
(PREFIX URI-SYMB . URI-SYMB)(PREFIX USER-PREFIX . URI-SYMB) USER-PREFIX is a symbol chosen by the user to represent the URI.
(#f USER-PREFIX . URI-SYMB)
Specification of the user-chosen prefix and a URI-SYMBOL.
(*DEFAULT* USER-PREFIX . URI-SYMB)
Declaration of the default namespace
(*DEFAULT* #f . #f)
Un-declaration of the default namespace. This notation represents overriding of the previous declaration
A NAMESPACES list may contain several elements for the same PREFIX. The one closest to the beginning of the list takes effect.
ATTLIST
An ordered collection of (NAME . VALUE) pairs, where NAME is a RES-NAME or an UNRES-NAME. The collection is an ADT
STR-HANDLER
A procedure of three arguments: STRING1 STRING2 SEED returning a new SEED The procedure is supposed to handle a chunk of character data STRING1 followed by a chunk of character data STRING2. STRING2 is a short string, often "\n" and even ""
ENTITIES
An assoc list of pairs:
(named-entity-name . named-entity-body)
where named-entity-name is a symbol under which the entity was declared, named-entity-body is either a string, or (for an external entity) a thunk that will return an input port (from which the entity can be read). named-entity-body may also be #f. This is an indication that a named-entity-name is currently being expanded. A reference to this named-entity-name will be an error: violation of the WFC nonrecursion.
XML-TOKEN
a record This record represents a markup, which is, according to the XML Recommendation, "takes the form of start-tags, end-tags, empty-element tags, entity references, character references, comments, CDATA section delimiters, document type declarations, and processing instructions."

kind
a TAG-KIND
head
an UNRES-NAME. For xml-tokens of kinds 'COMMENT and 'CDSECT, the head is #f
For example,
	<P>  => kind='START, head='P
	</P> => kind='END, head='P
	<BR/> => kind='EMPTY-EL, head='BR
	<!DOCTYPE OMF ...> => kind='DECL, head='DOCTYPE
	<?xml version="1.0"?> => kind='PI, head='xml
	&my-ent; => kind = 'ENTITY-REF, head='my-ent
Character references are not represented by xml-tokens as these references are transparently resolved into the corresponding characters.
XML-DECL
a record

The record represents a datatype of an XML document: the list of declared elements and their attributes, declared notations, list of replacement strings or loading procedures for parsed general entities, etc. Normally an xml-decl record is created from a DTD or an XML Schema, although it can be created and filled in in many other ways (e.g., loaded from a file).

elems
an (assoc) list of decl-elem or #f. The latter instructs the parser to do no validation of elements and attributes.
decl-elem
declaration of one element:
(elem-name elem-content decl-attrs)
elem-name is an UNRES-NAME for the element.

elem-content is an ELEM-CONTENT-MODEL.

decl-attrs is an ATTLIST, of (ATTR-NAME . VALUE) associations

!!!This element can declare a user procedure to handle parsing of an element (e.g., to do a custom validation, or to build a hash of IDs as they're encountered).

decl-attr
an element of an ATTLIST, declaration of one attribute
(attr-name content-type use-type default-value)

attr-name is an UNRES-NAME for the declared attribute

content-type is a symbol: CDATA, NMTOKEN, NMTOKENS, ... or a list of strings for the enumerated type.

use-type is a symbol: REQUIRED, IMPLIED, FIXED

default-value is a string for the default value, or #f if not given.

Function make-xml-token kind head
Function xml-token? kind head
A constructor and a predicate for a XML-TOKEN record.

Macro xml-token-kind xml-token
Macro xml-token-head xml-token
Accessor macros of a XML-TOKEN record.

8.3.3Lower-level parsers and scanners

They deal with primitive lexical units (Names, whitespaces, tags) and with pieces of more generic productions. Most of these parsers must be called in appropriate context. For example, ssax:complete-start-tag must be called only when the start-tag has been detected and its GI has been read.

8.3.3.1Low-level parsing code

Function ssax:skip-S port
Skip the S (whitespace) production as defined by
[3] S ::= (#x20 | #x9 | #xD | #xA)
The procedure returns the first not-whitespace character it encounters while scanning the port. This character is left on the input stream.

Read a Name lexem and return it as string
[4] NameChar ::= Letter | Digit | '.' | '-' | '_' | ':'
                 | CombiningChar | Extender
[5] Name ::= (Letter | '_' | ':') (NameChar)*
This code supports the XML Namespace Recommendation REC-xml-names, which modifies the above productions as follows:
[4] NCNameChar ::= Letter | Digit | '.' | '-' | '_'
                      | CombiningChar | Extender
[5] NCName ::= (Letter | '_') (NCNameChar)*
As the Rec-xml-names says, "An XML document conforms to this specification if all other tokens [other than element types and attribute names] in the document which are required, for XML conformance, to match the XML production for Name, match this specification's production for NCName." Element types and attribute names must match the production QName, defined below.

Functionssax:read-NCName port
Read a NCName starting from the current position in the port and preturn it as a symbol.

Function ssax:read-QName port
Read a (namespace-) Qualified Name, QName, from the current position in the port.
From REC-xml-names:
	[6] QName ::= (Prefix ':')? LocalPart
	[7] Prefix ::= NCName
	[8] LocalPart ::= NCName
Return: an UNRES-NAME

The prefix of the pre-defined XML namespace

Function name-compare name1 name2
Compare one RES-NAME or an UNRES-NAME with the other. Return a symbol '<, '>, or '= depending on the result of the comparison. Names without PREFIX are always smaller than those with the PREFIX.

An UNRES-NAME that is postulated to be larger than anything that can occur in a well-formed XML document. name-compare enforces this postulate.

This procedure starts parsing of a markup token. The current position in the stream must be #\<. This procedure scans enough of the input stream to figure out what kind of a markup token it is seeing. The procedure returns an xml-token structure describing the token. Note, generally reading of the current markup is not finished! In particular, no attributes of the start-tag token are scanned.

Here's a detailed break out of the return values and the position in the port when that particular value is returned:

PI-token
only PI-target is read. To finish the Processing Instruction and disregard it, call ssax:skip-pi. ssax:read-attributes may be useful as well (for PIs whose content is attribute-value pairs)
END-token
The end tag is read completely; the current position is right after the terminating #\> character.
COMMENT
is read and skipped completely. The current position is right after "-->" that terminates the comment.
CDSECT
The current position is right after "<!CDATA[" Use ssax:read-cdata-body to read the rest.
DECL
We have read the keyword (the one that follows "<!") identifying this declaration markup. The current position is after the keyword (usually a whitespace character)
START-token
We have read the keyword (GI) of this start tag. No attributes are scanned yet. We don't know if this tag has an empty content either. Use ssax:complete-start-tag to finish parsing of the token.

Function ssax:skip-pi port
The current position is inside a PI. Skip till the rest of the PI

The current position is right after reading the PITarget. We read the body of PI and return is as a string. The port will point to the character right after '?>' combination that terminates PI.
[16] PI ::= '<?' PITarget (S (Char* - (Char* '?>' Char*)))? '?>'

Functionssax:skip-internal-dtd port
The current pos in the port is inside an internal DTD subset (e.g., after reading #\[ that begins an internal DTD subset) Skip until the "]>" combination that terminates this DTD

Function ssax:read-cdata-body port str-handler seed
This procedure must be called after we have read a string "<![CDATA[" that begins a CDATA section. The current position must be the first position of the CDATA body. This function reads _lines_ of the CDATA body and passes them to a STR-HANDLER, a character data consumer.

The str-handler is a STR-HANDLER, a procedure STRING1 STRING2 SEED. The first STRING1 argument to STR-HANDLER never contains a newline. The second STRING2 argument often will. On the first invocation of the STR-HANDLER, the seed is the one passed to ssax:read-cdata-body as the third argument. The result of this first invocation will be passed as the seed argument to the second invocation of the line consumer, and so on. The result of the last invocation of the STR-HANDLER is returned by the ssax:read-cdata-body. Note a similarity to the fundamental 'fold' iterator.

Within a CDATA section all characters are taken at their face value, with only three exceptions:

  • CR, LF, and CRLF are treated as line delimiters, and passed
  • as a single #\newline to the STR-HANDLER
  • "]]>" combination is the end of the CDATA section.
  • &gt; is treated as an embedded #\> character
Note, &lt; and &amp; are not specially recognized (and are not expanded)!

[66]  CharRef ::=  '&#' [0-9]+ ';' 
                 | '&#x' [0-9a-fA-F]+ ';'
This procedure must be called after we we have read "&#" that introduces a char reference. The procedure reads this reference and returns the corresponding char The current position in port will be after ";" that terminates the char reference Faults detected:
WFC
XML-Spec.html#wf-Legalchar

According to Section "4.1 Character and Entity References" of the XML Recommendation:

"[Definition: A character reference refers to a specific character in the ISO/IEC 10646 character set, for example one not directly accessible from available input devices.]"
Therefore, we use a ucscode->char function to convert a character code into the character -- *regardless* of the current character encoding of the input stream.

Function ssax:handle-parsed-entity port name entities comment-handler str-handler seed
Expand and handle a parsed-entity reference

port - a PORT

name - the name of the parsed entity to expand, a symbol

entities - see ENTITIES

content-handler -- procedure PORT ENTITIES SEED that is supposed to return a SEED

str-handler - a STR-HANDLER. It is called if the entity in question turns out to be a pre-declared entity

The result is the one returned by CONTENT-HANDLER or STR-HANDLER Faults detected:

WFC
XML-Spec.html#wf-entdeclared
WFC
XML-Spec.html#norecursion

Function attlist-add attlist name-value
Function attlist-null? attlist
Function attlist-remove-top attlist
Function attlist->alist attlist
Function attlist-fold kons knil attlst
Utility procedures to deal with attribute list, which keeps name-value association.

Function ssax:read-attributes port entities
This procedure reads and parses a production Attribute*
[41] Attribute ::= Name Eq AttValue
[10] AttValue ::=  '"' ([^<&"] | Reference)* '"' 
                | "'" ([^<&'] | Reference)* "'"
[25] Eq ::= S? '=' S?
The procedure returns an ATTLIST, of Name (as UNRES-NAME), Value (as string) pairs. The current character on the PORT is a non-whitespace character that is not an ncname-starting character.

Note the following rules to keep in mind when reading an 'AttValue' "Before the value of an attribute is passed to the application or checked for validity, the XML processor must normalize it as follows:

  • a character reference is processed by appending the referenced character to the attribute value
  • an entity reference is processed by recursively processing the replacement text of the entity [see ENTITIES] [named entities amp lt gt quot apos are assumed pre-declared]
  • a whitespace character (#x20, #xD, #xA, #x9) is processed by appending #x20 to the normalized value, except that only a single #x20 is appended for a "#xD#xA" sequence that is part of an external parsed entity or the literal entity value of an internal parsed entity
  • other characters are processed by appending them to the normalized value
"

Faults detected:

WFC
XML-Spec.html#CleanAttrVals
WFC
XML-Spec.html#uniqattspec

Function ssax:resolve-name port ures-name namespace apply-default-us?
Convert an UNRES-NAME to a RES-NAME given the appropriate NAMESPACES declarations. the last parameter apply-default-ns? determines if the default namespace applies (for instance, it does not for attribute names)

Per REC-xml-names/#nsc-NSDeclared, "xml" prefix is considered pre-declared and bound to the namespace name "http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace".

This procedure tests for the namespace constraints: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml-names/#nsc-NSDeclared

Convert a URI-STR to an appropriate symbol

This procedure is to complete parsing of a start-tag markup. The procedure must be called after the start tag token has been read. TAG is an UNRES-NAME. ELEMS is an instance of xml-decl::elems; it can be #f to tell the function to do _no_ validation of elements and their attributes.

This procedure returns several values:

ELEM-GI
a RES-NAME.
ATTRIBUTES
element's attributes, an ATTLIST of (RES-NAME . STRING) pairs. The list does NOT include xmlns attributes.
NAMESPACES
the input list of namespaces amended with namespace (re-)declarations contained within the start-tag under parsing
ELEM-CONTENT-MODEL
On exit, the current position in PORT will be the first character after #\> that terminates the start-tag markup.

Faults detected:

VC
XML-Spec.html#enum
VC
XML-Spec.html#RequiredAttr
VC
XML-Spec.html#FixedAttr
VC
XML-Spec.html#ValueType
WFC
XML-Spec.html#uniqattspec (after namespaces prefixes are resolved)
VC
XML-Spec.html#elementvalid
WFC
REC-xml-names/#dt-NSName
Note, although XML Recommendation does not explicitly say it, xmlns and xmlns: attributes don't have to be declared (although they can be declared, to specify their default value)

This procedure parses an ExternalID production:
[75] ExternalID ::= 'SYSTEM' S SystemLiteral
		| 'PUBLIC' S PubidLiteral S SystemLiteral
[11] SystemLiteral ::= ('"' [^"]* '"') | ("'" [^']* "'") 
[12] PubidLiteral ::=  '"' PubidChar* '"' | "'" (PubidChar - "'")* "'"
[13] PubidChar ::=  #x20 | #xD | #xA | [a-zA-Z0-9]
                         | [-'()+,./:=?;!*#@$_%]
This procedure is supposed to be called when an ExternalID is expected; that is, the current character must be either #\S or #\P that start correspondingly a SYSTEM or PUBLIC token. This procedure returns the SystemLiteral as a string. A PubidLiteral is disregarded if present.

8.3.3.2Higher-level parsers and scanners

They parse productions corresponding to the whole (document) entity or its higher-level pieces (prolog, root element, etc).

Function ssax:scan-Misc port
Scan the Misc production in the context
[1]  document ::=  prolog element Misc*
[22] prolog ::= XMLDecl? Misc* (doctypedec l Misc*)?
[27] Misc ::= Comment | PI |  S

The following function should be called in the prolog or epilog contexts. In these contexts, whitespaces are completely ignored. The return value from ssax:scan-Misc is either a PI-token, a DECL-token, a START token, or EOF. Comments are ignored and not reported.

Function ssax:read-char-data port expected-eof? str-handler seed
This procedure is to read the character content of an XML document or an XML element.
[43] content ::= 
	(element | CharData | Reference | CDSect | PI
	| Comment)*
To be more precise, the procedure reads CharData, expands CDSect and character entities, and skips comments. The procedure stops at a named reference, EOF, at the beginning of a PI or a start/end tag.

port
a PORT to read
expect-eof?
a boolean indicating if EOF is normal, i.e., the character data may be terminated by the EOF. EOF is normal while processing a parsed entity.
str-handler
a STR-HANDLER
seed
an argument passed to the first invocation of STR-HANDLER.
The procedure returns two results: SEED and TOKEN. The SEED is the result of the last invocation of STR-HANDLER, or the original seed if STR-HANDLER was never called.

TOKEN can be either an eof-object (this can happen only if expect-eof? was #t), or:

  • an xml-token describing a START tag or an END-tag; For a start token, the caller has to finish reading it.
  • an xml-token describing the beginning of a PI. It's up to an application to read or skip through the rest of this PI;
  • an xml-token describing a named entity reference.
CDATA sections and character references are expanded inline and never returned. Comments are silently disregarded.

As the XML Recommendation requires, all whitespace in character data must be preserved. However, a CR character (#xD) must be disregarded if it appears before a LF character (#xA), or replaced by a #xA character otherwise. See Secs. 2.10 and 2.11 of the XML Recommendation. See also the canonical XML Recommendation.

Function ssax:assert-token token kind gi
Make sure that TOKEN is of anticipated KIND and has anticipated GI Note GI argument may actually be a pair of two symbols, Namespace URI or the prefix, and of the localname. If the assertion fails, error-cont is evaluated by passing it three arguments: token kind gi. The result of error-cont is returned.

8.3.4Highest-level parsers: XML to SXML

These parsers are a set of syntactic forms to instantiate a SSAX parser. A user can instantiate the parser to do the full validation, or no validation, or any particular validation. The user specifies which PI he wants to be notified about. The user tells what to do with the parsed character and element data. The latter handlers determine if the parsing follows a SAX or a DOM model.

Macro ssax:make-pi-parser my-pi-handlers
Create a parser to parse and process one Processing Element (PI).
my-pi-handlers
An assoc list of pairs (PI-TAG . PI-HANDLER) where PI-TAG is an NCName symbol, the PI target, and PI-HANDLER is a procedure PORT PI-TAG SEED where PORT points to the first symbol after the PI target. The handler should read the rest of the PI up to and including the combination '?>' that terminates the PI. The handler should return a new seed. One of the PI-TAGs may be the symbol *DEFAULT*. The corresponding handler will handle PIs that no other handler will. If the *DEFAULT* PI-TAG is not specified, ssax:make-pi-parser will assume the default handler that skips the body of the PI
The output of the ssax:make-pi-parser is a

procedure PORT PI-TAG SEED

that will parse the current PI according to the user-specified handlers.

Macro ssax:make-elem-parser my-new-level-seed my-finish-element my-char-data-handler my-pi-handlers
Create a parser to parse and process one element, including its character content or children elements. The parser is typically applied to the root element of a document.

my-new-level-seed
procedure ELEM-GI ATTRIBUTES NAMESPACES EXPECTED-CONTENT SEED where ELEM-GI is a RES-NAME of the element about to be processed. This procedure is to generate the seed to be passed to handlers that process the content of the element. This is the function identified as 'fdown' in the denotational semantics of the XML parser given in the title comments to this file.
my-finish-element
procedure ELEM-GI ATTRIBUTES NAMESPACES PARENT-SEED SEED This procedure is called when parsing of ELEM-GI is finished. The SEED is the result from the last content parser (or from my-new-level-seed if the element has the empty content). PARENT-SEED is the same seed as was passed to my-new-level-seed. The procedure is to generate a seed that will be the result of the element parser. This is the function identified as 'fup' in the denotational semantics of the XML parser given in the title comments to this file.
my-char-data-handler
A STR-HANDLER
my-pi-handlers
See ssax:make-pi-handler above

The generated parser is a

procedure START-TAG-HEAD PORT ELEMS ENTITIES
	 NAMESPACES PRESERVE-WS? SEED
The procedure must be called after the start tag token has been read. START-TAG-HEAD is an UNRES-NAME from the start-element tag. ELEMS is an instance of xml-decl::elems. See ssax:complete-start-tag::preserve-ws?

Faults detected:

VC
XML-Spec.html#elementvalid
WFC
XML-Spec.html#GIMatch

Macro ssax:make-parser user-handler-tag user-handler-proc ...
Create an XML parser, an instance of the XML parsing framework. This will be a SAX, a DOM, or a specialized parser depending on the supplied user-handlers.

user-handler-tag is a symbol that identifies a procedural expression that follows the tag. Given below are tags and signatures of the corresponding procedures. Not all tags have to be specified. If some are omitted, reasonable defaults will apply.

tag: DOCTYPE
handler-procedure: PORT DOCNAME SYSTEMID INTERNAL-SUBSET? SEED
If internal-subset? is #t, the current position in the port is right after we have read #\[ that begins the internal DTD subset. We must finish reading of this subset before we return (or must call skip-internal-subset if we aren't interested in reading it). The port at exit must be at the first symbol after the whole DOCTYPE declaration. The handler-procedure must generate four values: ELEMS ENTITIES NAMESPACES SEED

See xml-decl::elems for ELEMS. It may be #f to switch off the validation. NAMESPACES will typically contain USER-PREFIXes for selected URI-SYMBs. The default handler-procedure skips the internal subset, if any, and returns (values #f '() '() seed)

tag: UNDECL-ROOT
handler-procedure ELEM-GI SEED
where ELEM-GI is an UNRES-NAME of the root element. This procedure is called when an XML document under parsing contains _no_ DOCTYPE declaration. The handler-procedure, as a DOCTYPE handler procedure above, must generate four values: ELEMS ENTITIES NAMESPACES SEED

The default handler-procedure returns (values #f '() '() seed)

tag: DECL-ROOT
handler-procedure ELEM-GI SEED
where ELEM-GI is an UNRES-NAME of the root element. This procedure is called when an XML document under parsing does contains the DOCTYPE declaration. The handler-procedure must generate a new SEED (and verify that the name of the root element matches the doctype, if the handler so wishes). The default handler-procedure is the identity function.
tag: NEW-LEVEL-SEED
handler-procedure
see ssax:make-elem-parser, my-new-level-seed
tag: FINISH-ELEMENT
handler-procedure
see ssax:make-elem-parser, my-finish-element
tag: CHAR-DATA-HANDLER
handler-procedure
see ssax:make-elem-parser, my-char-data-handler
tag: PI
handler-procedure
see ssax:make-pi-parser The default value is '()

The generated parser is a procedure PORT SEED

This procedure parses the document prolog and then exits to an element parser (created by ssax:make-elem-parser) to handle the rest.

[1]  document ::=  prolog element Misc*
[22] prolog ::= XMLDecl? Misc* (doctypedec | Misc*)?
[27] Misc ::= Comment | PI |  S

[28] doctypedecl ::= '<!DOCTYPE' S Name (S ExternalID)? S? ('[' (markupdecl | PEReference | S)* ']' S?)? '>' [29] markupdecl ::= elementdecl | AttlistDecl | EntityDecl | NotationDecl | PI | Comment

8.3.5Highest-level parsers: XML to SXML

First, a few utility procedures that turned out useful

Function ssax:reverse-collect-str list-of-frags
given the list of fragments (some of which are text strings) reverse the list and concatenate adjacent text strings. We can prove from the general case below that if LIST-OF-FRAGS has zero or one element, the result of the procedure is equal? to its argument. This fact justifies the shortcut evaluation below.

given the list of fragments (some of which are text strings) reverse the list and concatenate adjacent text strings. We also drop "unsignificant" whitespace, that is, whitespace in front, behind and between elements. The whitespace that is included in character data is not affected. We use this procedure to "intelligently" drop "insignificant" whitespace in the parsed SXML. If the strict compliance with the XML Recommendation regarding the whitespace is desired, please use the ssax:reverse-collect-str procedure instead.

Function ssax:xml->sxml port namespaces
This is an instance of a SSAX parser above that returns an SXML representation of the XML document to be read from PORT. NAMESPACE-PREFIX-ASSIG is a list of (USER-PREFIX . URI-STRING) that assigns USER-PREFIXes to certain namespaces identified by particular URI-STRINGs. It may be an empty list. The procedure returns an SXML tree. The port points out to the first character after the root element.

8.4(text sxml sxpath) - Functional XML parser

This library is ported from Kirill Lisovsky's SXPath which is based on Oleg Kiselyov's SXPath. The documents are from the original file.

SXPath is a query language for SXML, an instance of XML Information set (Infoset) in the form of s-expressions. See SSAX.scm for the definition of SXML and more details. SXPath is also a translation into Scheme of an XML Path Language, XPath:

http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath
XPath and SXPath describe means of selecting a set of Infoset's items or their properties.

To facilitate queries, XPath maps the XML Infoset into an explicit tree, and introduces important notions of a location path and a current, context node. A location path denotes a selection of a set of nodes relative to a context node. Any XPath tree has a distinguished, root node -- which serves as the context node for absolute location paths. Location path is recursively defined as a location step joined with a location path. A location step is a simple query of the database relative to a context node. A step may include expressions that further filter the selected set. Each node in the resulting set is used as a context node for the adjoining location path. The result of the step is a union of the sets returned by the latter location paths.

The SXML representation of the XML Infoset (see SSAX.scm) is rather suitable for querying as it is. Bowing to the XPath specification, we will refer to SXML information items as 'Nodes':

	<Node> ::= <Element> | <attributes-coll> | <attrib>
		   | "text string" | <PI>
This production can also be described as
	<Node> ::= (name . <Nodelist>) | "text string"
An (ordered) set of nodes is just a list of the constituent nodes:
	<Nodelist> ::= (<Node> ...)
Nodelists, and Nodes other than text strings are both lists. A <Nodelist> however is either an empty list, or a list whose head is not a symbol. A symbol at the head of a node is either an XML name (in which case it's a tag of an XML element), or an administrative name such as '@'. This uniform list representation makes processing rather simple and elegant, while avoiding confusion. The multi-branch tree structure formed by the mutually-recursive datatypes <Node> and <Nodelist> lends itself well to processing by functional languages.

A location path is in fact a composite query over an XPath tree or its branch. A singe step is a combination of a projection, selection or a transitive closure. Multiple steps are combined via join and union operations. This insight allows us to _elegantly_ implement XPath as a sequence of projection and filtering primitives -- converters -- joined by _combinators_. Each converter takes a node and returns a nodelist which is the result of the corresponding query relative to that node. A converter can also be called on a set of nodes. In that case it returns a union of the corresponding queries over each node in the set. The union is easily implemented as a list append operation as all nodes in a SXML tree are considered distinct, by XPath conventions. We also preserve the order of the members in the union. Query combinators are high-order functions: they take converter(s) (which is a Node|Nodelist -> Nodelist function) and compose or otherwise combine them. We will be concerned with only relative location paths [XPath]: an absolute location path is a relative path applied to the root node.

Similarly to XPath, SXPath defines full and abbreviated notations for location paths. In both cases, the abbreviated notation can be mechanically expanded into the full form by simple rewriting rules. In case of SXPath the corresponding rules are given as comments to a sxpath function, below. The regression test suite at the end of this file shows a representative sample of SXPaths in both notations, juxtaposed with the corresponding XPath expressions. Most of the samples are borrowed literally from the XPath specification, while the others are adjusted for our running example, tree1.

8.4.1Basic converters and applicators

A converter is a function

	type Converter = Node|Nodelist -> Nodelist
A converter can also play a role of a predicate: in that case, if a converter, applied to a node or a nodelist, yields a non-empty nodelist, the converter-predicate is deemed satisfied. Throughout this file a nil nodelist is equivalent to #f in denoting a failure.

Function nodeset? x
Returns #t if given object is a nodelist

Function as-nodeset x
If x is a nodelist - returns it as is, otherwise wrap it in a list.

Predicate which returns #t if <obj> is SXML element, otherwise returns #f.

Function ntype-names?? crit
The function ntype-names?? takes a list of acceptable node names as a criterion and returns a function, which, when applied to a node, will return #t if the node name is present in criterion list and #f otherwise.
	ntype-names?? :: ListOfNames -> Node -> Boolean
Function ntype-names?? crit
The function ntype?? takes a type criterion and returns a function, which, when applied to a node, will tell if the node satisfies the test.
	ntype?? :: Crit -> Node -> Boolean

The criterion 'crit' is one of the following symbols:

id
tests if the Node has the right name (id)
@
tests if the Node is an <attributes-list>
*
tests if the Node is an <Element>
*text*
tests if the Node is a text node
*data*
tests if the Node is a data node (text, number, boolean, etc., but not pair)
*PI*
tests if the Node is a PI node
*COMMENT*
tests if the Node is a COMMENT node
*ENTITY*
tests if the Node is a ENTITY node
*any*
#t for any type of Node

This function takes a namespace-id, and returns a predicate Node -> Boolean, which is #t for nodes with this very namespace-id. ns-id is a string

(ntype-namespace-id?? #f) will be #t for nodes with non-qualified names.

Function sxml:complement pred
This function takes a predicate and returns it complemented That is if the given predicate yelds #f or '() the complemented one yields the given node (#t) and vice versa.

Function node-eq? other
Function node-equal? other
Curried equivalence converter-predicates

Function mode-pos n
node-pos:: N -> Nodelist -> Nodelist, or

node-pos:: N -> Converter

Select the N'th element of a Nodelist and return as a singular Nodelist; Return an empty nodelist if the Nth element does not exist.

((node-pos 1) Nodelist) selects the node at the head of the Nodelist, if exists; ((node-pos 2) Nodelist) selects the Node after that, if exists.

N can also be a negative number: in that case the node is picked from the tail of the list.

((node-pos -1) Nodelist) selects the last node of a non-empty nodelist; ((node-pos -2) Nodelist) selects the last but one node, if exists.

Function sxml:filter pred?
filter:: Converter -> Converter

A filter applicator, which introduces a filtering context. The argument converter is considered a predicate, with either #f or nil result meaning failure.

Function take-until pred?
take-until:: Converter -> Converter, or

take-until:: Pred -> Node|Nodelist -> Nodelist

Given a converter-predicate and a nodelist, apply the predicate to each element of the nodelist, until the predicate yields anything but #f or nil. Return the elements of the input nodelist that have been processed till that moment (that is, which fail the predicate).

take-until is a variation of the filter above: take-until passes elements of an ordered input set till (but not including) the first element that satisfies the predicate.

The nodelist returned by ((take-until (not pred)) nset) is a subset -- to be more precise, a prefix -- of the nodelist returned by ((filter pred) nset)

Function take-after pred?
take-after:: Converter -> Converter, or

take-after:: Pred -> Node|Nodelist -> Nodelist

Given a converter-predicate and a nodelist, apply the predicate to each element of the nodelist, until the predicate yields anything but #f or nil. Return the elements of the input nodelist that have not been processed: that is, return the elements of the input nodelist that follow the first element that satisfied the predicate.

take-after along with take-until partition an input nodelist into three parts: the first element that satisfies a predicate, all preceding elements and all following elements.

Function map-union proc lst
Apply proc to each element of lst and return the list of results. if proc returns a nodelist, splice it into the result

From another point of view, map-union is a function Converter->Converter, which places an argument-converter in a joining context.

Function node-reverse node-or-nodelist
node-reverse :: Converter, or

node-reverse:: Node|Nodelist -> Nodelist

Reverses the order of nodes in the nodelist This basic converter is needed to implement a reverse document order (see the XPath Recommendation).

Function node-trace title
node-trace:: String -> Converter

(node-trace title) is an identity converter. In addition it prints out a node or nodelist it is applied to, prefixed with the 'title'. This converter is very useful for debugging.

8.4.2Converter combinators

Combinators are higher-order functions that transmogrify a converter or glue a sequence of converters into a single, non-trivial converter. The goal is to arrive at converters that correspond to XPath location paths.

From a different point of view, a combinator is a fixed, named _pattern_ of applying converters. Given below is a complete set of such patterns that together implement XPath location path specification. As it turns out, all these combinators can be built from a small number of basic blocks: regular functional composition, map-union and filter applicators, and the nodelist union.

Function select-kids test-pred?
select-kids:: Pred -> Node -> Nodelist

Given a Node, return an (ordered) subset its children that satisfy the Pred (a converter, actually)

select-kids:: Pred -> Nodelist -> Nodelist

The same as above, but select among children of all the nodes in the Nodelist

More succinctly, the signature of this function is select-kids:: Converter -> Converter

Function node-self pred?
node-self:: Pred -> Node -> Nodelist, or

node-self:: Converter -> Converter

Similar to select-kids but apply to the Node itself rather than to its children. The resulting Nodelist will contain either one component, or will be empty (if the Node failed the Pred).

Function node-join selectors ...
node-join:: [LocPath] -> Node|Nodelist -> Nodelist, or

node-join:: [Converter] -> Converter

join the sequence of location steps or paths as described in the title comments above.

Function node-reduce converters ...
node-reduce:: [LocPath] -> Node|Nodelist -> Nodelist, or

node-reduce:: [Converter] -> Converter

A regular functional composition of converters. From a different point of view,

((apply node-reduce converters) nodelist)
is equivalent to
(foldl apply nodelist converters)
i.e., folding, or reducing, a list of converters with the nodelist as a seed.

Function node-or converters ...
node-or:: [Converter] -> Converter

This combinator applies all converters to a given node and produces the union of their results.

This combinator corresponds to a union, '|' operation for XPath location paths.

Function node-closure test-pred
node-closure:: Converter -> Converter

Select all _descendants_ of a node that satisfy a converter-predicate. This combinator is similar to select-kids but applies to grand... children as well. This combinator implements the "descendant::" XPath axis Conceptually, this combinator can be expressed as

(define (node-closure f)
     (node-or
       (select-kids f)
	 (node-reduce (select-kids (ntype?? '*)) (node-closure f))))
This definition, as written, looks somewhat like a fixpoint, and it will run forever. It is obvious however that sooner or later (select-kids (ntype?? '*)) will return an empty nodelist. At this point further iterations will no longer affect the result and can be stopped.

8.4.3Extensions

According to XPath specification 2.3, this test is true for any XPath node.

For SXML auxiliary lists and lists of attributes has to be excluded.

Function sxml:attr-list obj
Returns the list of attributes for a given SXML node Empty list is returned if the given node os not an element, or if it has no list of attributes

Function sxml:attribute test-pred?
Attribute axis

Function sxml:child test-pred?
Child axis

This function is similar to 'select-kids', but it returns an empty child-list for PI, Comment and Entity nodes

Function sxml:parent test-pred?
Parent axis Given a predicate, it returns a function

RootNode -> Converter

which which yields a

node -> parent

converter then applied to a rootnode. Thus, such a converter may be constructed using

((sxml:parent test-pred) rootnode)
and returns a parent of a node it is applied to. If applied to a nodelist, it returns the list of parents of nodes in the nodelist. The rootnode does not have to be the root node of the whole SXML tree -- it may be a root node of a branch of interest. The parent:: axis can be used with any SXML node.

8.4.3.1Popular short cuts

Function sxml:child-nodes test-pred?
(sxml:child sxml:node?)

Function sxml:child-elements test-pred?
(select-kids sxml:element)

8.4.4Abbreviated SXPath

Function sxpath path :optional ns-binding
Evaluate an abbreviated SXPath
	sxpath:: AbbrPath -> Converter, or
	sxpath:: AbbrPath -> Node|Nodeset -> Nodeset
AbbrPath is a list. It is translated to the full SXPath according to the following rewriting rules
(sxpath '()) -> (node-join)
(sxpath '(path-component ...)) ->
		(node-join (sxpath1 path-component) (sxpath '(...)))
(sxpath1 '//) -> (sxml:descendant-or-self sxml:node?)
(sxpath1 '(equal? x)) -> (select-kids (node-equal? x))
(sxpath1 '(eq? x))    -> (select-kids (node-eq? x))
(sxpath1 '(*or* ...))  -> (select-kids (ntype-names??
                                         (cdr '(*or* ...))))
(sxpath1 '(*not* ...)) -> (select-kids (sxml:complement 
                                        (ntype-names??
                                         (cdr '(*not* ...)))))
(sxpath1 '(ns-id:* x)) -> (select-kids 
                                     (ntype-namespace-id?? x))
(sxpath1 ?symbol)     -> (select-kids (ntype?? ?symbol))
(sxpath1 ?string)     -> (txpath ?string)
(sxpath1 procedure)   -> procedure
(sxpath1 '(?symbol ...)) -> (sxpath1 '((?symbol) ...))
(sxpath1 '(path reducer ...)) ->
		(node-reduce (sxpath path) (sxpathr reducer) ...)
(sxpathr number)      -> (node-pos number)
(sxpathr path-filter) -> (filter (sxpath path-filter))

8.4.4.1Wrappers

Function if-sxpath path
sxpath always returns a list, which is #t in Scheme if-sxpath returns #f instead of empty list

Function if-car-sxpath path
Returns first node found, if any. Otherwise returns #f.

Function car-sxpath path
Returns first node found, if any. Otherwise returns empty list.

8.4.5lookup by a value of ID type attribute

Function sxml:id-alist node paths ...
Built an index as a list of (ID_value . element) pairs for given node. lpaths are location paths for attributes of type ID.

8.4.6SXML counterparts to W3C XPath Core Functions

Functions sxml:string object
The counterpart to XPath 'string' function (section 4.2 XPath Rec.) Converts a given object to a string
NOTE: 1. When converting a nodeset - a document order is not preserved 2. number->string function returns the result in a form which is slightly
different from XPath Rec. specification

Functions sxml:boolean object
The counterpart to XPath 'boolean' function (section 4.3 XPath Rec.) Converts its argument to a boolean

Functions sxml:number object
The counterpart to XPath 'number' function (section 4.4 XPath Rec.) Converts its argument to a number
NOTE: 1. The argument is not optional (yet?) 2. string->number conversion is not IEEE 754 round-to-nearest 3. NaN is represented as 0

Functions sxml:string-value object
Returns a string value for a given node in accordance to XPath Rec. 5.1 - 5.7

Functions sxml:id object
Select SXML element by its unique IDs XPath Rec. 4.1
object - a nodeset or a datatype which can be converted to a string by means
of a 'string' function
id-index = ( (id-value . element) (id-value . element) ... )
This index is used for selection of an element by its unique ID. The result is a nodeset

8.4.7Comparators for XPath objects

8.4.7.1Equality comparison

Function sxml:equality-cmp bool-op number-op string-op
A helper for XPath equality operations: = , != 'bool-op', 'number-op' and 'string-op' are comparison operations for a pair of booleans, numbers and strings respectively

Function sxml:equal? obj1 obj2
(sxml:equality-cmp eq? = string=?)

Compares given obj1 and obj2.

Function sxml:not-equal? obj1 obj2
(sxml:equality-cmp
   (lambda (bool1 bool2) (not (eq? bool1 bool2)))
   (lambda (num1 num2) (not (= num1 num2)))
   (lambda (str1 str2) (not (string=? str1 str2))))

Counterparts of sxml:equal?.

8.4.7.2Relational comparison

Relational operation ( < , > , <= , >= ) for two XPath objects op is comparison procedure: < , > , <= or >=

8.4.8XPath axes. An order in resulting nodeset is preserved

Function sxml:ancestor test-pred?
Ancestor axis

Function sxml:ancestor-or-self test-pred?
Ancestor-or-self axis

Function sxml:descendant test-pred?
Descendant axis

It's similar to original 'node-closure' a resulting nodeset is in depth-first order rather than breadth-first Fix: din't descend in non-element nodes!

Function sxml:descendant-or-self test-pred?
Descendant-or-self axis

Function sxml:following test-pred?
Following axis

Function sxml:following-sibling test-pred?
Following-sibling axis

Function sxml:namespace test-pred?
Namespace axis

Function sxml:preceding test-pred?
Preceding axis

Function sxml:preceding-sibling test-pred?
Preceding-sibling axis

8.5(packrat) -- Packrat parser library

Library (packrat)
This library is ported from Chicken Scheme packrat. The documentation is from the PDF file located on the website and formatted Sagittarius document format.

Packrat parsing is a memorizing, backtracking recursive-descent parsing technique that runs in time and space linear in the size of the input test. The technique was originally discovered by Alexander Birman in 1970 [1], and Bryan Ford took up the idea for his master's thesis in 2002 [4, 3, 2]. For detailed information on the technique, please see Bryan Ford's web pate at

"http://pdos.csail.mit.edu/~baford/packrat/"

This document describes an R5RS Scheme library of parsing combinators implemented using the packrat parsing algorithm. The main interfaces are the packrat-parse macro and the combinators into into which it expands, the base-generator->results function, and the accessors for parse-result records.

8.5.1Data Structures

This section describes the data structures that make up the core of the packrat parsing algorithm, and some of the low-level procedures that operate on them.

8.5.1.1parse-result

A parse-result record describes the results of an attempt at a parse at a particular position in the input stream. It can either record a successful parse, in which case it contains an associated semantic-value, or a failed parse, in which case it contains a parse-error structure.

Function parse-result? object
This is a predicate which answers #t if and only if its argument is a parse-result record.

Function parse-result-successful? parse-result
This predicate returns #t if its argument represents a successful parse, or #f if it represents a failed parse.

Function parse-result-semantic-value parse-result
If the argument represents a successful parse, this function returns the associated semantic-value; otherwise, it will return #f.

Function parse-result-next parse-result
If the argument represents a successful parse, this function returns a parse-results record representing the parsed input stream starting immediately after the parse this parse-results represents. For instance, given an input stream [a, b, c, d, e], if the parse-result given to parse-result-next had completed successfully, consuming the [a, b, c] prefix of the input stream and producing some semantic value, then the parse-result returned from parse-result-next would represent all possible parses starting from the [d, e] suffix of the input stream.

Function parse-result-error parse-result
If the argument represents a failed parse, this function returns a parse-error structure; otherwise, it may return a parse-error structure for internal implementation reasons (to do with propagating errors upwards for improved error-reporting), or it may return #f

Function make-result semantic-value next-parse-results
This function constructs an instance of parse-result representing a successful parse. The first argument is used as the semantic value to include with the new parse-result, and the second argument should be a parse-results structure representing the location in the input stream from which continue parsing.

Function make-expected-result parse-position object
This function constructs an instance of parse-result representing a failed parse. The parse-position in the first argument and the value in the second argument are used to construct a variant of a parse-error record for inclusion in the parse-result that reports that a particular kind of value was expected at the given parse-position.

Function make-message-result parse-position string
This function constructs an instance of parse-result representing a failed parse. The parse-position in the first argument and the string in the second argument are used to construct a variant of a parse-error record for inclusion in the parse-result that reports a general error message at the given parse position.

Function merge-result-errors parse-result parse-error
This function propagates error information through a particular parse result. The parse-error contained in the first argument is combined with the parse-error from the second argument, and the resulting parse-result structure is returned embedded in the error field of a copy of the first argument.

8.5.1.2parse-results

A parse-results record notionally describes all possible parses that can be attempted from a particular point in an input stream, and the results of those parses. It contains a parse-position record, which corresponds to the position in the input stream that this parse-results represents, and a map associating "key objects" with instance of parse-result.

Atomic input objects (known as "base values"; usually either characters or token / semantic-value pairs) are represented specially in the parse-results data structure, as an optimisation: the two fields base and code{next} represent the implicit successful parse of a base value at the current position. The base field contains a pair of a toke-class-identifier and a semantic value unless the parse-results data structure as a whole is representing the of the input stream, in which case it will contain #f.

Function parse-results? object
This is a predicate which answer #t if and only if its argument is a parse-results record.

Function parse-results-position parse-results
Returns the parse-position corresponding to the argument. An unknown position is represented by #f.

Function parse-results-base parse-results
If the argument corresponds to the end of the input stream, this function returns #f; otherwise, it returns a pair, where the car is to be interpreted as a base lexical token class identifier (for instance, "symbol", "string", "number") and the cdr is to be interpreted as the semantic value of the data.

Function parse-results-token-kind parse-results
This function returns the car (the token class identifier) of the result of parse-results-base, if that result is a pair; otherwise it returns #f.

Function parse-results-token-kind parse-results
This function returns the car (the token class identifier) of the result of parse-results-base, if that result is a pair; otherwise it returns #f.

Function parse-results-token-value parse-results
This function returns the cdr (the token value) of the result of parse-results-base, if that result is a pair; otherwise it returns #f.

Function parse-results-next parse-results
This function returns the parse-results record representing the position in the input stream immediately after the argument's base token. For instance, if the base tokens used represented characters, then this function would return the parse-results representing the next character position; or, if the base tokens represented lexemes, then this function would return a representation of the results obtainable starting from the next lexeme position. The value #f is returned if there is no next position (that is, if the argument represents the final possible position before the end-of-stream).

Function base-generator->results generator-function
This function is used to set up an initial input stream of base tokens. The argument is to be nullary function returning multiple-values, the first of which is to be a parse-position record or #f, and the second of which is to be a base token, that is a pair of a token class identifier and a semantic value. The argument is called every time the parser needs to read a fresh base token from the input stream.

Function prepend-base parse-position base-value parse-results
This function effectively prepends a base token to particular parse-results. This can be useful when implementing extensible parsers: using this function in a suitable loop, it is possible to splice together two streams of input.

For instance, if r is a parse-results representing parse over the input token stream '((b . 2) (c . 3)), then the result of the call

(prepend-base #f '(a . 1) r)

is a new parse-results representing parse over the input stream '((a . 1) (b . 2) (c . 3)).

The first argument to prepend-base, the parse-position, should be either a parse-position representing the location the base token being prepended, or #f if the input position of the base token is unknown.

Function prepend-semantic-value parse-position key-object semantic-value parse-results
This function is similar to prepend-base, but prepends an already-computed semantic value to a parse-results, again primarily for use in implementing extensible parsers. The resulting parse-results is assigned the given parse-position, and has an entry in its result map associating the given key-object with the given semantic-value and input parse-results.

Function results->result parse-results key-object result-thunk
This function is the central function that drives the parsing process. It examines the result in the parse-results given to it, searching for an entry matching the given key-object. If such an entry is found, the parse-result structure associated with the key is returned; otherwise, the nullary result-thunk is called, and the resulting parse-result is both stored into the result map and returned to the caller of results->result.

8.5.1.3parse-error

Parse-error structure represent collected error information from attempted parses. They contain two kinds of error report, following [3]: a collection of "expected token" messages, and a collection of free-format message strings.

Function parse-error? object
This is a predicate which answers #t if and only if its argument is a parse-error record.

Function parse-error-position parse-error
Retrieves the parse-position in the input stream that this parse-error is describing. A #f result indicates an unknown position.

Function parse-error-expected parse-error
Retrieves the set (represented as a list) of token class identifiers that could have allowed the parse to continue from this point.

Function parse-error-message parse-error
Retrieves the list of error messages associated with this parser-error.

Function make-error-expected object
Constructs an "expected token" parse-error record from its arguments. Called by make-expected-result.

Function make-error-message string
Constructs an "general error message" parse-error record from its arguments. Called by make-message-result.

Function parse-error-empty parse-error
Returns #f if its argument contains no expected tokens, and no general error messages; otherwise returns #f. Used internally by merge-result-errors.

Function merge-result-errors parse-error parse-error
Merges two parse-error records, following [3]. If one record represents a position earlier in the input stream than the other, then that record is returned; if they both represent the same position, the "expected token" sets are unioned and the general message lists are appended to form a new parse-error record at the same position. The standard parsing combinators call this function as appropriate to propagate error information through the parse.

8.5.1.4parse-position

A parse-position record represents a character location in an input stream.

Function make-parse-position filename linenumber columnnumber
Constructs a parse-position record from its arguments. The given filename may be #f if the filename is unknown or not appropriate for the input stream the parse-position is indexing into.

Function parse-position? object
This is a predicate which answer #t if any only if its argument is parse-position record.

Function parse-position-file parse-position
Retrieves the file name associated with a parse-position record. Returns #f if the filename is absent or not appropriate for this input stream.

Function parse-position-line parse-position
Retrieves the line number this parse-position represents. Line numbers begin at 1; that is all characters on the very first line in a file will have line number 1.

Function parse-position-column parse-position
Retrieves the column number within a line that parse-position represents. Column numbers begin at 0; that is, the very first character of the very first line in a file will have line number 1 and column number 0.

Function top-parse-position string
Constructs a parse-position representing the very beginning of an input stream. The argument is passed into make-parse-position as the "filename" parameter, and so may be either a string or #f.

Function update-parse-position parse-position character
Given a position, and the character occurring at that position, returns the position of the next character in the input stream. Most characters simply increment the column number. Exceptions to this rule are: #\return, which resets the column number to zero; #\newline, which both resets the column number to zero and increments the line number; and #\tab, which increments the column number to the nearest multiple of eight, just as terminal with an eight-column tab stop setting might do.

Function parse-position->string parse-position
Converts a parse-position record into an emacs-compatible display format. If the filename in the parse-position is unknown, the string "<??>" is used in its place. The result is of the form

filename:linenumber:columnnumber

for example,

main.c:33:7

Function parse-position>? parse-position parse-position
Returns #t if the first parse-position is more than advanced in the input stream than the second parse-position. Either or both positions may be #f, representing unknown positions; an unknown position is considered to be less advanced in the input stream than any known position. Note that the filename associated with each parse-position is completely ignored. It is the caller's responsibility to ensure the two positions are associated with the same input stream.

8.5.2Parsing Combinators

Parsing combinators are functions taking a parse-results structure and retruning a parse-result structure. Each combinator attempts to parse the input stream in some manner, and the result of the combinator is either a successful parse with an associated semantic value, or a failed parse with an associated error record.

This section describes the procedures that produce the mid-level parsing combinators provided as part of the library.

The type of a parser combinator, written in ML-like notation, would be

parse-results -> parse-result

Function packrat-check-base kind-object semantic-value-acceptor
Returns a combinator which, if the next base token has token class identifier equal to the first argument ("kind-object"), calls the second argument ("semantic-value-acceptor") with the semantic value of the next base token. The result of this cal should be another parser combinator, which is applied to the parse-results representing the remainder of the input stream.

The type of the semantic value acceptor, written in ML-like notation, would be

semanticValue -> parserCombinator

or more fully expanded,

semanticValue -> parse-results -> parse-result

These types recall the types of functions that work with monads.

Function packrat-check combinator semantic-value-acceptor
Returns a combinator which attempts to parse using the first argument, and if the parse is successful, hands the resulting semantic value to the semantic-value-acceptor (which has the same type as the semantic-value-acceptor passed to packrat-check-base ) and continues parsing using the resulting combinator.

Function packrat-or combinator combinator
Returns a combinator which attempts to parse using the first argument, only trying the second argument if the first argument fails to parse the input. This is the basic combinator used to implement a choice among several alternative means of parsing an input stream.

Function packrat-unless string combinator combinator
The combinator returned from this function first tries the first combinator given. If it fails, the second is tried; otherwise, an error message containing the given string is returned as the result. This can be used to assert that a particular sequence of tokens does not occur at the current position before continuing on. (This is the "not-followed-by" matcher).

8.5.3The parckrat-parser macro

Macro packrat-parser result-expr nonterminal-definition ...
The packrat-parse macro provides syntactic sugar for building complex parser combinators from simpler combinators. The general form of the macro, in an EBNF-like language, is:

(packrat-parser <result-expr> <nonterminal-definition>*)

where

<nonterminal-definition> :==
  (<nonterminal-id> (<sequence> <body-expr>+)*)
<sequence> :== (<part>*)
<part> :== (! <part>*)
       |   (/ <sequence>*)
       |   <var> <- '<kind-object>
       |   <var> <- 

       |   <var> <- <nonterminal-id>
       |   '<kind-object>
       |   <nonterminal-id>

Each nonterminal-definition expands into a parser-combinator. The collection of defined nonterminal parser-combinators expands to a (begin) containing an internal definition for each nonterminal.

The result of the whole packrat-parser form is the <result-expr> immediately following the packrat-parser keyword. Since (begin) within (begin) forms are flattened out in Scheme, the <result-expr> can be used to introduce handwritten parser combinators which can call, and can be called by, the nonterminal definitions built in the rest of the parser definition.

Each nonterminal definition expands into:

(define (<nonterminal-id> results)
  (results->result results 'nonterminal-id
    (lambda ()
      (<...> results))))

where <...> is the expanded definition-of-sequences combinator formed form the body of the nonterminal definition.

An alternation (either implicit in the main body of a nonterminal definition, or introduced via a <part> of the form (/ <sequence> ...)) expands to

(packrat-or <expansion-of-first-alternative> (packrat-or <expansion-of-second-alternative> ...))

This causes each alternative to be tried in turn, in left-to-right order of occurrence.

Wherever a <part> of the form "<var> <- ..." occurs, a variable binding for <var> is made available in the <body-expr>s that make up each arm of a nonterminal definition. The variable will be bound to the semantic value resulting form parsing according to the parser definition to the right of the arrow (the "..." above).

The (! <part> ...) syntax expands into an invocation of packrat-unless.

The "@" syntax in "<var> <- @" causes <var> to be bound to the parse-position at that point in the input stream. This can be used for annotating abstract syntax trees with location information.

<part>s of the form '<kind-object> expand into invocations of packrat-check-base; those of the form <nonterminal-id> expand into invocations of packrat-check, with the procedure associated with the named nonterminal passed in as the combinator argument.

8.5.4References

[1] Alexander Birman and Jeffrey D. Ullman. Parsing algorithms with backtrack. Information and Control, 23(1):1 34, August 1973

[2] Bryan Ford. Parsing expression grammars: A recognition-based syntactic foundation.

[3] Bryan Ford. Packrat parsing: a practical linear-time algorithm with backtracking. Master's thesis. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Sep 2002.

[4] Bryan Ford. Packrat parsing: Simple, powerful, lazy, linear time. In Proceedings of the 2002 International Conference on Functional Programming. Oct 2002.

8.6(json) -- JSON parser library

Library (json)
This library is ported from Chicken Scheme json module and provides JSON reader and writer.

Function json-read :optional (port (current-input-port))
Reads JSON from given port and returns representing S-expression.

Conversion rules:

JSON array   <-> list
JSON table   <-> vector
JSON boolean <-> boolean
JSON null    <-> symbol null

The procedure does not support u escape.

Function json-write json :optional (port (current-output-port))
Writes the given S-expression JSON representing object to given port.

9Supporting SRFIs

SRFI is a great libraries, so there is no reason not to support. Without exception Sagittarius also supports several SRFIs. The following list is the supported SRFI. Documents are not written for now. So if you need to refer the functions, please look for SRFI's site. I might write it later.

For now, I just put pointer to the SRFI's web site

SRFI number Library name
SRFI-0 (srfi :0 cond-expand)
SRFI-1 (srfi :1 lists)
SRFI-2 (srfi :2 and-let*)
SRFI-4 (srfi :4)

This SRFI also contains reader macro described below this section.

SRFI-6 (srfi :6 basic-string-ports)
SRFI-8 (srfi :8 receive)
SRFI-13 (srfi :13 strings)
SRFI-14 (srfi :14 char-set)
SRFI-17 (srfi :17 generalized-set!)
SRFI-18 (srfi :18 multithreading)
SRFI-19 (srfi :19 time)
SRFI-22 This SRFI does not provide any library.
SRFI-23 (srfi :23 error)
SRFI-25 (srfi :25 multi-dimensional-arrays)
SRFI-26 (srfi :26 cut)
SRFI-27 (srfi :27 random-bits)
SRFI-29 (srfi :27 localization)
SRFI-31 (srfi :31 rec)
SRFI-37 (srfi :37 args-fold)
SRFI-38 (srfi :38 with-shared-structure)
SRFI-39 (srfi :39 parameters)
SRFI-41 (srfi :41 streams)
SRFI-42 (srfi :42 eager-comprehensions)
SRFI-43 (srfi :43 vectors)
SRFI-45 (srfi :45 lazy)
SRFI-49 (srfi :49)

The library exports srfi-49-read, srfi-49-load procedures. And also be able to replace reader, For more detail, see (sagittarius reader) - reader macro library.

SRFI-61 This SRFI is supported by builtin cond
SRFI-64 (srfi :64 testing)
SRFI-78 (srfi :78 lightweight-testing)
SRFI-86 (srfi :86 mu-and-nu)
SRFI-98 (srfi :98 os-environment-variables)
SRFI-105 (srfi :105)

The library exports curly-infix-read and neoteric-read procedures. These procedures read SRFI-105 the infix style code that SRFI-105 specifying. And this also exports reader macros, you can activate it with #!read-macro=srfi/:105 or #!read-macro=curly-infix.

Even though the specification said it MUST support #!curly-infix, however the library just ignore and not activate the reader macros. So you need to explicitly write the one mentioned above. To keep your code portable between implementations that support this SRFI, you need to write both style as following;

;; write both
#!read-macro=curly-infix
#!curly-infix
The order doesn't matter, Sagittarius just ignores the latter style.
SRFI-106 (srfi :106 socket)
SRFI-111 (srfi :111 boxes)

The long name is Sagittarius specific and the specified library name is (srfi :111). So for the portability it's better to use the (srfi :111).

The name boxes is taken from R7RS-large library name.

Each library can be imported like this:

(import (srfi :1))
So you don't have to type the long name.

9.1Reader macros for SRFIs

9.1.1SRFI-4

The SRFI-4 also defines its reader macro. Sagittarius also suppots these. It defines tagged vector and the tags can be s8, u8, s16, u16, s32, u32, s64, u64, f32 or f64. For each value of tags, the external representation of instances of the vector is #tag(... elements ...)

On Sagittarius, these reader macros are not automatically enabled. You need to explicitly import it. For more detail, see (sagittarius reader) - reader macro library.

AIndex

# & ( * + - / < = > A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
(
(archive interface 7.1.4 Implementing archive implementation library
(asn.1) 7.2 (asn.1) - Abstract Syntas Notation One library
(binary data) 7.3 (binary data) - Binary data read/write
(binary data) 7.4 (binary io) - Binary I/O utilities
(binary pack) 7.5 (binary pack) - Packing binary data
(clos core) 5.2 (clos core) - CLOS core library
(clos user) 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
(crypto) 7.7 (crypto) - Cryptographic library
(dbd odbc) 7.19.1 (dbd odbc) - DBD for ODBC
(dbi) 7.8 (dbi) - Database independent access layer
(dbm) 7.9 (dbm) - Generic DBM interface
(getopt) 7.12 (getopt) - Parsing command-line options
(json) 8.6 (json) -- JSON parser library
(match) 8.1 (match) -- Pattern matching
(math hash) 7.17.2 Hash operations
(math helper) 7.17.4 Misc arithmetic operations
(math prime) 7.17.3 Prime number operations
(math random) 7.17.1 Random number operations
(math) 7.17 (math) - Mathematics library
(net oauth) 7.18 (net oauth) - OAuth library
(odbc) 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
(packrat) 8.5 (packrat) -- Packrat parser library
(rfc :5322) 7.22 (rfc :5322) - Internet message format library
(rfc base64) 7.23 (rfc base64) - Base 64 encode and decode library
(rfc cmac) 7.24 (rfc cmac) - CMAC library
(rfc hmac) 7.25 (rfc hmac) - HMAC library
(rfc http) 7.26 (rfc http) - HTTP client
(rfc pem) 7.27 (rfc pem) - PEM format library
(rfc quoted-printable) 7.28 (rfc quoted-printable) - Base 64 encode and decode library
(rfc tls) 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
(rfc uri) 7.31 (rfc uri) - Parse and construct URIs
(rfc uuid) 7.32 (rfc uuid) - UUID generate library
(rfc x.509) 7.33 (rfc x.509) - X.509 certificate utility library
(rfc zlib) 7.34 (rfc zlib) - zlib compression library
(rnrs (6)) 3.2 Top library
(rnrs arithmetic bitwise (6)) 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
(rnrs arithmetic fixnums (6)) 3.17.2 Fixnums
(rnrs arithmetic flonums (6)) 3.17.3 Flonums
(rnrs base (6)) 3.3 Base Library
(rnrs bytevectors (6)) 3.5 Bytevectors
(rnrs conditions (6)) 3.13 Conditions
(rnrs control (6)) 3.8 Control structures
(rnrs enums (6)) 3.20 Enumerations
(rnrs eval (6)) 3.21.1 eval
(rnrs exceptions (6)) 3.12 Exceptions
(rnrs files (6)) 3.15 File system
(rnrs hashtable (6)) 3.19 Hashtables
(rnrs io ports (6)) 3.14.1 Port I/O
(rnrs io simple (6)) 3.14.2 Simple I/O
(rnrs lists (6)) 3.6 List utilities
(rnrs mutable-pairs (6)) 3.21.2 Mutable pairs
(rnrs mutable-stringss (6)) 3.21.3 Mutable strings
(rnrs programs (6)) 3.16 Command-line access and exit values
(rnrs r5rs (6)) 3.21.4 R5RS compatibility
(rnrs records procedural (6)) 3.10 Records procedural layer
(rnrs records syntactic (6)) 3.9 Records syntactic layer
(rnrs records syntactic (6)) 3.11 Records inspection
(rnrs sorting (6)) 3.7 Sorting
(rnrs syntax-case (6)) 3.18 Syntax-case
(rnrs unicode (6)) 3.4 Unicode
(rpc json) 7.36 (rpc json) - JSON RPC library
(rpc message) 7.35.1 Message framework
(rpc transport http) 7.35.2 Http transport
(rsa pkcs :5) 7.20 (rsa pkcs :5) - Password Based Cryptography library
(sagittarius control) 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
(sagittarius debug) 6.12 (sagittarius debug) - Debugging support
(sagittarius ffi) 6.3 (sagittarius ffi) - Foreign Function Interface
(sagittarius io) 6.4 (sagittarius io) - Extra IO library
(sagittarius mop allocation) 6.5.1 (sagittarius mop allocation)
(sagittarius mop eql) 6.5.3 (sagittarius mop eql)
(sagittarius mop validator) 6.5.2 (sagittarius mop validator)
(sagittarius object) 6.6 (sagittarius object) - Convenient refs and coercion procedures
(sagittarius process) 6.7 (sagittarius process) - Process library
(sagittarius reader) 6.8 (sagittarius reader) - reader macro library
(sagittarius record) 6.9 (sagittarius record) - Extra record inspection library
(sagittarius regex) 6.10 (sagittarius regex) - regular expression library
(sagittarius socket) 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
(sagittarius) 6.1 (sagittarius) - builtin library
(scheme base) 4.2.1 Base library
(scheme case-lambda) 4.2.2 Case-lambda library
(scheme char) 4.2.3 Char library
(scheme complex) 4.2.4 Complex library
(scheme cxr) 4.2.5 CxR library
(scheme eval) 4.2.6 Eval library
(scheme file) 4.2.7 File library
(scheme inexact) 4.2.8 Inexact library
(scheme lazy) 4.2.9 Lazy library
(scheme load) 4.2.10 Load library
(scheme process-context) 4.2.11 Process-Context library
(scheme read) 4.2.12 Read library
(scheme repl) 4.2.13 Repl library
(scheme time) 4.2.14 Time library
(scheme write) 4.2.15 Write library
(scheme write) 4.2.16 R5RS library
(setter ref) 6.6 (sagittarius object) - Convenient refs and coercion procedures
(text csv) 7.37 (text csv) - Comma separated values parser library
(text html-lite) 7.38 (text html-lite) - Simple HTML document builder library
(text parse) 8.2 (text parse) - Parsing input stream
(text sxml ssax) 8.3 (text sxml ssax) - Functional XML parser
(text sxml sxpath) 8.4 (text sxml sxpath) - Functional XML parser
(text tree) 7.39 (text tree) - Lightweight text generation
(time) 6.1.14 Debugging aid
(tlv) 7.40 (tlv) - TLV library
(util bytevector) 7.6 (util bytevector) - Bytevector utility library
(util deque) 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
(util file) 7.11 (util file) - File operation utility library
(util hashtables) 7.13 (util hashtables) - Hashtable utilities
(util heap) 7.14 (util heap) - Heap
(util list) 7.16 (util list) - Extra list utility library
(util queue) 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
(util treemap) 7.41 (util treemap) - Treemap
A
abs 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
access-protected-resource 7.18 (net oauth) - OAuth library
acons 6.1.11 List operations
acos 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
add-method 5.2 (clos core) - CLOS core library
add-record! 7.37.3 Low level APIs
add-records! 7.37.3 Low level APIs
add-records! 7.37.3 Low level APIs
address 6.3.2 Creating C functions
adler32 7.34 (rfc zlib) - zlib compression library
AES 7.7.1 Cipher operations
align-of-type 6.3.6 Sizes and aligns
alist->hashtable 7.13 (util hashtables) - Hashtable utilities
alist->heap 7.15 Constructors, predicates and accessors
alist->treemap 7.41.3 Conversions
allocate-c-struct 6.3.4 C struct operations
allocate-pointer 6.3.3 Pointer operations
and 3.3.7 Derived conditionals
angle 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
any-in-deque 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
any-in-queue 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
append 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
append! 6.1.11 List operations
append-entry 7.1.2 Archive output
apply 3.3.23 Control features
archive 7.1 (archive) - Generic archive interface
archive-entry-name 7.1.3 Entry accessor
archive-entry-type 7.1.3 Entry accessor
as-nodeset 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
asin 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
assc 3.6 List utilities
assert-curr-char 8.2 (text parse) - Parsing input stream
assertion-violation 3.3.22 Errors and violations
assertion-violation? 3.13.1 Standard condition types
assp 3.6 List utilities
assq 3.6 List utilities
assv 3.6 List utilities
atan 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
atan 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
attlist->alist 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
attlist-add 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
attlist-fold 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
attlist-null? 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
attlist-remove-top 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
authorize-request-token 7.18 (net oauth) - OAuth library
B
base-generator->results 8.5.1.2 parse-results
base64-decode 7.23.2 Decoding procedures
base64-decode-string 7.23.2 Decoding procedures
base64-encode 7.23.1 Encoding procedures
base64-encode-string 7.23.1 Encoding procedures
begin 3.3.9 Sequencing
begin 3.3.9 Sequencing
begin0 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
binary-port? 3.14.1.6 Input and output ports
bind-parameter! 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
bitwise-and 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-arithmetic-shift 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-arithmetic-shift-left 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-arithmetic-shift-right 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-bit-count 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-bit-field 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-bit-set? 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-copy-bit 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-copy-bit-field 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-first-bit-set 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-if 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-ior 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-length 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-not 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-reverse-bit-field 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-rotate-bit-field 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
bitwise-xor 3.17.4 Exact bitwise arithmetic
Blowfish 7.7.1 Cipher operations
boolean=? 3.3.16 Booleans
boolean? 3.3.16 Booleans
bound-identifier=? 3.18 Syntax-case
buffer-mode 3.14.1.3 Buffer modes
buffer-mode? 3.14.1.3 Buffer modes
build-path 6.1.4 File system operations
build-path* 7.11.3 Path operations
bytevector 4.2.1.1 Bytevectors
bytevector->integer 6.1.10 Bytevector operations
bytevector->sint-list 3.5.3 Operations on integers of arbitary size
bytevector->sinteger 6.1.10 Bytevector operations
bytevector->string 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
bytevector->u8-list 3.5.2 Operation on bytes and octets
bytevector->uint-list 3.5.3 Operations on integers of arbitary size
bytevector->uinteger 6.1.10 Bytevector operations
bytevector->uuid 7.32.4 Converters
bytevector-and 7.6 (util bytevector) - Bytevector utility library
bytevector-and! 7.6 (util bytevector) - Bytevector utility library
bytevector-append 4.2.1.1 Bytevectors
bytevector-append 6.1.10 Bytevector operations
bytevector-concatenate 6.1.10 Bytevector operations
bytevector-copy 3.5.1 General operations
bytevector-copy! 3.5.1 General operations
bytevector-copy! 4.2.1.1 Bytevectors
bytevector-fill! 3.5.1 General operations
bytevector-ieee-double-native-ref 3.5.7 Operation on IEEE-754 representations
bytevector-ieee-double-native-set! 3.5.7 Operation on IEEE-754 representations
bytevector-ieee-double-ref 3.5.7 Operation on IEEE-754 representations
bytevector-ieee-double-set! 3.5.7 Operation on IEEE-754 representations
bytevector-ieee-single-native-ref 3.5.7 Operation on IEEE-754 representations
bytevector-ieee-single-native-set! 3.5.7 Operation on IEEE-754 representations
bytevector-ieee-single-ref 3.5.7 Operation on IEEE-754 representations
bytevector-ieee-single-set! 3.5.7 Operation on IEEE-754 representations
bytevector-ior 7.6 (util bytevector) - Bytevector utility library
bytevector-ior! 7.6 (util bytevector) - Bytevector utility library
bytevector-length 3.5.1 General operations
bytevector-s16-native-ref 3.5.4 Operation on 16-bit integers
bytevector-s16-native-set! 3.5.4 Operation on 16-bit integers
bytevector-s16-ref 3.5.4 Operation on 16-bit integers
bytevector-s16-set! 3.5.4 Operation on 16-bit integers
bytevector-s32-native-ref 3.5.5 Operation on 32-bit integers
bytevector-s32-native-set! 3.5.5 Operation on 32-bit integers
bytevector-s32-ref 3.5.5 Operation on 32-bit integers
bytevector-s32-set! 3.5.5 Operation on 32-bit integers
bytevector-s64-native-ref 3.5.6 Operation on 64-bit integers
bytevector-s64-native-set! 3.5.6 Operation on 64-bit integers
bytevector-s64-ref 3.5.6 Operation on 64-bit integers
bytevector-s64-set! 3.5.6 Operation on 64-bit integers
bytevector-s8-ref 3.5.2 Operation on bytes and octets
bytevector-s8-set! 3.5.2 Operation on bytes and octets
bytevector-sint-ref 3.5.3 Operations on integers of arbitary size
bytevector-sint-set! 3.5.3 Operations on integers of arbitary size
bytevector-slices 7.6 (util bytevector) - Bytevector utility library
bytevector-split-at* 7.6 (util bytevector) - Bytevector utility library
bytevector-u16-native-ref 3.5.4 Operation on 16-bit integers
bytevector-u16-native-set! 3.5.4 Operation on 16-bit integers
bytevector-u16-ref 3.5.4 Operation on 16-bit integers
bytevector-u16-set! 3.5.4 Operation on 16-bit integers
bytevector-u32-native-ref 3.5.5 Operation on 32-bit integers
bytevector-u32-native-set! 3.5.5 Operation on 32-bit integers
bytevector-u32-ref 3.5.5 Operation on 32-bit integers
bytevector-u32-set! 3.5.5 Operation on 32-bit integers
bytevector-u64-native-ref 3.5.6 Operation on 64-bit integers
bytevector-u64-native-set! 3.5.6 Operation on 64-bit integers
bytevector-u64-ref 3.5.6 Operation on 64-bit integers
bytevector-u64-set! 3.5.6 Operation on 64-bit integers
bytevector-u8-ref 3.5.2 Operation on bytes and octets
bytevector-u8-set! 3.5.2 Operation on bytes and octets
bytevector-uint-ref 3.5.3 Operations on integers of arbitary size
bytevector-uint-set! 3.5.3 Operations on integers of arbitary size
bytevector-xor 7.6 (util bytevector) - Bytevector utility library
bytevector-xor! 7.6 (util bytevector) - Bytevector utility library
bytevector=? 3.5.1 General operations
bytevector? 3.5.1 General operations
C
c-callback 6.3.2 Creating C functions
c-free 6.3.3 Pointer operations
c-function 6.3.2 Creating C functions
c-malloc 6.3.3 Pointer operations
c-struct-ref 6.3.4.1 Low level C struct accessors
c-struct-set! 6.3.4.1 Low level C struct accessors
caar 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
cadddr 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
cadr 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
call 6.7.1 High level APIs
call-with-bytevector-output-port 3.14.1.10 Output ports
call-with-current-continuation 3.3.23 Control features
call-with-input-archive 7.1.1 Archive input
call-with-input-archive-file 7.1.1 Archive input
call-with-input-archive-port 7.1.1 Archive input
call-with-input-file 3.14.2 Simple I/O
call-with-input-string 6.4 (sagittarius io) - Extra IO library
call-with-output-archive 7.1.2 Archive output
call-with-output-archive-file 7.1.2 Archive output
call-with-output-archive-port 7.1.2 Archive output
call-with-output-file 3.14.2 Simple I/O
call-with-output-string 6.4 (sagittarius io) - Extra IO library
call-with-port 3.14.1.6 Input and output ports
call-with-sftp-connection 7.29.1 High level APIs
call-with-socket 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
call-with-socket 7.30.1 Integration methods
call-with-string-output-port 3.14.1.10 Output ports
call-with-values 3.3.23 Control features
call/cc 3.3.23 Control features
car 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
car-sxpath 8.4.4.1 Wrappers
case 3.3.7 Derived conditionals
case-lambda 3.8 Control structures
CAST-128 7.7.1 Cipher operations
CAST5 7.7.1 Cipher operations
cddddr 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
cdr 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
ceiling 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
char->integer 3.3.19 Characters
char-alphabetic? 3.4.1 Characters
char-ci<=? 3.4.1 Characters
char-ci<? 3.4.1 Characters
char-ci=? 3.4.1 Characters
char-ci>=? 3.4.1 Characters
char-ci>? 3.4.1 Characters
char-downcase 3.4.1 Characters
char-foldcase 3.4.1 Characters
char-general-category 3.4.1 Characters
char-lower-case? 3.4.1 Characters
char-numeric? 3.4.1 Characters
char-ready? input-port 4.2.1.10 I/O
char-title-case? 3.4.1 Characters
char-titlecase 3.4.1 Characters
char-upcase 3.4.1 Characters
char-upper-case? 3.4.1 Characters
char-whitespace? 3.4.1 Characters
char<=? 3.3.19 Characters
char<? 3.3.19 Characters
char=? 3.3.19 Characters
char>=? 3.3.19 Characters
char>? 3.3.19 Characters
char? 3.3.19 Characters
check-arg 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
check-validity 7.33 (rfc x.509) - X.509 certificate utility library
cipher 7.7.1 Cipher operations
cipher-keysize 7.7.1 Cipher operations
cipher? 7.7.1 Cipher operations
circular-list? 6.1.11 List operations
close-input-file 3.14.2 Simple I/O
close-output-file 3.14.2 Simple I/O
close-port 3.14.1.6 Input and output ports
close-shared-library 6.3.1 Shared library operations
CMAC 7.24 (rfc cmac) - CMAC library
column-count 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
combine-key-components 7.7.2 Key operations
combine-key-components! 7.7.2 Key operations
command-line 3.16 Command-line access and exit values
commit! 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
compile-regex 6.10.2 Low level APIs for regular expression
complex? 3.3.12 Numerical type predicates
compute-getter-and-setter 5.2 (clos core) - CLOS core library
compute-getters-and-setters 5.2 (clos core) - CLOS core library
cond 3.3.7 Derived conditionals
cond-expand 6.1.1 Builtin Syntax
cond-list 7.16 (util list) - Extra list utility library
condition 3.13 Conditions
condition-accessor 3.13 Conditions
condition-decrypt-mechanism 7.7.4 Cryptographic conditions
condition-encrypt-mechanism 7.7.4 Cryptographic conditions
condition-irritants 3.13.1 Standard condition types
condition-message 3.13.1 Standard condition types
condition-predicate 3.13 Conditions
condition-who 3.13.1 Standard condition types
condition-zlib-stream 7.34 (rfc zlib) - zlib compression library
condition? 3.13 Conditions
connect! 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
connection-open? 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
cons 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
cons* 3.6 List utilities
copy-deque 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
copy-directory 7.11.4 Directory operations
copy-file 6.1.4 File system operations
copy-heap 7.15 Constructors, predicates and accessors
copy-queue 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
cos 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
crc32 7.34 (rfc zlib) - zlib compression library
create-directory 6.1.4 File system operations
create-directory* 7.11.4 Directory operations
create-entry 7.1.2 Archive output
create-odbc-env 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
create-process 6.7.2 Middle level APIs
create-symbolic-link 6.1.4 File system operations
crypto-error? 7.7.4 Cryptographic conditions
crypto-object? 7.7 (crypto) - Cryptographic library
csv->list 7.37.2 Middle level APIs
csv-header 7.37.1 High level APIs
csv-read 7.37.1 High level APIs
csv-read 7.37.1 High level APIs
csv-records 7.37.1 High level APIs
csv-write 7.37.1 High level APIs
csv? 7.37.1 High level APIs
CTR_COUNTER_BIG_ENDIAN 7.7.1 Cipher operations
CTR_COUNTER_LITTLE_ENDIAN 7.7.1 Cipher operations
current-directory 6.1.4 File system operations
current-error-port 3.14.1.10 Output ports
current-input-port 3.14.1.7 Input ports
current-jiffy 4.2.14 Time library
current-output-port 3.14.1.10 Output ports
current-second 4.2.14 Time library
D
date->rfc5322-date 7.22.4 Message constructors
datum->syntax 3.18 Syntax-case
dbi-bind-parameter! 7.8.1.2 Preparing and executing queries
dbi-bind-parameter! 7.8.2.3 DBI methods to implement
dbi-close 7.8.1.1 Database connection
dbi-close 7.8.1.2 Preparing and executing queries
dbi-close 7.8.2.3 DBI methods to implement
dbi-close 7.8.2.3 DBI methods to implement
dbi-columns 7.8.1.2 Preparing and executing queries
dbi-columns 7.8.2.3 DBI methods to implement
dbi-commit! 7.8.1.1 Database connection
dbi-commit! 7.8.1.2 Preparing and executing queries
dbi-commit! 7.8.2.3 DBI methods to implement
dbi-commit! 7.8.2.3 DBI methods to implement
dbi-connect 7.8.1.1 Database connection
dbi-execute! 7.8.1.2 Preparing and executing queries
dbi-execute! 7.8.2.3 DBI methods to implement
dbi-execute-query! 7.8.1.2 Preparing and executing queries
dbi-fetch! 7.8.1.2 Preparing and executing queries
dbi-fetch! 7.8.2.3 DBI methods to implement
dbi-fetch-all! 7.8.1.2 Preparing and executing queries
dbi-make-connection 7.8.2.3 DBI methods to implement
dbi-open? 7.8.1.1 Database connection
dbi-open? 7.8.1.2 Preparing and executing queries
dbi-open? 7.8.2.3 DBI methods to implement
dbi-open? 7.8.2.3 DBI methods to implement
dbi-prepare 7.8.1.2 Preparing and executing queries
dbi-prepare 7.8.2.3 DBI methods to implement
dbi-rollback 7.8.2.3 DBI methods to implement
dbi-rollback! 7.8.1.1 Database connection
dbi-rollback! 7.8.1.2 Preparing and executing queries
dbi-rollback! 7.8.2.3 DBI methods to implement
dbm-close 7.9.1 Opening and closing a dbm database
dbm-closed? 7.9.1 Opening and closing a dbm database
dbm-db-copy 7.9.4 Managing dbm database instance
dbm-db-exists? 7.9.4 Managing dbm database instance
dbm-db-move 7.9.4 Managing dbm database instance
dbm-db-remove 7.9.4 Managing dbm database instance
dbm-delete! 7.9.2 Accessing a dbm database
dbm-exists? 7.9.2 Accessing a dbm database
dbm-fold 7.9.3 Iterating on a dbm database
dbm-for-each 7.9.3 Iterating on a dbm database
dbm-get 7.9.2 Accessing a dbm database
dbm-map 7.9.3 Iterating on a dbm database
dbm-open 7.9.1 Opening and closing a dbm database
dbm-open 7.9.1 Opening and closing a dbm database
dbm-put! 7.9.2 Accessing a dbm database
dbm-type->class 7.9.1 Opening and closing a dbm database
decode-error? 7.7.4 Cryptographic conditions
decompose-path 7.11.3 Path operations
decrypt 7.7.1 Cipher operations
decrypt-error? 7.7.4 Cryptographic conditions
define 3.3.1 Variable definitions
define 3.3.1 Variable definitions
define 3.3.1 Variable definitions
define 3.3.1 Variable definitions
define-**-packer 7.5 (binary pack) - Packing binary data
define-c-struct 6.3.4 C struct operations
define-c-typedef 6.3.5 Typedef operations
define-class 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
define-composite-data-define 7.3 (binary data) - Binary data read/write
define-condition-type 3.13 Conditions
define-constant 6.1.1 Builtin Syntax
define-dispatch-macro 6.8 (sagittarius reader) - reader macro library
define-dispatch-macro 6.8 (sagittarius reader) - reader macro library
define-enumeration 3.20 Enumerations
define-generic 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
define-library 4.1 R7RS library system
define-macro 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
define-macro 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
define-method 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
define-reader 6.8.2.1 Naming convention
define-reader 6.8.2.1 Naming convention
define-reader-macro 6.8 (sagittarius reader) - reader macro library
define-reader-macro 6.8 (sagittarius reader) - reader macro library
define-record-type 3.9 Records syntactic layer
define-simple 7.3 (binary data) - Binary data read/write
define-simple 7.3 (binary data) - Binary data read/write
define-simple-datum-define 7.3 (binary data) - Binary data read/write
define-syntax 3.3.2 Syntax definitions
define-values 4.2.1.7 Multiple-value definition
define-with-key 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
define-with-key 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
define-with-key 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
define-with-key 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
deflate-bytevector 7.34 (rfc zlib) - zlib compression library
delay 3.21.4 R5RS compatibility
delay-force 4.2.9 Lazy library
delete-directory 6.1.4 File system operations
delete-directory* 7.11.4 Directory operations
delete-file 3.15 File system
denominator 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
deque->list 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-empty? 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-front 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-length 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-pop! 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-pop-all! 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-pop/wait! 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-push! 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-push-unique! 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-push/wait! 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-rear 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-shift! 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-shift-all! 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-shift/wait! 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-unshift! 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-unshift-unique! 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque-unshift/wait! 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque? 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
deque? 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
dequeue! 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
dequeue-all! 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
dequeue/wait! 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
deref 6.3.3 Pointer operations
derive-key 7.20.2 Low level APIs
derive-key&iv 7.20.2 Low level APIs
DES 7.7.1 Cipher operations
DES3 7.7.1 Cipher operations
DESede 7.7.1 Cipher operations
disasm 6.1.14 Debugging aid
disconnect! 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
display 3.14.2 Simple I/O
div 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
div-and-mod 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
div0 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
div0-and-mod0 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
do 3.8 Control structures
do-entry 7.1.1 Archive input
do-entry 7.1.1 Archive input
dolist 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
dotimes 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
dotted-list? 6.1.11 List operations
drop* 7.16 (util list) - Extra list utility library
dump-tlv 7.40.1 High level APIs
dynamic-wind 3.3.23 Control features
E
emergency-exit 4.2.11 Process-Context library
empty-pointer 6.3.3 Pointer operations
encode 7.2.1 High level user APIs
encode-error? 7.7.4 Cryptographic conditions
encrypt 7.7.1 Cipher operations
encrypt-error? 7.7.4 Cryptographic conditions
endianness 3.5.1 General operations
enqueue! 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
enqueue-unique! 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
enqueue/wait! 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
enum-set->list 3.20 Enumerations
enum-set-complement 3.20 Enumerations
enum-set-constructor 3.20 Enumerations
enum-set-difference 3.20 Enumerations
enum-set-indexer 3.20 Enumerations
enum-set-intersection 3.20 Enumerations
enum-set-member 3.20 Enumerations
enum-set-projection 3.20 Enumerations
enum-set-subst? 3.20 Enumerations
enum-set-union 3.20 Enumerations
enum-set-universe 3.20 Enumerations
enum-set=? 3.20 Enumerations
environment 3.21.1 eval
eof-object 3.14.1.5 End-of-file object
eof-object? 3.14.1.5 End-of-file object
eol-style 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
eq? 3.3.10 Equivalence predicates
equal-hash 3.19.4 Hash functions
equal? 3.3.10 Equivalence predicates
eqv? 3.3.10 Equivalence predicates
er-macro-transformer 6.1.2 Macro transformer
error 3.3.22 Errors and violations
error-handling-mode 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
error-object-irritants 4.2.1.9 Error objects
error-object-message 4.2.1.9 Error objects
error-object? 4.2.1.9 Error objects
error? 3.13.1 Standard condition types
eval 3.21.1 eval
even? 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
every-in-deque 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
every-in-queue 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
exact 3.3.13 Generic conversion
exact->inexect 3.21.4 R5RS compatibility
exact-integer? 4.2.1.8 Numerical operations
exact? 3.3.12 Numerical type predicates
execute! 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
exists 3.6 List utilities
exit 3.16 Command-line access and exit values
exp 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
expt 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
extract-all-entries 7.1.1 Archive input
extract-entry 7.1.1 Archive input
F
features 4.2.1.11 System interface
fetch! 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
fields 3.9 Records syntactic layer
file->bytevector 7.11.1 File to Scheme object operations
file->list 7.11.1 File to Scheme object operations
file->sexp-list 7.11.1 File to Scheme object operations
file->string 7.11.1 File to Scheme object operations
file->string-list 7.11.1 File to Scheme object operations
file-directory? 6.1.4 File system operations
file-error? 4.2.1.10 I/O
file-executable? 6.1.4 File system operations
file-exists? 3.15 File system
file-options 3.14.1.2 File options
file-readable? 6.1.4 File system operations
file-regular? 6.1.4 File system operations
file-size-in-bytes 6.1.4 File system operations
file-stat-atime 6.1.4 File system operations
file-stat-ctime 6.1.4 File system operations
file-stat-mtime 6.1.4 File system operations
file-symbolic-link? 6.1.4 File system operations
file-writable? 6.1.4 File system operations
filter 3.6 List utilities
find 3.6 List utilities
find-files 7.11.3 Path operations
find-in-deque 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
find-in-queue 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
find-string-from-port? 8.2 (text parse) - Parsing input stream
finish! 7.1.1 Archive input
finish! 7.1.2 Archive output
finish! 7.1.4 Implementing archive implementation library
finite? 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
fixnum->flonum 3.17.3 Flonums
fixnum-width 3.17.2 Fixnums
fixnum? 3.17.2 Fixnums
fl* 3.17.3 Flonums
fl+ 3.17.3 Flonums
fl<=? 3.17.3 Flonums
fl<? 3.17.3 Flonums
fl=? 3.17.3 Flonums
fl>=? 3.17.3 Flonums
fl>? 3.17.3 Flonums
flabs 3.17.3 Flonums
flacos 3.17.3 Flonums
flasin 3.17.3 Flonums
flatan 3.17.3 Flonums
flceiling 3.17.3 Flonums
flcos 3.17.3 Flonums
fldenominator 3.17.3 Flonums
fldiv 3.17.3 Flonums
fldiv-and-mod 3.17.3 Flonums
fldiv0 3.17.3 Flonums
fldiv0-and-mod0 3.17.3 Flonums
fleven? 3.17.3 Flonums
flexp 3.17.3 Flonums
flexpt 3.17.3 Flonums
flfinite? 3.17.3 Flonums
flfloor 3.17.3 Flonums
flinfinite? 3.17.3 Flonums
flinteger? 3.17.3 Flonums
fllog 3.17.3 Flonums
flmax 3.17.3 Flonums
flmin 3.17.3 Flonums
flmod 3.17.3 Flonums
flmod0 3.17.3 Flonums
flnan? 3.17.3 Flonums
flnegative? 3.17.3 Flonums
flnumerator 3.17.3 Flonums
flodd? 3.17.3 Flonums
flonum? 3.17.3 Flonums
floor 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
floor-quotient 4.2.1.8 Numerical operations
floor-remainder 4.2.1.8 Numerical operations
floor/ 4.2.1.8 Numerical operations
flpositive? 3.17.3 Flonums
flround 3.17.3 Flonums
flsin 3.17.3 Flonums
flsqrt 3.17.3 Flonums
fltan 3.17.3 Flonums
fltruncate 3.17.3 Flonums
flush-output-port 3.14.1.10 Output ports
flzero? 3.17.3 Flonums
fold-left 3.6 List utilities
fold-right 3.6 List utilities
foo 1.2 Notations
for-all 3.6 List utilities
for-each 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
for-each-with-index 7.16 (util list) - Extra list utility library
force 3.21.4 R5RS compatibility
format 6.1.6 I/O
format 6.1.6 I/O
format-size 7.5 (binary pack) - Packing binary data
format-size 7.5 (binary pack) - Packing binary data
Fortuna 7.17.1 Random number operations
free-c-callback 6.3.2 Creating C functions
free-handle 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
free-identifier=? 3.18 Syntax-case
fx* 3.17.2 Fixnums
fx*/carry 3.17.2 Fixnums
fx+ 3.17.2 Fixnums
fx+/carry 3.17.2 Fixnums
fx- 3.17.2 Fixnums
fx-/carry 3.17.2 Fixnums
fx<=? 3.17.2 Fixnums
fx<? 3.17.2 Fixnums
fx=? 3.17.2 Fixnums
fx>=? 3.17.2 Fixnums
fx>? 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxand 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxarithmetic-shift 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxarithmetic-shift-left 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxarithmetic-shift-right 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxbit-count 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxbit-field 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxbit-set? 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxcopy-bit 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxcopy-bit-field 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxdiv 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxdiv-and-mod 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxdiv0 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxdiv0-and-mod0 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxeven? 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxfirst-bit-set 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxif 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxior 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxlength 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxmax 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxmin 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxmod 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxmod0 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxnegative? 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxnot 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxodd? 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxpositive? 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxreverse-bit-field 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxrotate-bit-field 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxxor 3.17.2 Fixnums
fxzero? 3.17.2 Fixnums
H
hash 7.17.2.1 User level APIs of hash operations
hash-algorithm 7.17.2 Hash operations
hash-algorithm? 7.17.2 Hash operations
hash-block-size 7.17.2.1 User level APIs of hash operations
hash-done! 7.17.2.2 Low level APIs of hash operations
hash-init! 7.17.2.2 Low level APIs of hash operations
hash-oid 7.17.2 Hash operations
hash-process! 7.17.2.2 Low level APIs of hash operations
hash-size 7.17.2.1 User level APIs of hash operations
hashtable->alist 7.13 (util hashtables) - Hashtable utilities
hashtable-clear 3.19.2 Procedures
hashtable-contains? 3.19.2 Procedures
hashtable-copy 3.19.2 Procedures
hashtable-delete! 3.19.2 Procedures
hashtable-entries 3.19.2 Procedures
hashtable-equivalence-function 3.19.3 Inspection
hashtable-fold 7.13 (util hashtables) - Hashtable utilities
hashtable-for-each 7.13 (util hashtables) - Hashtable utilities
hashtable-hash-function 3.19.3 Inspection
hashtable-keys 3.19.2 Procedures
hashtable-keys-list 6.1.5 Hashtables
hashtable-map 7.13 (util hashtables) - Hashtable utilities
hashtable-mutable? 3.19.3 Inspection
hashtable-ref 3.19.2 Procedures
hashtable-set! 3.19.2 Procedures
hashtable-size 3.19.2 Procedures
hashtable-type 6.1.5 Hashtables
hashtable-update! 3.19.2 Procedures
hashtable-values 6.1.5 Hashtables
hashtable-values-list 6.1.5 Hashtables
hashtable? 3.19.2 Procedures
heap-clear! 7.15.1 Heap operations
heap-compare 7.15 Constructors, predicates and accessors
heap-delete! 7.15.1 Heap operations
heap-delete! 7.15.1 Heap operations
heap-empty? 7.15 Constructors, predicates and accessors
heap-entry-key 7.15 Constructors, predicates and accessors
heap-entry-value 7.15 Constructors, predicates and accessors
heap-entry-value-set! 7.15 Constructors, predicates and accessors
heap-entry? 7.15 Constructors, predicates and accessors
heap-extract-min! 7.15.1 Heap operations
heap-merge! 7.15.1 Heap operations
heap-min 7.15.1 Heap operations
heap-ref 7.15.1 Heap operations
heap-search 7.15.1 Heap operations
heap-set! 7.15.1 Heap operations
heap-size 7.15 Constructors, predicates and accessors
heap-update! 7.15.1 Heap operations
heap? 7.15 Constructors, predicates and accessors
HMAC 7.25 (rfc hmac) - HMAC library
html-doctype 7.38 (text html-lite) - Simple HTML document builder library
html-escape 7.38 (text html-lite) - Simple HTML document builder library
html-escape-string 7.38 (text html-lite) - Simple HTML document builder library
html:element 7.38 (text html-lite) - Simple HTML document builder library
http-binary-receiver 7.26.2 Senders and receivers
http-blob-sender 7.26.2 Senders and receivers
http-compose-form-data 7.26.3 Utilities
http-compose-query 7.26.3 Utilities
http-delete 7.26.1 Request APIs
http-error? 7.26 (rfc http) - HTTP client
http-file-receiver 7.26.2 Senders and receivers
http-get 7.26.1 Request APIs
http-head 7.26.1 Request APIs
http-multipart-sender 7.26.2 Senders and receivers
http-null-receiver 7.26.2 Senders and receivers
http-null-sender 7.26.2 Senders and receivers
http-oport-receiver 7.26.2 Senders and receivers
http-post 7.26.1 Request APIs
http-put 7.26.1 Request APIs
http-request 7.26.1 Request APIs
http-string-receiver 7.26.2 Senders and receivers
http-string-sender 7.26.2 Senders and receivers
I
i/o-decoding-error? 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
i/o-encoding-error? 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
i/o-error-filename 3.14 I/O condition types
i/o-error-port 3.14 I/O condition types
i/o-error-position 3.14 I/O condition types
i/o-error? 3.14 I/O condition types
i/o-file-already-exists-error? 3.14 I/O condition types
i/o-file-does-not-exist-error? 3.14 I/O condition types
i/o-file-is-read-only-error? 3.14 I/O condition types
i/o-file-protection-error? 3.14 I/O condition types
i/o-filename-error? 3.14 I/O condition types
i/o-invalid-position-error? 3.14 I/O condition types
i/o-port-error? 3.14 I/O condition types
i/o-read-error? 3.14 I/O condition types
i/o-write-error? 3.14 I/O condition types
identifier-syntax 3.3.27 Macro transformers
identifier-syntax 3.3.27 Macro transformers
identifier? 3.18 Syntax-case
if 3.3.5 Conditionals
if 3.3.5 Conditionals
if-car-sxpath 8.4.4.1 Wrappers
if-sxpath 8.4.4.1 Wrappers
imag-part 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
implementation-restriction-violation? 3.13.1 Standard condition types
include 4.2.1.6 Inclusion
include-ci 4.2.1.6 Inclusion
inexact 3.3.13 Generic conversion
inexact->exect 3.21.4 R5RS compatibility
inexact? 3.3.12 Numerical type predicates
infinite? 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
inflate-bytevector 7.34 (rfc zlib) - zlib compression library
input-port-open? 4.2.1.10 I/O
input-port? 3.14.1.7 Input ports
integer->bytevector 6.1.10 Bytevector operations
integer->char 3.3.19 Characters
integer->pointer 6.3.3 Pointer operations
integer-valued? 3.3.12 Numerical type predicates
integer? 3.3.12 Numerical type predicates
interaction-environment 4.2.13 Repl library
intersperse 7.16 (util list) - Extra list utility library
ip-address->bytevector 6.11.2 IP address operations
ip-address->string 6.11.2 IP address operations
irritants-condition? 3.13.1 Standard condition types
is-a? 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
is-prime? 7.17.3 Prime number operations
L
lambda 3.3.4 Procedures
latin-1-codec 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
lcm 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
least-fixnum 3.17.2 Fixnums
length 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
let 3.3.8 Binding constructs
let 3.3.24 Iteration
let* 3.3.8 Binding constructs
let*-values 3.3.8 Binding constructs
let-keywords 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
let-keywords 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
let-keywords* 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
let-keywords* 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
let-optionals* 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
let-optionals* 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
let-syntax 3.3.26 Binding constructs for syntactic keywords
let-values 3.3.8 Binding constructs
let1 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
letrec 3.3.8 Binding constructs
letrec* 3.3.8 Binding constructs
letrec-syntax 3.3.26 Binding constructs for syntactic keywords
lexical-violation? 3.13.1 Standard condition types
library 3.1 Library form
list 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
list->deque 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
list->queue 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
list->string 3.3.20 Strings
list->vector 3.3.21 Vectors
list-copy 4.2.1.2 Lists
list-ref 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
list-set! 4.2.1.2 Lists
list-sort 3.7 Sorting
list-tail 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
list? 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
load 4.2.10 Load library
log 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
log 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
lookahead-char 3.14.1.9 Textual input
lookahead-u8 3.14.1.8 Binary input
looking-at 6.10.1 User level APIs for regular expression
LTC_CTR_RFC3686 7.7.1 Cipher operations
M
magnitude 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
make 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
make-access-token 7.18 (net oauth) - OAuth library
make-archive-input 7.1.4 Implementing archive implementation library
make-archive-output 7.1.4 Implementing archive implementation library
make-assertion-violation 3.13.1 Standard condition types
make-authorization-uri 7.18 (net oauth) - OAuth library
make-ber-application-specific 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-ber-constructed-octet-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-ber-constructed-octet-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-ber-null 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-ber-sequence 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-ber-set 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-ber-tagged-object 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-bytevector 3.5.1 General operations
make-client-sftp-connection 7.29.2 Mid level APIs
make-client-socket 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
make-client-tls-socket 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
make-codec 6.1.6 I/O
make-consumer-token 7.18 (net oauth) - OAuth library
make-custom-binary-input-port 3.14.1.7 Input ports
make-custom-binary-input/output-port 3.14.1.13 Input/output ports
make-custom-binary-output-port 3.14.1.10 Output ports
make-custom-string-output-port 3.14.1.10 Output ports
make-custom-textual-input-port 3.14.1.7 Input ports
make-custom-textual-input/output-port 3.14.1.13 Input/output ports
make-deque 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
make-der-application-specific 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-application-specific 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-application-specific 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-application-specific 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-bit-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-bit-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-bmp-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-bmp-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-boolean 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-boolean 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-enumerated 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-enumerated 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-external 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-external 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-general-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-general-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-generalized-time 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-generalized-time 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-generalized-time 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-ia5-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-ia5-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-ia5-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-integer 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-integer 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-null 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-numeric-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-numeric-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-numeric-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-object-identifier 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-object-identifier 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-octet-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-octet-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-printable-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-printable-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-printable-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-sequence 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-sequence 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-sequence 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-set 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-set 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-set 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-t61-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-t61-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-tagged-object 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-tagged-object 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-tagged-object 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-universal-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-utc-time 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-utc-time 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-utc-time 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-utf8-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-utf8-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-visible-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-der-visible-string 7.2.2 Middle level user APIs
make-dispatch-macro-character 6.8 (sagittarius reader) - reader macro library
make-empty-attlist 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
make-emv-tlv-parser 7.40.1 High level APIs
make-enumeration 3.20 Enumerations
make-eq-hashtable 3.19.1 Constructors
make-equal-hashtable 6.1.5 Hashtables
make-eqv-hashtable 3.19.1 Constructors
make-error 3.13.1 Standard condition types
make-error-expected 8.5.1.3 parse-error
make-error-message 8.5.1.3 parse-error
make-expected-result 8.5.1.1 parse-result
make-hashtable 3.19.1 Constructors
make-heap 7.15 Constructors, predicates and accessors
make-i/o-decoding-error 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
make-i/o-encoding-error 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
make-i/o-error 3.14 I/O condition types
make-i/o-file-already-exists-error 3.14 I/O condition types
make-i/o-file-does-not-exist-error 3.14 I/O condition types
make-i/o-file-is-read-only-error 3.14 I/O condition types
make-i/o-file-protection-error 3.14 I/O condition types
make-i/o-filename-error 3.14 I/O condition types
make-i/o-invalid-position-error 3.14 I/O condition types
make-i/o-port-error 3.14 I/O condition types
make-i/o-read-error 3.14 I/O condition types
make-i/o-write-error 3.14 I/O condition types
make-implementation-restriction-violation 3.13.1 Standard condition types
make-input-archive 7.1.1 Archive input
make-irritants-condition 3.13.1 Standard condition types
make-json-request 7.36.2 Constructors
make-keyword 6.1.7 Keywords
make-lexical-violation 3.13.1 Standard condition types
make-list 4.2.1.2 Lists
make-message-condition 3.13.1 Standard condition types
make-message-result 8.5.1.1 parse-result
make-mtdeque 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
make-mtqueue 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
make-no-infinities-violation 3.17.3 Flonums
make-no-nans-violation 3.17.3 Flonums
make-non-continuable-violation 3.13.1 Standard condition types
make-null-uuid 7.32.2 Constructors
make-output-archive 7.1.2 Archive output
make-parameter 4.2.1.5 Parameters
make-parse-position 8.5.1.4 parse-position
make-pbe-parameter 7.20.1 User level APIs
make-polar 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
make-process 6.7.3 Low level APIs
make-queue 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
make-rb-treemap 7.41.1 Predicate and constructurs
make-record-constructor-descriptor 3.10 Records procedural layer
make-record-type 6.9 (sagittarius record) - Extra record inspection library
make-record-type-descriptor 3.10 Records procedural layer
make-rectangular 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
make-result 8.5.1.1 parse-result
make-serious-condition 3.13.1 Standard condition types
make-server-socket 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
make-server-tls-socket 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
make-string 3.3.20 Strings
make-string-hashtable 6.1.5 Hashtables
make-syntax-violation 3.13.1 Standard condition types
make-temporary-file 7.11.2 Temporary directory operations
make-transcoder 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
make-undefined-violation 3.13.1 Standard condition types
make-v1-uuid 7.32.2 Constructors
make-v3-uuid 7.32.2 Constructors
make-v4-uuid 7.32.2 Constructors
make-v5-uuid 7.32.2 Constructors
make-vector 3.3.21 Vectors
make-violation 3.13.1 Standard condition types
make-warning 3.13.1 Standard condition types
make-weak-eq-hashtable 6.1.9 Weak hashtable
make-weak-eqv-hashtable 6.1.9 Weak hashtable
make-weak-vector 6.1.8 Weak Pointer
make-who-condition 3.13.1 Standard condition types
make-x509-certificate 7.33 (rfc x.509) - X.509 certificate utility library
make-x509-certificate 7.33 (rfc x.509) - X.509 certificate utility library
make-xml-token 8.3.2 Data Types
map 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
map-union 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
map-with-index 7.16 (util list) - Extra list utility library
match 8.1.2 Syntax
match 8.1.2 Syntax
match-lambda 8.1.2 Syntax
match-lambda* 8.1.2 Syntax
match-let 8.1.2 Syntax
match-let 8.1.2 Syntax
match-let* 8.1.2 Syntax
match-letrec 8.1.2 Syntax
max 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
MD2 7.17.2 Hash operations
MD4 7.17.2 Hash operations
MD5 7.17.2 Hash operations
member 3.6 List utilities
memp 3.6 List utilities
memq 3.6 List utilities
memv 3.6 List utilities
merge-heaps 7.15.1 Heap operations
merge-heaps! 7.15.1 Heap operations
merge-result-errors 8.5.1.1 parse-result
merge-result-errors 8.5.1.3 parse-error
message-condition? 3.13.1 Standard condition types
mgf-1 7.7.3 PKCS operations
min 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
mod 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
mod-expt 6.1.3 Arithmetic operations
mod-expt 7.17.4 Misc arithmetic operations
mod-inverse 6.1.3 Arithmetic operations
mod-inverse 7.17.4 Misc arithmetic operations
mod0 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
mode-pos 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
MODE_CBC 7.7.1 Cipher operations
MODE_CFB 7.7.1 Cipher operations
MODE_CTR 7.7.1 Cipher operations
MODE_ECB 7.7.1 Cipher operations
MODE_OFB 7.7.1 Cipher operations
modulo 3.21.4 R5RS compatibility
mtdeque-max-length 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
mtdeque-room 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
mtqueue-max-length 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
mtqueue-room 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
mtqueue? 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
N
name-compare 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
nan? 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
native-endianness 3.5.1 General operations
native-eol-style 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
native-transcoder 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
negative? 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
newline 3.14.2 Simple I/O
next-entry! 7.1.1 Archive input
next-token 8.2 (text parse) - Parsing input stream
next-token-of 8.2 (text parse) - Parsing input stream
no-invinities-violation? 3.17.3 Flonums
no-nans-violation? 3.17.3 Flonums
node-closure 8.4.2 Converter combinators
node-eq? 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
node-equal? 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
node-join 8.4.2 Converter combinators
node-or 8.4.2 Converter combinators
node-reduce 8.4.2 Converter combinators
node-reverse 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
node-self 8.4.2 Converter combinators
node-trace 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
nodeset? 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
Noekeon 7.7.1 Cipher operations
non-continuable-violation? 3.13.1 Standard condition types
nongenerative 3.9 Records syntactic layer
not 3.3.16 Booleans
ntype-names?? 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
ntype-names?? 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
ntype-namespace-id?? 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
null-environment 3.21.4 R5RS compatibility
null-pointer 6.3.3 Pointer operations
null-pointer? 6.3.3 Pointer operations
null? 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
num-prams 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
number->string 3.3.15 Numerical input and output
number->string 3.3.15 Numerical input and output
number? 3.3.12 Numerical type predicates
numerator 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
P
pack 7.5 (binary pack) - Packing binary data
pack! 7.5 (binary pack) - Packing binary data
packrat-check 8.5.2 Parsing Combinators
packrat-check-base 8.5.2 Parsing Combinators
packrat-or 8.5.2 Parsing Combinators
packrat-parser 8.5.3 The parckrat-parser macro
packrat-unless 8.5.2 Parsing Combinators
pair? 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
parameterize 4.2.1.5 Parameters
parent 3.9 Records syntactic layer
parent-rtd 3.9 Records syntactic layer
parse-error-empty 8.5.1.3 parse-error
parse-error-expected 8.5.1.3 parse-error
parse-error-message 8.5.1.3 parse-error
parse-error-position 8.5.1.3 parse-error
parse-error? 8.5.1.3 parse-error
parse-pem 7.27.2 Operations
parse-pem-file 7.27.2 Operations
parse-pem-string 7.27.2 Operations
parse-position->string 8.5.1.4 parse-position
parse-position-column 8.5.1.4 parse-position
parse-position-file 8.5.1.4 parse-position
parse-position-line 8.5.1.4 parse-position
parse-position>? 8.5.1.4 parse-position
parse-position? 8.5.1.4 parse-position
parse-result-error 8.5.1.1 parse-result
parse-result-next 8.5.1.1 parse-result
parse-result-semantic-value 8.5.1.1 parse-result
parse-result-successful? 8.5.1.1 parse-result
parse-result? 8.5.1.1 parse-result
parse-results-base 8.5.1.2 parse-results
parse-results-next 8.5.1.2 parse-results
parse-results-position 8.5.1.2 parse-results
parse-results-token-kind 8.5.1.2 parse-results
parse-results-token-kind 8.5.1.2 parse-results
parse-results-token-value 8.5.1.2 parse-results
parse-results? 8.5.1.2 parse-results
partition 3.6 List utilities
path-basename 7.11.3 Path operations
path-extension 7.11.3 Path operations
path-for-each 7.11.3 Path operations
path-map 7.11.3 Path operations
path-sans-extension 7.11.3 Path operations
pbe-with-md5-and-des 7.20.1 User level APIs
pbe-with-md5-and-rc2 7.20.1 User level APIs
pbe-with-sha1-and-des 7.20.1 User level APIs
pbe-with-sha1-and-rc2 7.20.1 User level APIs
pbkdf-1 7.20.2 Low level APIs
pbkdf-2 7.20.2 Low level APIs
peak-char 3.14.2 Simple I/O
peek-next-char 8.2 (text parse) - Parsing input stream
peek-u8 4.2.1.10 I/O
PKCS-1-EME 7.7.3 PKCS operations
PKCS-1-EMSA 7.7.3 PKCS operations
pkcs-v1.5-padding 7.7.3 PKCS operations
pkcs1-emsa-pss-encode 7.7.3 PKCS operations
pkcs1-emsa-pss-verify 7.7.3 PKCS operations
pkcs1-emsa-v1.5-encode 7.7.3 PKCS operations
pkcs1-emsa-v1.5-verify 7.7.3 PKCS operations
pkcs5-padder 7.7.3 PKCS operations
pointer->bytevector 6.3.3 Pointer operations
pointer->integer 6.3.3 Pointer operations
pointer->object 6.3.3 Pointer operations
pointer->string 6.3.3 Pointer operations
pointer->uinteger 6.3.3 Pointer operations
pointer-address 6.3.3 Pointer operations
pointer-ref-c-type 6.3.3 Pointer operations
pointer-set-c-type! 6.3.3 Pointer operations
pointer? 6.3.3 Pointer operations
pop! 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
port-closed? 6.1.6 I/O
port-eof? 3.14.1.7 Input ports
port-has-port-position? 3.14.1.6 Input and output ports
port-has-set-port-position!? 3.14.1.6 Input and output ports
port-position 3.14.1.6 Input and output ports
port-ready? 6.1.6 I/O
port-transcoder 3.14.1.6 Input and output ports
port? 3.14.1.6 Input and output ports
positive? 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
prepare 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
prepend-base 8.5.1.2 parse-results
prepend-semantic-value 8.5.1.2 parse-results
prime? 7.17.3 Prime number operations
private-key? 7.7.2 Key operations
prng-state 7.17.1 Random number operations
prng? 7.17.1 Random number operations
procedure? 3.3.11 Procedure predicate
process-call 6.7.3 Low level APIs
process-error-port 6.7.3 Low level APIs
process-input-port 6.7.3 Low level APIs
process-output-port 6.7.3 Low level APIs
process-run 6.7.3 Low level APIs
process-wait 6.7.3 Low level APIs
process? 6.7.3 Low level APIs
protocol 3.9 Records syntactic layer
pseudo-random 7.17.1 Random number operations
pseudo-random? 7.17.1 Random number operations
public-key? 7.7.2 Key operations
push! 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
put-bytevector 3.14.1.11 Binary output
put-char 3.14.1.12 Textual output
put-datum 3.14.1.12 Textual output
put-string 3.14.1.12 Textual output
put-u8 3.14.1.11 Binary output
R
raise 3.12 Exceptions
raise-continuable 3.12 Exceptions
raise-decode-error 7.7.4 Cryptographic conditions
raise-decrypt-error 7.7.4 Cryptographic conditions
raise-encode-error 7.7.4 Cryptographic conditions
raise-encrypt-error 7.7.4 Cryptographic conditions
random 7.17.1 Random number operations
random 7.17.1 Random number operations
random-prime 7.17.3 Prime number operations
random-seed-set! 7.17.1 Random number operations
rational-valued? 3.3.12 Numerical type predicates
rational? 3.3.12 Numerical type predicates
rationalize 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
RC2 7.7.1 Cipher operations
RC4 7.17.1 Random number operations
RC5-32/12/b 7.7.1 Cipher operations
RC6-32/20/b 7.7.1 Cipher operations
read 3.14.2 Simple I/O
read 4.2.12 Read library
read-asn.1-object 7.2.1 High level user APIs
read-bytevector 4.2.1.10 I/O
read-bytevector! 4.2.1.10 I/O
read-char 3.14.2 Simple I/O
read-delimited-list 6.8 (sagittarius reader) - reader macro library
read-directory 6.1.4 File system operations
read-error? 4.2.1.10 I/O
read-line 4.2.1.10 I/O
read-random-bytes 7.17.1 Random number operations
read-random-bytes! 7.17.1 Random number operations
read-string 4.2.1.10 I/O
read-string 8.2 (text parse) - Parsing input stream
read-sys-random 7.17.1 Random number operations
read-u8 4.2.1.10 I/O
read/ss 6.1.6 I/O
real-part 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
real-valued? 3.3.12 Numerical type predicates
real? 3.3.12 Numerical type predicates
receive 6.1.1 Builtin Syntax
record-accessor 3.10 Records procedural layer
record-constructor 3.10 Records procedural layer
record-constructor-descriptor 3.9 Records syntactic layer
record-mutator 3.10 Records procedural layer
record-predicate 3.10 Records procedural layer
record-rtd 3.11 Records inspection
record-type-descriptor 3.9 Records syntactic layer
record-type-descriptor? 3.10 Records procedural layer
record-type-field-names 3.11 Records inspection
record-type-generative? 3.11 Records inspection
record-type-mutable? 3.11 Records inspection
record-type-name 3.11 Records inspection
record-type-opaque? 3.11 Records inspection
record-type-parent 3.11 Records inspection
record-type-rtd 6.9 (sagittarius record) - Extra record inspection library
record-type-rtd 6.9 (sagittarius record) - Extra record inspection library
record-type-sealed? 3.11 Records inspection
record-type-uid 3.11 Records inspection
record-type? 6.9 (sagittarius record) - Extra record inspection library
record? 3.11 Records inspection
ref 6.6 (sagittarius object) - Convenient refs and coercion procedures
regex 6.10.1 User level APIs for regular expression
regex-capture-count 6.10.2 Low level APIs for regular expression
regex-find 6.10.2 Low level APIs for regular expression
regex-group 6.10.2 Low level APIs for regular expression
regex-looking-at 6.10.2 Low level APIs for regular expression
regex-matcher 6.10.2 Low level APIs for regular expression
regex-matcher? 6.10.2 Low level APIs for regular expression
regex-matches 6.10.2 Low level APIs for regular expression
regex-pattern? 6.10.2 Low level APIs for regular expression
regex-replace-all 6.10.1 User level APIs for regular expression
regex-replace-all 6.10.1 User level APIs for regular expression
regex-replace-first 6.10.1 User level APIs for regular expression
regex-replace-first 6.10.1 User level APIs for regular expression
register-ffi-finalizer 6.3.7 Finalizer operations
register-spi 7.7.5 Creating own cipher
remainder 3.21.4 R5RS compatibility
remove 3.6 List utilities
remove-from-deque! 7.10 (util deque) - Deque
remove-from-queue! 7.21 (util queue) - Queue
remp 3.6 List utilities
remq 3.6 List utilities
remv 3.6 List utilities
rename-file 6.1.4 File system operations
result-columns 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
results->result 8.5.1.2 parse-results
reverse 3.3.17 Pairs and lists
reverse! 6.1.11 List operations
rfc sftp 7.29 (rfc sftp) - SFTP library
rfc5322-dot-atom 7.22.2 Basic field parsers
rfc5322-field->tokens 7.22.2 Basic field parsers
rfc5322-header-ref 7.22.1 Parsing message headers
rfc5322-line-reader 7.22.1 Parsing message headers
rfc5322-next-token 7.22.2 Basic field parsers
rfc5322-parse-date 7.22.3 Specific field parsers
rfc5322-quoted-string 7.22.2 Basic field parsers
rfc5322-read-headers 7.22.1 Parsing message headers
rfc5322-skip-cfws 7.22.2 Basic field parsers
rfc5322-write-headers 7.22.4 Message constructors
RIPEMD-128 7.17.2 Hash operations
RIPEMD-160 7.17.2 Hash operations
RIPEMD-256 7.17.2 Hash operations
RIPEMD-320 7.17.2 Hash operations
rlet1 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
rollback! 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
round 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
row-count 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
rpc-http-content-type 7.35.2.1 Http transport hook
rpc-http-content-type 7.36.5.2 Transport methods
rpc-http-method 7.35.2.1 Http transport hook
rpc-http-receiver 7.35.2.1 Http transport hook
rpc-http-request 7.35.2 Http transport
rpc-http-response-type 7.35.2.1 Http transport hook
rpc-http-response-type 7.36.5.2 Transport methods
rpc-http-sender 7.35.2.1 Http transport hook
rpc-http-unmarshall-message 7.35.2.1 Http transport hook
rpc-marshall-message 7.35.1 Message framework
rpc-marshall-message 7.36.5.1 Message methods
rpc-unmarshall-message 7.35.1 Message framework
rpc-unmarshall-message 7.36.5.1 Message methods
RSA 7.7.1 Cipher operations
run 6.7.1 High level APIs
S
SAFER+ 7.7.1 Cipher operations
SAFER-K128 7.7.1 Cipher operations
SAFER-K64 7.7.1 Cipher operations
SAFER-SK128 7.7.1 Cipher operations
SAFER-SK64 7.7.1 Cipher operations
sagittarius 2.1 Invoking Sagittarius
scheme-report-environment 3.21.4 R5RS compatibility
sealed 3.9 Records syntactic layer
secure-random 7.17.1 Random number operations
secure-random? 7.17.1 Random number operations
SEED 7.7.1 Cipher operations
select-kids 8.4.2 Converter combinators
serious-condition? 3.13.1 Standard condition types
set! 3.3.6 Assignment
set-car! 3.21.2 Mutable pairs
set-cdr! 3.21.2 Mutable pairs
set-current-directory 6.1.4 File system operations
set-dispatch-macro-character 6.8 (sagittarius reader) - reader macro library
set-header! 7.37.3 Low level APIs
set-header! 7.37.3 Low level APIs
set-macro-character 6.8 (sagittarius reader) - reader macro library
set-pointer-value! 6.3.3 Pointer operations
set-port-position! 3.14.1.6 Input and output ports
sftp-binary-receiver 7.29.1 High level APIs
sftp-close 7.29.1 High level APIs
sftp-close-connection 7.29.2 Mid level APIs
sftp-exists? 7.29.1 High level APIs
sftp-file-receiver 7.29.1 High level APIs
sftp-mkdir! 7.29.1 High level APIs
sftp-open 7.29.1 High level APIs
sftp-opendir 7.29.1 High level APIs
sftp-oport-receiver 7.29.1 High level APIs
sftp-read 7.29.1 High level APIs
sftp-readdir 7.29.1 High level APIs
sftp-readdir-as-filenames 7.29.1 High level APIs
sftp-readdir-as-longnames 7.29.1 High level APIs
sftp-remove! 7.29.1 High level APIs
sftp-rename! 7.29.1 High level APIs
sftp-rmdir! 7.29.1 High level APIs
sftp-write! 7.29.1 High level APIs
SHA-1 7.17.2 Hash operations
SHA-224 7.17.2 Hash operations
SHA-224 7.17.2 Hash operations
SHA-256 7.17.2 Hash operations
SHA-384 7.17.2 Hash operations
SHA-512 7.17.2 Hash operations
shared-object-suffix 6.3.1 Shared library operations
shutdown-input-port 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
shutdown-output-port 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
shutdown-port 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
sign 7.7.1 Cipher operations
simple-condition 3.13 Conditions
sin 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
sint-list->bytevector 3.5.3 Operations on integers of arbitary size
sinteger->bytevector 6.1.10 Bytevector operations
size-of-c-struct 6.3.4 C struct operations
size-of-type 6.3.6 Sizes and aligns
skip-until 8.2 (text parse) - Parsing input stream
skip-while 8.2 (text parse) - Parsing input stream
Skipjack 7.7.1 Cipher operations
slices 7.16 (util list) - Extra list utility library
slot-bound-using-class? 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
slot-bound? 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
slot-definition-name 5.2 (clos core) - CLOS core library
slot-definition-option 5.2 (clos core) - CLOS core library
slot-definition-options 5.2 (clos core) - CLOS core library
slot-ref 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
slot-ref-using-accessor 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
slot-ref-using-class 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
slot-set! 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
slot-set-using-accessor! 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
slot-set-using-accessor! 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
SOBER-128 7.17.1 Random number operations
socket-accept 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
socket-accept 7.30.1 Integration methods
socket-accept 7.30.1 Integration methods
socket-close 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
socket-close 7.30.1 Integration methods
socket-info 6.11.1 Socket information
socket-info-values 6.11.1 Socket information
socket-info-values 7.30.1 Integration methods
socket-input-port 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
socket-input-port 7.30.1 Integration methods
socket-name 6.11.1 Socket information
socket-name 7.30.1 Integration methods
socket-output-port 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
socket-output-port 7.30.1 Integration methods
socket-peer 6.11.1 Socket information
socket-peer 7.30.1 Integration methods
socket-port 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
socket-port 7.30.1 Integration methods
socket-recv 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
socket-recv 7.30.1 Integration methods
socket-send 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
socket-send 7.30.1 Integration methods
socket-shutdown 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
socket? 6.11 (sagittarius socket) - socket library
split-at* 7.16 (util list) - Extra list utility library
split-key 7.7.2 Key operations
sqrt 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
square 4.2.1.8 Numerical operations
ssax:assert-token 8.3.3.2 Higher-level parsers and scanners
ssax:complete-start-tag tag port elems entities namespaces 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:handle-parsed-entity 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:largest-unres-name 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:make-elem-parser 8.3.4 Highest-level parsers: XML to SXML
ssax:make-parser 8.3.4 Highest-level parsers: XML to SXML
ssax:make-pi-parser 8.3.4 Highest-level parsers: XML to SXML
ssax:ncname-starting-char? 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:Prefix-XML 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:read-attributes 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:read-cdata-body 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:read-char-data 8.3.3.2 Higher-level parsers and scanners
ssax:read-char-ref 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:read-external-id 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:read-markup-token 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:read-pi-body-as-string 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:read-QName 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:resolve-name 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:reverse-collect-str 8.3.5 Highest-level parsers: XML to SXML
ssax:reverse-collect-str-drop-ws 8.3.5 Highest-level parsers: XML to SXML
ssax:scan-Misc 8.3.3.2 Higher-level parsers and scanners
ssax:skip-pi 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:skip-S 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:uri-string->symbol 8.3.3.1 Low-level parsing code
ssax:xml->sxml 8.3.5 Highest-level parsers: XML to SXML
standard-error-port 3.14.1.10 Output ports
standard-input-port 3.14.1.7 Input ports
standard-output-port 3.14.1.10 Output ports
statement-open? 7.19 (odbc) - ODBC binding
string 3.3.20 Strings
string->bytevector 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
string->keyword 6.1.7 Keywords
string->list 3.3.20 Strings
string->symbol 3.3.18 Symbols
string->utf16 3.5.8 Operation on strings
string->utf32 3.5.8 Operation on strings
string->utf8 3.5.8 Operation on strings
string->uuid 7.32.4 Converters
string->vector 4.2.1.3 Vectors
string-append 3.3.20 Strings
string-ci-hash 3.19.4 Hash functions
string-ci<=? 3.4.2 Strings
string-ci<? 3.4.2 Strings
string-ci=? 3.4.2 Strings
string-ci>=? 3.4.2 Strings
string-ci>? 3.4.2 Strings
string-concatenate 6.1.13 String operations
string-copy 3.3.20 Strings
string-copy! 4.2.1.4 Strings
string-downcase 3.4.2 Strings
string-fill! 3.21.3 Mutable strings
string-foldcase 3.4.2 Strings
string-for-each 3.3.20 Strings
string-hash 3.19.4 Hash functions
string-length 3.3.20 Strings
string-map 4.2.1.4 Strings
string-nfc 3.4.2 Strings
string-nfd 3.4.2 Strings
string-nfkc 3.4.2 Strings
string-nfkd 3.4.2 Strings
string-ref 3.3.20 Strings
string-scan 6.1.13 String operations
string-set! 3.21.3 Mutable strings
string-split 6.10.1 User level APIs for regular expression
string-titlecase 3.4.2 Strings
string-upcase 3.4.2 Strings
string<=? 3.3.20 Strings
string<? 3.3.20 Strings
string=? 3.3.20 Strings
string>=? 3.3.20 Strings
string>? 3.3.20 Strings
string? 3.3.20 Strings
struct-name-member-name-ref 6.3.4 C struct operations
struct-name-member-name-set! 6.3.4 C struct operations
substring 3.3.20 Strings
subtype? 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
sxml:ancestor 8.4.8 XPath axes. An order in resulting nodeset is preserved
sxml:ancestor-or-self 8.4.8 XPath axes. An order in resulting nodeset is preserved
sxml:attr-list 8.4.3 Extensions
sxml:attribute 8.4.3 Extensions
sxml:boolean 8.4.6 SXML counterparts to W3C XPath Core Functions
sxml:child 8.4.3 Extensions
sxml:child-elements 8.4.3.1 Popular short cuts
sxml:child-nodes 8.4.3.1 Popular short cuts
sxml:complement 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
sxml:descendant 8.4.8 XPath axes. An order in resulting nodeset is preserved
sxml:descendant-or-self 8.4.8 XPath axes. An order in resulting nodeset is preserved
sxml:element? 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
sxml:equal? 8.4.7.1 Equality comparison
sxml:equality-cmp 8.4.7.1 Equality comparison
sxml:filter 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
sxml:following 8.4.8 XPath axes. An order in resulting nodeset is preserved
sxml:following-sibling 8.4.8 XPath axes. An order in resulting nodeset is preserved
sxml:id 8.4.6 SXML counterparts to W3C XPath Core Functions
sxml:id-alist 8.4.5 lookup by a value of ID type attribute
sxml:namespace 8.4.8 XPath axes. An order in resulting nodeset is preserved
sxml:node? node 8.4.3 Extensions
sxml:not-equal? 8.4.7.1 Equality comparison
sxml:number 8.4.6 SXML counterparts to W3C XPath Core Functions
sxml:parent 8.4.3 Extensions
sxml:preceding 8.4.8 XPath axes. An order in resulting nodeset is preserved
sxml:preceding-sibling 8.4.8 XPath axes. An order in resulting nodeset is preserved
sxml:relational-cmp 8.4.7.2 Relational comparison
sxml:string 8.4.6 SXML counterparts to W3C XPath Core Functions
sxml:string-value 8.4.6 SXML counterparts to W3C XPath Core Functions
sxpath 8.4.4 Abbreviated SXPath
symbol->keyword 6.1.7 Keywords
symbol->string 3.3.18 Symbols
symbol-hash 3.19.4 Hash functions
symbol=? 3.3.18 Symbols
symbol? 3.3.18 Symbols
syntax 3.18 Syntax-case
syntax->datum 3.18 Syntax-case
syntax-case 3.18 Syntax-case
syntax-error 4.2.1.9 Error objects
syntax-rules 3.3.27 Macro transformers
syntax-violation 3.18 Syntax-case
syntax-violation-form 3.13.1 Standard condition types
syntax-violation-subform 3.13.1 Standard condition types
syntax-violation? 3.13.1 Standard condition types
T
take* 7.16 (util list) - Extra list utility library
take-after 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
take-until 8.4.1 Basic converters and applicators
tan 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
temporary-directory 7.11.2 Temporary directory operations
textual-port? 3.14.1.6 Input and output ports
Tiger-192 7.17.2 Hash operations
time 6.1.14 Debugging aid
tls-client-handshake tls-socket 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
tls-server-handshake 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
tls-socket-accept 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
tls-socket-close 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
tls-socket-closed? 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
tls-socket-info-values 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
tls-socket-input-port 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
tls-socket-name 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
tls-socket-output-port 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
tls-socket-peer 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
tls-socket-peer 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
tls-socket-port 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
tls-socket-recv tls-socket size flags 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
tls-socket-send tls-socket bytevector flags 7.30 (rfc tls) - TLS protocol library
tlv->bytevector 7.40.1 High level APIs
tlv-builder 7.40.2 Custom object builder
tlv-components 7.40.1 High level APIs
tlv-data 7.40.1 High level APIs
tlv-object? 7.40.1 High level APIs
tlv-tag 7.40.1 High level APIs
token-consumer 7.18 (net oauth) - OAuth library
top-parse-position 8.5.1.4 parse-position
transcoded-port 3.14.1.6 Input and output ports
transcoder-codec 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
transcoder-eol-style 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
transcoder-error-handlingmode 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
tree->string 7.39 (text tree) - Lightweight text generation
treemap->alist 7.41.3 Conversions
treemap-clear! 7.41.2 Basic operations
treemap-contains? 7.41.2 Basic operations
treemap-copy 7.41.2 Basic operations
treemap-delete! 7.41.2 Basic operations
treemap-entries 7.41.4 Keys and values
treemap-entries-list 7.41.4 Keys and values
treemap-fold 7.41.5 Iterations
treemap-for-each 7.41.5 Iterations
treemap-keys 7.41.4 Keys and values
treemap-keys-list 7.41.4 Keys and values
treemap-map 7.41.5 Iterations
treemap-ref 7.41.2 Basic operations
treemap-set! 7.41.2 Basic operations
treemap-size 7.41.2 Basic operations
treemap-update! 7.41.2 Basic operations
treemap-values 7.41.4 Keys and values
treemap-values-list 7.41.4 Keys and values
treemap? 7.41.1 Predicate and constructurs
truncate 3.3.14 Arithmetic operations
truncate-quotient 4.2.1.8 Numerical operations
truncate-remainder 4.2.1.8 Numerical operations
truncate/ 4.2.1.8 Numerical operations
Twofish 7.7.1 Cipher operations
U
u8-list->bytevector 3.5.2 Operation on bytes and octets
u8-ready? 4.2.1.10 I/O
uint-list->bytevector 3.5.3 Operations on integers of arbitary size
uinteger->bytevector 6.1.10 Bytevector operations
undefined-violation? 3.13.1 Standard condition types
unless 3.8 Control structures
unpack 7.5 (binary pack) - Packing binary data
unpack 7.5 (binary pack) - Packing binary data
unquote 3.3.25 Quasiquote
unquote-splicing 3.3.25 Quasiquote
unregister-ffi-finalizer 6.3.7 Finalizer operations
unsyntax 3.18 Syntax-case
unsyntax-splicing 3.18 Syntax-case
unwind-protect 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
update-parse-position 8.5.1.4 parse-position
uri-compose 7.31 (rfc uri) - Parse and construct URIs
uri-decode 7.31 (rfc uri) - Parse and construct URIs
uri-decode-string 7.31 (rfc uri) - Parse and construct URIs
uri-decompose-authority 7.31 (rfc uri) - Parse and construct URIs
uri-decompose-hierarchical 7.31 (rfc uri) - Parse and construct URIs
uri-encode 7.31 (rfc uri) - Parse and construct URIs
uri-encode-string 7.31 (rfc uri) - Parse and construct URIs
uri-merge 7.31 (rfc uri) - Parse and construct URIs
uri-parse 7.31 (rfc uri) - Parse and construct URIs
uri-scheme&specific 7.31 (rfc uri) - Parse and construct URIs
url-server&path 7.26.3 Utilities
utf-16-codec 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
utf-8-codec 3.14.1.4 Transcoders
utf16->string 3.5.8 Operation on strings
utf32->string 3.5.8 Operation on strings
utf8->string 3.5.8 Operation on strings
uuid->bytevector 7.32.4 Converters
uuid->string 7.32.4 Converters
uuid->urn-format 7.32.4 Converters
uuid=? 7.32.1 Predicates
uuid? 7.32.1 Predicates
W
warning? 3.13.1 Standard condition types
weak-hashtable-copy 6.1.9 Weak hashtable
weak-hashtable-delete! 6.1.9 Weak hashtable
weak-hashtable-keys-list 6.1.9 Weak hashtable
weak-hashtable-ref 6.1.9 Weak hashtable
weak-hashtable-set! 6.1.9 Weak hashtable
weak-hashtable-shrink 6.1.9 Weak hashtable
weak-hashtable-values-list 6.1.9 Weak hashtable
weak-hashtable? 6.1.9 Weak hashtable
weak-vector-length 6.1.8 Weak Pointer
weak-vector-ref 6.1.8 Weak Pointer
weak-vector-set! 6.1.8 Weak Pointer
weak-vector? 6.1.8 Weak Pointer
when 3.8 Control structures
WHIRLPOOL 7.17.2 Hash operations
who-condition? 3.13.1 Standard condition types
with-args 7.12 (getopt) - Parsing command-line options
with-error-to-port 6.4 (sagittarius io) - Extra IO library
with-exception-handler 3.12 Exceptions
with-input-from-file 3.14.2 Simple I/O
with-input-from-port 6.4 (sagittarius io) - Extra IO library
with-input-from-string 6.4 (sagittarius io) - Extra IO library
with-library 6.2 (sagittarius control) - control library
with-output-to-file 3.14.2 Simple I/O
with-output-to-port 6.4 (sagittarius io) - Extra IO library
with-output-to-string 6.4 (sagittarius io) - Extra IO library
with-syntax 3.18 Syntax-case
write 3.14.2 Simple I/O
write 4.2.15 Write library
write-bytevector 4.2.1.10 I/O
write-char 3.14.2 Simple I/O
write-object 5.1 (clos user) -CLOS user APIs
write-shared 4.2.15 Write library
write-simple 4.2.15 Write library
write-string 4.2.1.10 I/O
write-tlv 7.40.1 High level APIs
write-tree 7.39 (text tree) - Lightweight text generation
write-u8 4.2.1.10 I/O
write/ss 6.1.6 I/O